ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAABACADAEAFAGAHAIAJAKALAMANAOAPAQARASATAUAVAWAXAYAZBABBBCBDBEBFBGBHBIBJBOBPBQBR
1
isbncluster
authoreditor1_lastname
authoreditors
authoreditors_affiliation
titlesubtitlebibliographic_informationedition_numbercopyright_yearprice_statusprice_eur
price_eur_br
price_eur_br_a
price_gbpprice_chfprice_usdcover_type
additional_softcover
series_titlevolume_numbersubject_collectionproduct_categorymedium
springer_reference
language1
nr_of_arabic_pages
bic_code1bic_code2imprintpublisher_name
key_book_for_libraries
sales_highlightdelivery_statuspub_date_actual
pub_date_actual_sec_loc
pub_date_planned_first_release
pub_date_planned_sec_loc
distribution_informationlastedition
copyright_year_former_eds
isbn_predecessor_edition
table_of_contents_short
back_cover_copyinfo_textusp_editorialabout_the_authorpublication_classdiscount_group_nydiscount_group_sdcebook_package_codeebook_package
ebook_info_no_e_rights
open_accesseanpublicity_titlesnt_discipline1snt_discipline2snt_discipline3snt_discipline4snt_discipline5snt_discipline6
2
978-3-031-16007-3
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Aliber
Robert Z. Aliber; Charles P. Kindleberger; Robert N. McCauley
Robert Z. Aliber, University of Chicago, Evanston, IL, USA; Charles P. Kindleberger, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, USA; Robert N. McCauley, Boston University Global Development Policy Center, Boston, USA
Manias, Panics, and CrashesA History of Financial CrisesXIX, 398 p. 11 illus., 9 illus. in color.82023final32.9935.3036.2927.9939.0039.99Soft cover0Economics and FinanceGeneral interestBook0English398KCBKFFPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-03-192023-03-191
2015, 2011, 2005, 2000, 1996, 1989, 1978
,978-1-137-52575-8,978-1-349-56576-4,978-1-137-52573-4,978-1-137-52574-1,978-1-349-95951-8
1: Financial Crises: a Hardy Perennial.- 2: The Anatomy of a Typical Crisis.-3: Speculative Manias.- 4: Fueling the Flames: the Expansion of Credit.- 5: The Critical Stage – When the Bubble Is About To Pop.- 6: Bernie Madoff: Frauds, Swindles, and the Credit Cycle.- 7: Domestic Contagion: Twin Peaks?.- 8: International Contagion 1618–1933.- 9: Bubble Contagion: Mexico City to Tokyo to Bangkok to New York, London, and Reykjavik.- 10: Policy Responses: Benign Neglect, Exhortation, and Bank Holidays.- 11: The Domestic Lender of Last Resort.- 12: The International Lender of Last Resort before 2000.-13: The 21st Century International Lender of Last Resort.- 14: Bitcoin: Worse than a Ponzi.- 15 The Lessons of History.
In the Eighth Edition of this classic text on the financial history of bubbles and crashes, Robert McCauley joins with Robert Aliber in building on Charles Kindleberger's renowned work. McCauley draws on his central banking experience to introduce new chapters on cryptocurrency and the United States as the 21st Century global lender of last resort. He also updates the book's coverage of the recent property bubble in China, as well as providing new perspectives on the US housing bubble of 2003-2006, and the Japanese bubble of the late 1980s. And he gives new attention to the social psychology that leads people to take the risk of investing in Ponzi schemes and asset price bubbles. For the first time in this revised and updated edition, figures highlight key points to ensure that today’s generation of finance and economic researchers, students, practitioners and policy-makers—as well as investors looking to avoid crashes—have access to this panoramic history of financial crisis.
<div>In the Eighth Edition of this classic text on the financial history of bubbles and crashes, Robert McCauley joins with Robert Aliber in building on Charles Kindleberger's renowned work. McCauley draws on his central banking experience to introduce new chapters on cryptocurrency and the United States as the 21st Century global lender of last resort. He also updates the book's coverage of the recent property bubble in China, as well as providing new perspectives on the US housing bubble of 2003-2006, and the Japanese bubble of the late 1980s. And he gives new attention to the social psychology that leads people to take the risk of investing in Ponzi schemes and asset price bubbles. For the first time in this revised and updated edition, figures highlight key points to ensure that today’s generation of finance and economic researchers, students, practitioners and policy-makers—as well as investors looking to avoid crashes—have access to this panoramic history of financial crisis.
</div><div>
</div>
<p>New financial crises attract new audiences to this classic</p><p>Five stages typify bubbles from South Sea to crypto</p><p>As international lender of last resort, the United States can limit the damage of financial panic and crash</p>
<div>Robert Z. Aliber is Professor Emeritus of International Economics and Finance at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, USA. He was director of the Center for Studies in International Finance; on the research staff for the Committee for Economic Development and Commission on Money and Credit; and senior economic advisor for the Agency for International Development, U.S. Department of State. Aliber has consulted to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and to other U.S. government agencies, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, testified before committees of the Congress, and lectured extensively in the United States and abroad.



The late Charles P. Kindleberger was the Ford Professor of Economics at MIT for 33 years and author of over 30 books. He was best known as a financial historian, whom the Economist referred to as 'the master of the genre' on financial crisis. He advanced the study of international finance and helped to devise the Marshall Plan, approved by Congress, for Europe's reconstruction after World War II. During his tenure at MIT, Kindleberger was a consultant to the federal government several times, most often for the Treasury and the Federal Reserve. In 1985, he was president of the American Economic Association.



Robert N. McCauley is a wide-ranging economist with particular expertise in international financial markets and the global domain of the dollar. His central banking career spanned 38 years at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), including three years as head of the BIS Asian Office in Hong Kong SAR. In 1999, he co-authored Dodging Bullets: Changing U.S. Corporate Capital Structures in the 1980s and 1990s, an application of the Minsky-Kindleberger model to the corporate leveraging mania. He is currently nonresident senior fellow at the Global Development Policy Center at Boston University and associate member of the Faculty of History at the University of Oxford.


</div>
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031160073
1
Macroeconomics and Monetary Economics
Financial HistoryFinancial EconomicsEconomic HistoryFinancial ServicesInternational Relations
3
978-981-19-7342-0
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
AniKelechi Johnmary Ani
Kelechi Johnmary Ani, Alex Ekwueme Federal University, Ndufu-Alike Ikwo, Nigeria
Resource Conflict and Environmental Relations in AfricaApprox. 220 p. 10 illus.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Political Science and International Studies
Contributed volumeBook0English0JPJPQBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-03-292023-03-291
Chapter 1: Introducing Resource Conflicts and Governance in Africa.- Chapter 2: The Place of Mineral Resource Conflicts in Critical Security Analysis in Africa.- Chapter 3: Theoretical Assessment of the Roles of Diamond in the Sierra Leone’s Civil War.- Chapter 4: Deepening The Role of Local Autonomy In The Niger Delta Peace-Building Process.- Chapter 5: Fulani Herdsmen and Farmers Conflict Relations in Idomaland 1999-2017.- Chapter 6: Mineral Riches And Violent Conflicts In Nigeria: An Appraisal Of Mining Conflicts In Ebonyi State.- Chapter 7: Resource Curse And Environmental Conflicts In Angola.- Chapter 8: Conflict In Democratic Republic Of Congo: Framework For Resolution.- Chapter 9: Mining, crush rock Nigeria ltd and Environmental problems in Ishiagu.- Chapter 10: The Anthropocene: An Alternative Lens in The Study Of International Relations.- Chapter 11: The Impact of Climate Change in Egypt.- Chapter 12: Concluding Remarks On Resource Conflict And Environmental Politics In Africa.
'The book dissects the nature of environmental conflicts in Africa. It presents a new theoretical interpretation of resource factors that could transform African states, when resources are adequately managed.'—Dr. Chijioke Odii, Renaissance University Ugbawka, Nigeria.'The book is a groundwork on competition over control of mineral resources that have become a major source of armed conflict in Africa. It is a strong call for the transformation of resource governance and management in Africa.'—Dr. Prince Enwereji, University of South Africa, South Africa.The book discusses the failure of many African governments in providing the social needs of the masses. Unfortunately, in many States, mineral resources are owned, explored and marketed by machinery of the state. The problem arises when the masses begin to challenge State access and ownership of resources that are domiciled within their ancestral land. Often their resistance to state control of natural resources is triggered by sense of exploitation, negligence and widespread poverty in the face of high resource endowment and waste by government officials.Paradoxically, the State uses unlimited might to suppress the agitators, thereby leading to increased arms race by such groups. When the resource agitators succeed in arming themselves, they begin to demand for environmental justice, thereby leading to mass armed conflict with the state forces over control of natural commonwealth.It is that state of desperado to control access, extraction and sale of resources in a state, by different armed groups that turns natural resources extraction as visible cause of conflicts around the African continent that is the centrepiece of the book.Dr Kelechi Johnmary Ani is a lecturer in Alex Ekwueme Federal University Ndufu-Alike, Nigeria and Visiting Senior Lecturer at Renaissance University Ugbawka, Nigeria. He is also an Extraordinary Senior Researcher in the Afrocentric Governance of Public Affairs, North West University, South Africa.
The book discusses the failure of many African governments in providing the social needs of the masses, thereby placing the citizenry on the desperate quest for economic resources. Unfortunately, in many African States, mineral resources are owned, explored and marketed by the machinery of the state. The problem arises when the masses begin to challenge state access and ownership of resources that are domiciled within their ancestral land, communities, and constituencies. Often the challenge and resistance to state ownership of resources is generated by communal or group sense of exploitation, negligence and widespread poverty in the face of high resource endowment and waste by the government officials.

Paradoxically, in Niger Delta of Nigeria, as discussed in the book, the state has unleashed unlimited might upon all social groups and agitators, thereby leading to the increased act of taking arms by such groups. When the informal resource agitators succeed in arming themselves, they begin to demand social and environmental justice, thereby leading to mass armed conflict between them and the government security agencies. Sometimes, the confrontation could be between them and other rival local resource actors in the informal sector of their country’s economy bearing in mind that the resources within their jurisdiction have become the central determinant of national commonwealth.

It is at that state of desperado to control access, extraction and sale of natural resources in a State, by different armed groups that the process of natural resources extraction qualifies as the most visible cause of conflicts and crises around the African continent that is the centrepiece of the book. This is quite understandable given that mineral resource is a gift of nature; and nature is that phenomenon that every human, group and nation claim to represent, or, believe to represent them..

<p>Discusses the role of local autonomy in the Niger Delta peace building process</p><p>Discusses how environmental factors influence the nature of diplomacy between one country and another</p><p>Shows the history of multiple forms of environmental conflicts</p>
Dr Kelechi Johnmary Ani is a lecturer in the Department of History and Strategic Studies, Alex Ekwueme Federal University Ndufu-Alike, Ikwo, Ebonyi State, Nigeria and Visiting Scholar, Masters in International Relations and Diplomacy, University of The Gambia. He is also an Extraordinary Senior Researcher in the Afrocentric Governance of Public Affairs (AGOPA) Research Entity, North West University, South Africa and his areas of research include peace, conflict and African history.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811973420
0African PoliticsEnvironmental Policy
Environmental Economics
Peace and Conflict Studies
Resource and Environmental Economics
4
978-3-031-23452-1
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
BackwellAlex Backwell
Alex Backwell, University of Cape Town, Cape Town, South Africa
An Intuitive Introduction to Finance and DerivativesConcepts, Terminology and ModelsVIII, 87 p. 1 illus.12023final99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00119.99Hard cover0
Springer Texts in Business and Economics
Economics and Finance
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English87KJMKFFSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-312023-01-311
Chapter 1 Preliminaries.- Chapter 2 Risk and Expected Utility.- Chapter 3 Market Pricing and Market E ciency.- Chapter 4 Modern Portfolio Theory.- Chapter 5 Asset Pricing.- Chapter 6 Introduction to Derivatives.- Chapter 7 Arbitrage and Model-free Pricing Methods- Chapter 8 Modelling, Pricing and Hedging
This book gives a self-contained, intuitive overview of some of the most important topics of finance, such as investment risk, market pricing and market efficiency, arbitrage, hedging, and the pricing and application of financial derivatives. It provides a first-principles introduction to the relevant material and concepts, emphasising intuition. Financial terminology, and the understanding implicit therein, is carefully introduced. The books starts with finance in the most general terms, and gradually specialises to investment theory and then derivatives. This book is tailor-made for readers new to finance, such as graduate students entering or interested in finance, or financial practitioners moving to a more quantitative role.
This book gives a self-contained, intuitive overview of some of the most important topics of finance, such as investment risk, market pricing and market efficiency, arbitrage, hedging, and the pricing and application of financial derivatives. It provides a first-principles introduction to the relevant material and concepts, emphasising intuition. Financial terminology, and the understanding implicit therein, is carefully introduced. The books starts with finance in the most general terms, and gradually specialises to investment theory and then derivatives. This book is tailor-made for readers new to finance, such as graduate students entering or interested in finance, or financial practitioners moving to a more quantitative role.
<p>Covers various aspects of finance with an overarching narrative and logic</p><p>Allows readers to acquire detailed expertise in technical areas of finance</p><p>Presents academic concepts in an accessible and intuitive manner</p>
Alex Backwell is a Senior Lecturer at the African Institute of Financial Markets & Risk Management at the University of Cape Town (South Africa). His research focuses on interest-rate modelling. His work has been published in top finance journals such as the Journal of Banking & Finance and Mathematical Finance.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031234521
0Risk ManagementCapital MarketsFinancial EconomicsFinancial Engineering
5
978-3-658-39871-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Birrer
Thomas K. Birrer; Dennis Amstutz; Patrick Wenger
Thomas K. Birrer, Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Rotkreuz, Switzerland; Dennis Amstutz, Rotkreuz, Switzerland; Patrick Wenger, Rotkreuz, Switzerland
Decentralized Finance
From Core Concepts to DeFi Protocols for Financial Transactions
XI, 200 p. 49 illus., 46 illus. in color.12023final69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5084.99Hard cover0
Financial Innovation and Technology
Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English200KFFKNSTSpringerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0WorldwideIn production2023-02-122023-02-121
1 Introduction.- 2 Economical and Historical Context.- 3 New Technological Developments and Opportunities.- 4 Toolkit for Getting Started.- 5 Make use of Decentralized Finance.- 6 Concluding Remarks.- A Blockchain Applications.- B Token Classification Example – Bitcoin.- Index.- Bibliography.
This book addresses the main concepts of Decentralized Finance (DeFi) and the well-known economic problem of inflation within traditional financial systems (TradFi). The authors discuss how both systems are connected and describe how they influence each other. Furthermore, new technological developments in the finance sector are considered and explained. The book provides not only a theoretical background to understand how money has evolved over time but also many practical cases and advise to navigate the digital money era. While digitalization and innovation are evolving rapidly, this book aims to be time-independent in its content and in its focus on concepts. The book appeals not only to an academic audience but also to professionals working in the field.
This book addresses the main concepts of Decentralized Finance (DeFi) and the well-known economic problem of inflation within traditional financial systems (TradFi). The authors discuss how both systems are connected and describe how they influence each other. Furthermore, new technological developments in the finance sector are considered and explained. The book provides not only a theoretical background to understand how money has evolved over time but also many practical cases and advise to navigate the digital money era. While digitalization and innovation are evolving rapidly, this book aims to be time-independent in its content and in its focus on concepts. The book appeals not only to an academic audience but also to professionals working in the field.
<p>Explains the most important concepts of Decentralized Finance (DeFi) </p><p>Analyses the relationship between DeFi and inflation</p><p>Provides historical background about the evolution of money and capital markets</p>
Prof. Dr. Thomas K. Birrer is Professor for Corporate Finance at the Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts (Switzerland). He studied business economics at the Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts and earned his doctorate at the University of Basel (Switzerland). His research focuses on financial technology and innovation, financial markets and financial risk management. <div>Dennis Amstutz, holds a BSc and an MSc in Banking and Finance from Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts (Switzerland). After previously having worked for the Swiss bank Credit Suisse, he has wide-ranging start-up experience and a broad network in Switzerland. He is a passionate crypto investor and an independent crypto fund manager.Patrick Wenger, holds a BSc in Business Engineering and an MSc in Banking and Finance from Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts (Switzerland). He has an extensive network in private and public sectors of Paraguay and implemented a proof-of-concept mining business in the country.</div>
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783658398712
0
Financial Technology and Innovation
Financial ServicesFinancial Economics
Innovation and Technology Management
6
978-3-031-21666-4
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
BörnfeltP-O Börnfelt
P-O Börnfelt, Göteborg, Sweden
Work Organisation in Practice
A Critical Introduction to Work Organisation Models
Approx. 200 p. 10 illus.12023approx.69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5084.99Hard cover0Business and Management
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English0KJUKJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0WorldwidePlanned2023-02-252023-02-251
1. Organisation and work organisation.- 2. Taylorism and Fordism.- 3. The bureaucratic organisation.- 4.The socio-technical school.- 5. Total quality management (TQM) and process organisation.- 6. Organising for change, learning and knowledge.- 7. Professional organisation and new public management – conflicting organisation perspectives in the public sector.- 8. Network organising.- 9. A changing working life – both up-skilling and down-skilling, higher pressure and more control.- 10. Sustainable work organisations.
This textbook provides an overview of organisation models used in practice from over a century ago to the present day. It outlines the effects these models have on efficiency, learning, innovation and workers’ health and offers critical reflections for students. Some of the models covered are Taylorism, bureaucracy, the socio-technical school, process organisation such as lean production, learning organisations, knowledge management, project organising including agile, platform economy, professional organisations, new public management and sustainable organisations.Featuring learning objectives and reflective questions for students of organisation studies and design, this textbook has a pedagogical structure based on the division of work and the coordination of work. Conclusions are presented on contemporary work organisation models’ impact on working life, ultimately encouraging students to ask the question, how can we create more sustainable work organisations.
P-O Börnfelt is a lecturer at the Department of Sociology and Work Science, University of Gothenburg in Sweden. His Work Organisation in Practice textbook was first published in Swedish, and it is used as a textbook at several universities in Sweden. His research focus is on whistleblowing, voice and silence at work.
This textbook provides an overview of organisation models used in practice from over a century ago to the present day. It outlines the effects these models have on efficiency, learning, innovation and workers’ health and offers critical reflections for students. Some of the models covered are Taylorism, bureaucracy, the socio-technical school, process organisation such as lean production, learning organisations, knowledge management, project organising including agile, platform economy, professional organisations, new public management and sustainable organisations. Featuring learning objectives and reflective questions for students of organisation studies and design, this textbook has a pedagogical structure based on the division of work and the coordination of work. Conclusions are presented on contemporary work organisation models’ impact on working life, ultimately encouraging students to ask the question, how can we create more sustainable work organisations.
<p>Provides a comprehensive overview of the development and diffusion of work organisation models</p><p>Critically analyses the effects of these models on worker's health, learning, innovation and efficiency</p><p>Includes case studies, reflective questions, learning objectives and exercises to improve learning</p>
P-O Börnfelt is a lecturer at the Department of Sociology and Work Science, University of Gothenburg in Sweden. His Work Organisation in Practice textbook was first published in Swedish, and it is used as a textbook at several universities in Sweden. His research focus is on whistleblowing, voice and silence at work.
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031216664
0Organization
Innovation and Technology Management
Human Resource Management
7
978-981-19-8367-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Borter
Daniel Kipleel Borter; Nadeem Malik
Daniel Kipleel Borter, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; Nadeem Malik, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia
African Experience in the Application of the Development Aid Effectiveness Principles
The Case of KenyaXV, 277 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00139.99Hard cover0
African Histories and Modernities
Political Science and International Studies
MonographBook0English277JPKCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-01-252023-01-251
Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Aid Effectiveness, International Policy Transfer and Development and Post-Development Theory.- Chapter 3: The Aid Effectiveness Architecture and Kenya’s Agriculture Sector.- Chapter 4: Aid Effectiveness and Kenya’s Agricultural Policy and Strategy making processes.- Chapter 5: Aid Effectiveness and Perspectives and Practices of Donors.- Chapter 6: Aid and Agriculture Sector in Kenya: a Focus on Major Stakeholders.- Chapter 7: Overall Conclusions.
This book analyses the diffusion and implementation of Aid Effectiveness Principles in Kenya’s agricultural sector. Although Aid Effectiveness Principles represent a significant step in aid and development discourse, studies on its implementation remain inadequate, especially in the African context. This book combines the perspectives of the Kenyan government, donor representatives and small-scale farmers. The discussion on Kenya brings in comparative perspectives and, therefore, would have broader relevance to the African region, in general. It highlights a disconnect between the government and farmers concerning the ownership concept, where farmers lack a voice in important policy matters. The book shows that donors have exploited the weaknesses in government responses to interpret The Principles in ways that suit their strategic interests. Consequently, the book argues that the diffusion of Aid Effectiveness Principles has taken the form of symbolic imitation – a form of policy diffusion where the policymakers choose policies for their symbolic value rather than their effectiveness.Dr Daniel Borter is a development consultant interested in agricultural sector development in developing countries and previously worked for over 17 years in Kenya’s agricultural sector. Daniel holds PhD in the Anthropology of Development from University of Melbourne, with research interests in aid and development and development policy. He has researched the diffusion of global aid effectiveness policies in agriculture sector programmes in Kenya, donor practices and the aid effectiveness infrastructure. He has also taught development studies courses at Egerton University in Kenya and Australian Catholic University in Melbourne. Dr Nadeem Malik is a senior lecturer at the University of Melbourne. He served as Director of the Development Studies Program from 2009-2014 and is currently the Research Director of Anthropology and Development Studies. Before being an academic, he served in the development sector for around 20 years. His primary areas of specialization are Third World development, globalization, gender and development, governance, civil society and the state, decentralization or local governance, project and program management and monitoring and evaluation of development projects, anthropology of development, political anthropology and art/theatre and development.
This book analyses the diffusion and implementation of Aid Effectiveness Principles in Kenya’s agricultural sector. Although Aid Effectiveness Principles represent a significant step in aid and development discourse, studies on its implementation remain inadequate, especially in the African context. This book combines the perspectives of the Kenyan government, donor representatives and small-scale farmers. The discussion on Kenya brings in comparative perspectives and, therefore, would have broader relevance to the African region, in general. It highlights a disconnect between the government and farmers concerning the ownership concept, where farmers lack a voice in important policy matters. The book shows that donors have exploited the weaknesses in government responses to interpret The Principles in ways that suit their strategic interests. Consequently, the book argues that the diffusion of Aid Effectiveness Principles has taken the form of symbolic imitation – a form of policy diffusion where the policymakers choose policies for their symbolic value rather than their effectiveness.
<p>Provides an analysis of diffusion and implementation of Principles of Effective Development Cooperation (PEDC) in Kenya</p><p>Combines the perspectives of the Kenyan government, donor representatives, and small-scale farmers</p><p>Argues that the diffusion of PEDC into the Kenyan agricultural sector has taken the form of a symbolic imitation</p>
Dr Daniel Borter is a development consultant interested in agricultural sector development in developing countries and previously worked for over 17 years in Kenya’s agricultural sector. Daniel holds PhD in the Anthropology of Development from University of Melbourne, with research interests in aid and development and development policy. He has researched the diffusion of global aid effectiveness policies in agriculture sector programmes in Kenya, donor practices and the aid effectiveness infrastructure. He has also taught development studies courses at Egerton University in Kenya and Australian Catholic University in Melbourne.Dr Nadeem Malik is a senior lecturer at the University of Melbourne. He served as Director of the Development Studies Program from 2009-2014 and is currently the Research Director of Anthropology and Development Studies. Before being an academic, he served in the development sector for around 20 years. His primary areas of specialization are Third World development, globalization, gender and development, governance, civil society and the state, decentralization or local governance, project and program management and monitoring and evaluation of development projects, anthropology of development, political anthropology and art/theatre and development.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811983672
0African PoliticsAfrican EconomicsDevelopment StudiesPolicy EvaluationPolicy ImplementationAgricultural Economics
8
978-981-19-7397-0
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Cochrane
Logan Cochrane; Reem Al-Hababi
Logan Cochrane, Hamad Bin Khalifa University, Doha; Reem Al-Hababi, Qatar University, Doha
Sustainable Qatar
Social, Political and Environmental Perspectives
XIII, 380 p. 59 illus., 45 illus. in color.12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0Gulf Studies9
Political Science and International Studies
Contributed volumeBook0English380JPPRNUSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideAvailable2022-11-252022-11-242023-02-022023-02-021
Chapter 1. Sustainable Qatar.- Chapter 2. The Evolvement of Qatar’s Environmental Sustainability Policy: The Strategies, Regulations, and Institutions.- Chapter 3. Law and Governance Innovations on Sustainability in Qatar: Current Approaches and Future Directions.- Chapter 4. FIFA World Cup 2022 as a Catalyst for Environmental Sustainability in Qatar.- Chapter 5. Qatar Foundations: A Sustainability Innovator.- Chapter 6. Qatar's Energy Policy and the Transition Towards a Renewable and Carbon-Neutral Future.- Chapter 7. Qatar in the Energy Transition: Low Carbon Economy Challenges and Opportunities.- Chapter 8. A Systems Perspective on the Sustainable Development of Qatar .- Chapter 9. Sea Level Rise and the National Security Challenge of Sustainable Urban Adaptation in Doha and other Arab Coastal Cities.- Chapter 10. Assessing and Reporting Potential Environmental Risks Associated with Reefing Oil Platform During Decommissioning in Qatar.- Chapter 11. The Domestic Water Sector in Qatar.- Chapter 12. Contribution of Non-Profit Organizations to Food Security Sustainability in the State of Qatar.- Chapter 13. Terrestrial Biodiversity in Arid Environments: One Global Component of Climate Crisis Resilience.- Chapter 14. Doha as a 15-Minute City – An Urban Fareej.- Chapter 15. Post-Oil Urbanism: A Need for Smart and Sustainable Urban Development Strategies and Framework in the Gulf States.- Chapter 16. Towards the Circular Qatari Zero-Waste Management Sector.- Chapter 17. Education for Sustainable Development in Qatar.- Chapter 18. Developing A Vibrant Entrepreneurship Ecosystem in Qatar: A Sustainable Pathway Toward the Knowledge-based Economy?.- Chapter 19. Pathways for a Sustainable Future.
This open access book provides a topical overview of the key sustainability issues in Qatar, focusing on environmental sustainability from a socio-political perspective. The transition to a sustainable Qatar requires engagement with diverse areas of social-political, human, and environmental development. On the environmental aspects, the contributors address climate change, food security, water reuse and desalination, energy, and biodiversity. The socio-political section examines state strategy and regulation, the place of environmental law and geopolitics and sustainability innovators and catalysts. The human section considers economics, sustainability education, the knowledge economy, and waste management. In doing so, the book demarcates the ways in which the country encounters and grapples with significant challenges and delves into the range of options for future pathways to sustainability in Qatar. Relevant to policymakers and scholars in energy and environment, urban and developmental studies, as well as the arenas of politics, climate change and policy, this book is a landmark collection on environmental policy in the Gulf and beyond.
This open access book provides a topical overview of the key sustainability issues in Qatar, focusing on environmental sustainability from a socio-political perspective. The transition to a sustainable Qatar requires engagement with diverse areas of social-political, human, and environmental development. On the environmental aspects, the contributors address climate change, food security, water reuse and desalination, energy, and biodiversity. The socio-political section examines state strategy and regulation, the place of environmental law and geopolitics and sustainability innovators and catalysts. The human section considers economics, sustainability education, the knowledge economy, and waste management. In doing so, the book demarcates the ways in which the country encounters and grapples with significant challenges and delves into the range of options for future pathways to sustainability in Qatar. Relevant to policymakers and scholars in energy and environment, urban and developmental studies, as well as the arenas of politics, climate change and policy, this book is a landmark collection on environmental policy in the Gulf and beyond.
<p>Tackles the future of sustainability in Qatar</p><p>Provides broad coverage of sustainability including political, environmental, and human dimensions</p><p>Presents calls to action through recommended policy options</p><p>Is open access, which means that we have free and unlimited access</p>
Logan Cochrane is Associate Professor in the College of Public Policy at HBKU and an Adjunct Professor at Hawassa University. His research includes diverse geographic and disciplinary foci, covering broad thematic areas of food security, climate change, social justice and governance.Reem Al-Hababi is a PhD student in the Gulf Studies Program at Qatar University. She holds a Master of Public Policy from HBKU.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies01
9789811973970
0Policy FormulationSustainabilityDevelopment StudiesMiddle Eastern PoliticsPublic Policy
9
978-981-19-7400-7
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Cochrane
Logan Cochrane; Reem Al-Hababi
Logan Cochrane, Hamad Bin Khalifa University, Doha; Reem Al-Hababi, Qatar University, Doha
Sustainable Qatar
Social, Political and Environmental Perspectives
XIII, 380 p. 59 illus., 45 illus. in color.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover1Gulf Studies9
Political Science and International Studies
Contributed volumeBook0English380JPPRNUSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideAvailable2022-11-252022-11-242023-02-022023-02-021
Chapter 1. Sustainable Qatar.- Chapter 2. The Evolvement of Qatar’s Environmental Sustainability Policy: The Strategies, Regulations, and Institutions.- Chapter 3. Law and Governance Innovations on Sustainability in Qatar: Current Approaches and Future Directions.- Chapter 4. FIFA World Cup 2022 as a Catalyst for Environmental Sustainability in Qatar.- Chapter 5. Qatar Foundations: A Sustainability Innovator.- Chapter 6. Qatar's Energy Policy and the Transition Towards a Renewable and Carbon-Neutral Future.- Chapter 7. Qatar in the Energy Transition: Low Carbon Economy Challenges and Opportunities.- Chapter 8. A Systems Perspective on the Sustainable Development of Qatar .- Chapter 9. Sea Level Rise and the National Security Challenge of Sustainable Urban Adaptation in Doha and other Arab Coastal Cities.- Chapter 10. Assessing and Reporting Potential Environmental Risks Associated with Reefing Oil Platform During Decommissioning in Qatar.- Chapter 11. The Domestic Water Sector in Qatar.- Chapter 12. Contribution of Non-Profit Organizations to Food Security Sustainability in the State of Qatar.- Chapter 13. Terrestrial Biodiversity in Arid Environments: One Global Component of Climate Crisis Resilience.- Chapter 14. Doha as a 15-Minute City – An Urban Fareej.- Chapter 15. Post-Oil Urbanism: A Need for Smart and Sustainable Urban Development Strategies and Framework in the Gulf States.- Chapter 16. Towards the Circular Qatari Zero-Waste Management Sector.- Chapter 17. Education for Sustainable Development in Qatar.- Chapter 18. Developing A Vibrant Entrepreneurship Ecosystem in Qatar: A Sustainable Pathway Toward the Knowledge-based Economy?.- Chapter 19. Pathways for a Sustainable Future.
This open access book provides a topical overview of the key sustainability issues in Qatar, focusing on environmental sustainability from a socio-political perspective. The transition to a sustainable Qatar requires engagement with diverse areas of social-political, human, and environmental development. On the environmental aspects, the contributors address climate change, food security, water reuse and desalination, energy, and biodiversity. The socio-political section examines state strategy and regulation, the place of environmental law and geopolitics and sustainability innovators and catalysts. The human section considers economics, sustainability education, the knowledge economy, and waste management. In doing so, the book demarcates the ways in which the country encounters and grapples with significant challenges and delves into the range of options for future pathways to sustainability in Qatar. Relevant to policymakers and scholars in energy and environment, urban and developmental studies, as well as the arenas of politics, climate change and policy, this book is a landmark collection on environmental policy in the Gulf and beyond.
This open access book provides a topical overview of the key sustainability issues in Qatar, focusing on environmental sustainability from a socio-political perspective. The transition to a sustainable Qatar requires engagement with diverse areas of social-political, human, and environmental development. On the environmental aspects, the contributors address climate change, food security, water reuse and desalination, energy, and biodiversity. The socio-political section examines state strategy and regulation, the place of environmental law and geopolitics and sustainability innovators and catalysts. The human section considers economics, sustainability education, the knowledge economy, and waste management. In doing so, the book demarcates the ways in which the country encounters and grapples with significant challenges and delves into the range of options for future pathways to sustainability in Qatar. Relevant to policymakers and scholars in energy and environment, urban and developmental studies, as well as the arenas of politics, climate change and policy, this book is a landmark collection on environmental policy in the Gulf and beyond.
<p>Tackles the future of sustainability in Qatar</p><p>Provides broad coverage of sustainability including political, environmental, and human dimensions</p><p>Presents calls to action through recommended policy options</p><p>Is open access, which means that we have free and unlimited access</p>
Logan Cochrane is Associate Professor in the College of Public Policy at HBKU and an Adjunct Professor at Hawassa University. His research includes diverse geographic and disciplinary foci, covering broad thematic areas of food security, climate change, social justice and governance.Reem Al-Hababi is a PhD student in the Gulf Studies Program at Qatar University. She holds a Master of Public Policy from HBKU.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies01
9789811974007
0Policy FormulationSustainabilityDevelopment StudiesMiddle Eastern PoliticsPublic Policy
10
978-3-031-01491-8
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
CordRobert A. Cord
Robert A. Cord, Researcher in Economics, London, UK
The Palgrave Companion to Chicago Economics
XVI, 1097 p. 2 illus. In 2 volumes, not available separately.
12022final249.99267.49274.99219.99295.00299.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceContributed volumeBook0English1097KCZKCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-072023-01-071
Part I: Themes in Chicago Economics.- 1: The Department of Economics at the University of Chicago, 1947–1982.- 2: Economic History in Departments of Economics: The Case of the University of Chicago, 1892 to the Present.- 3: International Economics at Chicago.- 4: Chicago Political Economy, and Its Virginia Cousin.- 5: The Cowles Commission at the University of Chicago, 1939–1955.- 6: Information at Chicago.- Part II: Some Chicago Economists.- 7: James Laurence Laughlin (1850-1933).- 8: Thorstein Veblen (1857-1929).-9: Frank H. Knight (1885-1972).- 10: Lloyd W. Mints (1888-1989).- 11: Paul H. Douglas (1892-1976).- 12: Jacob Viner (1892-1970).- 13: Henry Schultz (1893-1938).-14: Margaret Gilpin Reid (1896-1991).- 15: Henry Calvert Simons (1899-1946).- 16: Aaron Director (1901-2004).- 17: Theodore W. Schultz (1902-1998).- 18: Mary Jean Bowman (1908-2002). 19: George J. Stigler (1911-1991).- 20: Milton Friedman (1912-2006).- 21: Lloyd A. Metzler (1913-1980).- 22: Berthold F. Hoselitz (1913-1995).- 23: H. Gregg Lewis (1914-1992).- 24: D. Gale Johnson (1916-2003).- 25: Albert E. Rees (1921-1992).- 26: Merton H. Miller (1923-2000).- 27: Harry G. Johnson (1923-1977).- 28: Arnold C. Harberger (1924-).- 29: George S. Tolley (1925-2021).- 30: Robert W. Fogel (1926-2013).- 31: Arnold Zellner (1927-2010).- 32: Gary S. Becker (1930-2014).- 33: Robert E. Lucas, Jr. (1937-).- 34: Sherwin Rosen (1938-2001).- 35: Richard A. Posner (1939-). 36: Eugene F. Fama (1939-).- 37: James J. Heckman (1944-).- 38: Richard Thaler (1945-). 39: Lars Peter Hansen (1952-).
































<div>




</div>
The University of Chicago has been and continues to be one of the most important global centres for economics. With six chapters on themes in Chicago economics and 33 chapters on the lives and work of Chicago economists, this volume shows how economics became established at the University, how it produced some of the world’s best-known economists, including Frank Knight, Milton Friedman and Robert Lucas, and how it remains a global force for the very best in teaching and research in economics. With original contributions from a stellar cast, this volume provides economists – especially those interested in macroeconomics and the history of economic thought – with an in-depth analysis of Chicago economics.Robert A. Cord holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge, and his areas of interest include the history of economic thought and, within this, the history of macroeconomics. His publications include Reinterpreting the Keynesian Revolution (2012), Milton Friedman: Contributions to Economics and Public Policy (co-editor; 2016) and The Palgrave Companion to Oxford Economics (editor; 2021).
The University of Chicago has been and continues to be one of the most important global centres for economics. With six chapters on themes in Chicago economics and 33 chapters on the lives and work of Chicago economists, this volume shows how economics became established at the University, how it produced some of the world’s best-known economists, including Frank Knight, Milton Friedman and Robert Lucas, and how it remains a global force for the very best in teaching and research in economics. With original contributions from a stellar cast, this volume provides economists – especially those interested in macroeconomics and the history of economic thought – with an in-depth analysis of Chicago economics.
<p>Addresses the entire history and evolution of Chicago economics</p><p>Reveals views from a range of scholars</p><p>Presents thematic chapters and biographical treatment in one unified volume</p>
Robert A. Cord holds a PhD from the University of Cambridge, and his areas of interest include the history of economic thought and, within this, the history of macroeconomics. His publications include Reinterpreting the Keynesian Revolution (2012), Milton Friedman: Contributions to Economics and Public Policy (co-editor; 2016) and The Palgrave Companion to Oxford Economics (editor; 2021).
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031014918
0
History of Economic Thought and Methodology
Economy-wide Country Studies
Macroeconomics and Monetary Economics
Law and Economics
11
978-3-031-01322-5
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Dhiman
Satinder K. Dhiman; Gary E. Roberts
Satinder K. Dhiman, Woodbury University, Burbank, CA, USA; Gary E. Roberts, Regent University, Virginia Beach, VA, USA
The Palgrave Handbook of Servant LeadershipL, 1450 p. 100 illus., 50 illus. in color.12022final599.99641.99659.99549.99707.50749.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementHandbookBook1English1450KJCKJMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-03-302023-03-301,978-3-030-69802-7
Gandhi: An Exemplary Servant-Leader Par Excellence.- Servant Leadership and its Vulnerability: Walking the Fine Line of Servant Leadership.- The makings of a servant leader: The role of personality and character in effective servant leadership.- Faith driven leaders: A Study of UK Sikh Servant Leader Entrepreneurs.- Jesus and Servant-Leadership in the Gospels.- Servant Leadership and Employees’ Well-Being: A Workplace of Passionate, Peaceful, and Productive People.- To Serve is to Lead: Practicing Servant Leadership in Schools.- Developing Servant Leadership for Sustainable Organizations.- The Will to Serve: Servant Leadership in Indian Context.- A Servant Leader-Oriented Assessment, Challenge, Support Model of Leadership Development: Lessons learned and Considerations for Special Populations.- Council of grandmothers: A Model of good Servant leadership and decision making.
<div><div>
</div></div>
This reference work offers comprehensive perspectives on servant leadership. Featuring a cadre of leading world-class scholars, practitioners, and contributing authors from diverse fields of inquiry, it aims to collate research on servant leadership with a particular focus on its moral and spiritual dimensions.It is divided into sections that center on topics such as character, philosophical influences, diversity and inclusion, critiques of servant leadership as well as examples of servant leadersThough first introduced in the 1970 by Robert Greenleaf, the field of servant leadership is still lacking consensus on a definition and a theoretical framework. The goal of this reference work is to begin to fill this gap by assembling the scholarship of the top scholars in this field and providing a go-to source for information on the theory and practice of servant leadership. This handbook will serve as an essential resource for researchers, scholars, and students of organizational behavior, human resource management, and business ethics, as well as consultants and business leaders interested in discovering the best leadership models to suit contemporary organizations.<div><div>
</div></div>
<p>First reference work to assemble comprehensive research on servant leadership</p><p>Brings together the top scholars and practitioners researching servant leadership</p><p>Reinforces the holistic moral and spiritual foundations of servant leadership</p>
SATINDER K. DHIMAN, PH.D., ED.D., MBA, MCOM (Gold-Medalist) Scholar | Author | Associate Dean | Chair & Director, MBA |
Accreditation Evaluator | Wellbeing Consultant | ProfessorProfessor of Management at Woodbury University, Burbank, California, Dr. Dhiman serves as the Associate Dean, Chair, and Director of the MBA Program. With an interdisciplinary research agenda encompassing organization behavior, workplace spirituality, workplace well-being and fulfillment, sustainability, servant leadership, mindfulness, social entrepreneurship, education, organization development, and Eastern and Western philosophy in leadership, Professor Dhiman holds a PhD in Social Sciences from Tilburg University, Netherlands, an EdD in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University, Los Angeles, an MBA from West Coast University, Los Angeles, and a Master’s degree in Commerce from Panjab University, Chandigarh, India, having earned the Gold Medal. He has also completed advanced Executive Leadership Programs at Harvard, Stanford, and Wharton. His academic leadership experience includes having served as the Chair for a special MBA Program for the Mercedes-Benz executives, China, as a Distinguished Visiting Professor at the Tecnológico de Monterrey, Guadalajara campus, Mexico; as E-Commerce curriculum lead advisor, Universidad Francisco Gavidia, El Salvador, coordinator for the MBA Student Los Angeles Fieldtrip Program for Berlin University for Professional Studies (DUW), accreditation mentor to Sustainability Management School (SUMAS), Gland, Switzerland. During Dec. 12-15, 2019, he was invited by Monash University, Australia, to lead a track in Spirituality in Management in the 16th International Conference in Business Management. He has served as the President (2016-2018), (2022-present), and as a distinguished Patron (2019-2021) for the International Chamber for Service Industry (ICSI). Recognized as a strategic thinker for his pioneering contributions to the field of transformational leadership, workplace spirituality, workplace well-being, sustainability, and fulfillment in personal and professional arena, Professor Dhiman is a sought after Keynote speaker at regional, national, and international conferences such as the prestigious TEDx Conference @ College of the Canyons in Santa Clarita, California. Since then, he has led several major national and international conferences as co-organizer and/or as track chair.Recipient of several national and international academic and professional honors and awards in teaching, scholarship, and service, Professor Dhiman was awarded the Woodbury University Ambassador of the Year Award in 2015 and 2017 and MBA Professor of the Year Award in 2015; Scholarly and Creative Writing Award, 2019; Most Valuable MBA Professor Award, 2018; Most Inspirational and Most Charismatic MBA Teacher Award 2012, 2013/2014/2018; the Steve Allen Excellence in Education Award in 2006, and the prestigious ACBSP International Teacher of the Year Award in 2004. Most recently, he chaired a symposium at the Academy of Management that received the “2019 Best Symposium Proposal and Showcase Symposium” Award by the MSR Division.
Professor Dhiman’s scholarly accomplishments include over 70 professional conference presentations, over 150 invitations to be a keynote speaker, over 100 online webinars, participation in plenary sessions, conference track chair sessions, leading symposiums and webinars, and scores of distinguished guest lectures and creative workshops—nationally and internationally. He has published over 65 peer-reviewed journal articles and book chapters. As author, translator, editor, co-author, co-editor of over 40 management, leadership, spirituality, sust
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031013225
0
Business Strategy and Leadership
ManagementBusiness EthicsOrganization
Work and Organizational Psychology
12
978-981-19-6699-6
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Duarte
Paulo Afonso B. Duarte; Francisco José B. S. Leandro; Enrique Martínez Galán
Paulo Afonso B. Duarte, Universidade Lusófona do Porto, Porto, Portugal; Francisco José B. S. Leandro, City University of Macau, Macau SAR, China; Enrique Martínez Galán, Asian Development Bank, Mandaluyong, Philippines
The Palgrave Handbook of Globalization with Chinese Characteristics
The Case of the Belt and Road Initiative
XLVII, 789 p. 50 illus., 42 illus. in color.
12023final199.99213.99219.99179.99236.00249.99Hard cover0
Political Science and International Studies
HandbookBook0English789JFFSKCLPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore1WorldwideIn production2023-01-232023-01-231
<div><div>Introduction.- Chapter 1 - The BRI in Historical Perspective: PRC Economic Statecraft Since 1949.- Chapter 2 - China, the BRI, and the New Vocabulary of Global Governance.- Chapter 3 - The Globalizing Discourse of the Belt and Road Initiative.- Chapter 4 - The BRI in Xi's China “Grand Strategy”: an instrument to restore Chinese centrality in a New Era.- Chapter 5 - People-to-People Exchanges: A Cluster of Narratives to Advance Purposeful Constructivism.- Chapter 6 - The Belt and Road Initiative in Global Governance: Impact on the International World Order.- Chapter 7 - Glocalization of Belt and Road Initiatives: The Importance of Local Agency.- Chapter 8 - The Chinese Agenda on the World Economic Forum. Assessing Political Evidence Between Rhetoric and Practice.- Chapter 9 - COVID-19 Pandemic, China and Global Power Shifts: Understanding the Interplay and Implications.- Chapter 10 - Enacting inclusive globalization in a VUCA context whilst emerging from Covid-19.- Chapter 11 - China’s Ambition in Promoting Green Finance for Belt and Road Initiative.- Chapter 12 - Liability of emergingness of emerging market banks internationalizing to advanced economies.- Chapter 13 - Chinese health strategy: a tool towards global governance.- Chapter 14 - Digital China: Governance, Power Politics and the Social Game.- Chapter 15 - The New Face of Multilateralism: The Case of “Chinese” Forums.- Chapter 16 - Secular Stagnation and World Leadership: China´s rising path.- Chapter 17 - Visuality and Infrastructure: the case of the Belt and Road Initiative.- Chapter 18 - The Belt and Road Initiative: can it signalize a new pendulum movement?.- Chapter 19 – The EU-China Geo-Economic Equilibrium in a World of Uncertainty.- Chapter 20 - A shifting current: Europe’s changing approaches vis-à-vis China, the Belt and Road Initiative and the COVID-19 pandemic.- Chapter 21 - China in Central and Eastern Europe: New opportunities for small states.- Chapter 22 – China and the European Union – Inside the economic dynamics of a challenging relationship.- Chapter 23 – A review of China’s contribution to the sustainable development of the European tourism industry: A case study of economic effects and sustainability issues in Albania.- Chapter 24 – A greater Eurasian Partnership? Xi and Putin’s Road to integrate and lead.- Chapter 25 - Health, Road, and Russia: Perspectives on Russian Involvement with China' s Health Silk Road.- Chapter 26 – India’s Challenge to the BRI: Shaping the Global Normative Consensus.- Chapter 27 – China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC): India’s Conundrum and Policy Options.- Chapter 28 - China in Latin America: to BRI or not to BRI.- Chapter 29 - Why America Opposes the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).- Chapter 30 - The Belt and Road Initiative's Security Challenges: The Chinese Globalization Project and Sino-American Rivalry.- Chapter 31 - Sino-Iranian cooperation in Artificial Intelligence: a potential countering against the US hegemony.- Chapter 32 - China and the wave of Globalization focusing on the Middle East.- Chapter 33 - China-Iran’s 25-Years deal: The Implication for the Belt and Road Initiative and Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA).- Chapter 34 - China's New Maritime Silk Road Cooperation: Why Malaysia, Indonesia, and the Philippines are Clings in Disagreement?.- Chapter 35 - The Belt and Road Initiative and the Uneven Triangle of Latvia, Belarus, and China.- Chapter 36 - The Impact of Belt and Road Initiative on Asian Economies along the Route.- Chapter 37 - The Belt and Road in the Kyrgyz Republic: Mapping economic risks and risk perceptions.- Chapter 38 - Belt and Road Initiative’s economic impact on Central Asia. The cases of Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan.- Chapter 39 – How Does BRI Affect the Degree of Globalisation in Southeast Asia?.- Chapter 40 – Vietnam’s Attitude Toward China’s Belt and Road Ini
This handbook offers readers various perspectives on globalization and multilateralism with Chinese characteristics. Its originality is derived from the hybrid approaches the handbook takes, where chapters provide complementary, intertwined, and multi-level analysis on the topic. Based on contributions of scholars and practitioners from a number of countries, the handbook helps readers to comprehend ongoing debates on the Belt and Road Initiative and global governance, within a shifting balance of world power, characterized by competing views between Western and Chinese norms, standards, values, and narratives.<div>
</div><div>Split into three Parts, and consisting of 45 chapters, the handbook views globalization as comprehensive concept that benefits from the contributions of various disciplines such as geography, geo-economics, political science and international relations. In producing one of the most ambitious and updated outputs on the topic, the handbook as a whole seeks to discuss what globalization with Chinese characteristics looks like, and the role of the Belt and Road Initiative in this process.</div>
<div>This handbook offers readers various perspectives on globalization and multilateralism with Chinese characteristics. Its originality is derived from the hybrid approaches the handbook takes, where chapters provide complementary, intertwined, and multi-level analysis on the topic. Based on contributions of scholars and practitioners from a number of countries, the handbook helps readers to comprehend ongoing debates on the Belt and Road Initiative and global governance, within a shifting balance of world power, characterized by competing views between Western and Chinese norms, standards, values, and narratives.</div><div>
</div><div>Split into three Parts, and consisting of 45 chapters, the handbook views globalization as comprehensive concept that benefits from the contributions of various disciplines such as geography, geo-economics, political science and international relations. In producing one of the most ambitious and updated outputs on the topic, the handbook as a whole seeks to discuss what globalization with Chinese characteristics looks like, and the role of the Belt and Road Initiative in this process.</div><div>
</div>
<p>Offers insights into precisely how the B&RI boosts China's international momentum and worldwide globalization</p><p>Explores the significance of various crossing-cutting issues, such as digital corridors, AI and the health silk road</p><p>Highlights how the B&RI creates less Western-centric globalization, actively reflecting an Asia-Pacific outlook</p>
<div>Paulo Afronso B. Duarte received a Ph.D. in political science from the Catholic University of Louvain. Currently, he is Assistant Professor at Universidade Lusófona (Porto) and Guest Professor at the University of Minho. He is an expert in China's Belt and Road Initiative and regular political commentator in the media.
</div><div>
</div><div>Francisco B. S. José Leandro received a Ph.D. in political science and international relations from the Catholic University of Portugal in 2010. He is currently an associate professor and Assistant Dean of the Institute for Research on Portuguese-Speaking Countries at the City University of Macau, China.</div><div>
</div><div>Enrique Martínez Galán received a Ph.D. in economics from the University of Lisbon in 2018. Currently, he is Associate Professor and Program Director at the Stephen Zuellig School of Development Management - Asian Institute of Management, Philippines, and Researcher at Center for African and Development Studies of ISEG-Lisbon School of Economics and Management. He is a member of the Board of Directors of the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank”.
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811966996
0Globalization
International Economics
Foreign PolicyInternational Relations
13
978-3-030-90576-7
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Edwards-DashtiNadia Edwards-Dashti
Nadia Edwards-Dashti, Harrington Starr Ltd., London, UK
FinTech Women Walk the Talk
Moving the Needle for Workplace Gender Equality in Financial Services and Beyond
XLV, 150 p. 1 illus.12022final32.9935.3036.2927.9939.0039.99Soft cover1Economics and FinanceGeneral interestBook0English150KFFKJMV2Palgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-082023-01-081
Chapter 1: Purpose: Walk the Talk.- Chapter 2: Mission: What is FinTech?.- Chapter 3: Mindset: Innovation and Transformation.- Chapter 4: The Past: Traditional FS and Technology Culture.- Chapter 5: Change: Technology, Transformation and Communication.- Chapter 6: Reality: The issues we must acknowledge Chapter 7: Movement: Sharing the steps forward.- Chapter 8: Chasing the tipping point: Static for Too Long.- Chapter 9: Moving the Needle: Action.- Chapter 10: Help or Hindrance: External factors.- Chapter 11: Be powerful.
<div>“An insightful read with thoughts from leaders across the FinTech industry! We need more of this as we strive to achieve inclusion in all workplaces.”

—Rahma Javed, Director of Engineering at Deliveroo; Angel Investor; Board Advisor; Asian Women of Achievement 2020

“Nadia continues to 'walk the talk' … This is an inspiring collection of evidence-based insights, delivering a solid foundation on which current and future generations can build and accelerate much needed societal change.”

—Kate Bohn, Transformational Leader; FinTech Evangelist and Partnership Builder; Banking Tech Awards - Woman in Technology, Winner 2020

“Nadia has positively impacted the FinTech community with her passion for Diversity and Inclusion. This must-read book proposes a blueprint for change we can all follow, inspired by a wide range of experiences and insights from the industry.”

—Dr Simon Schofield, IT COO Financial Services, TechUp Women Ambassador</div><div>
</div><div><div>The FinTech community is steeped in change and has the potential to pave the way for equal opportunities in the workplace, considering the positive actions that have taken place. There is so much more that can be done but what has been achieved so far needs to be replicated. This book</div><div>showcases the successes in the industry alongside that which could act as a barrier or escalator. Being the first of its kind, FinTech Women Walk the Talk draws upon the author’s podcasts that feature the insights of more than 150 FinTech experts; more than 100 of which are women. It is a</div><div>call to action for diversity in the workplace, showcasing the successes and presenting how to overcome the challenges. By demystifying FinTech, and highlighting its potential to drive change, this book explores how to achieve gender parity in the workplace. The FinTech industry is used as a case study and hence of interest to practitioners in finance, technology, FinTech and beyond.</div></div><div>Nadia Edwards-Dashti co-founded the Harrington Starr Group in 2010, which has grown into the leading FinTech recruiter based in London with offices in New York. In 17 years in the FST sector, she has been responsible for helping over 2000 people find jobs and has grown from a trainee to a Managing Director and now Chief Customer Officer of a global technology recruitment business. She hosts the successful ‘Women of FinTech’ ‘The DEI Discussions’ Podcast Series where she has interviewed more than 150 women in leadership within the FinTech community to celebrate and showcase their successes.Nadia created the diversity, equity and inclusion programme STEPFORWARD, helping companies produce tailored workflows and operational plans to drive towards gender equality and workplace inclusion.Nadia is a regular speaker at industry conferences around the world, has been a panellist at some of the largest FinTech events in London and a guest judge for technology and innovation competitions for female technologists. She also speaks at universities on ‘Demystifying FinTech’ to attract the next generation to the industry. Ultimately Nadia believes in people and businesses becoming the best they can be and knows awareness, acknowledgement and action is needed to drive this forward. Her other accolades include: Winner of Investing in Talent 2019 Awards – Most Inspirational Recruitment Leader, Innovate Finance Women in FinTech Powerlist and Brummel 2019 Top 30 Inspirational Women in the City.</div>
<div>The FinTech community is steeped in change and has the potential to pave the way for equal opportunities in the workplace, considering the positive actions that have taken place. There is so much more that can be done but what has been achieved so far needs to be replicated. This book showcases the successes in the industry alongside that which could act as a barrier or escalator. Being the first of its kind, FinTech Women Walk the Talk draws upon the author’s podcasts that feature the insights of more than 150 FinTech experts; more than 100 of which are women. It is a call to action for diversity in the workplace, showcasing the successes and presenting how to overcome the challenges. By demystifying FinTech, and highlighting its potential to drive change, this book explores how to achieve gender parity in the workplace. The FinTech industry is used as a</div><div>case study and hence of interest to practitioners in finance, technology, FinTech and beyond.</div>
<p>Demonstrates how to achieve gender parity goals in the workplace and highlights the long-term benefits</p><p>Showcases why FinTech is paving the way for change in gender equality</p><p>Celebrates FinTech successes and presents the challenges facing the industry</p>
Nadia Edwards-Dashti co-founded the Harrington Starr Group in 2010, which has grown into the leading FinTech recruiter based in London with offices in New York. In 17 years in the FST sector, she has been responsible for helping over 2000 people find jobs and has grown from a trainee to a Managing Director and now Chief Customer Officer of a global technology recruitment business. She hosts the successful ‘Women of FinTech’ ‘The DEI Discussions’ Podcast Series where she has interviewed more than 150 women in leadership within the FinTech community to celebrate and showcase their successes.Nadia created the diversity, equity and inclusion programme STEPFORWARD, helping companies produce tailored workflows and operational plans to drive towards gender equality and workplace inclusion.Nadia is a regular speaker at industry conferences around the world, has been a panellist at some of the largest FinTech events in London and a guest judge for technology and innovation competitions for female technologists. She also speaks at universities on ‘Demystifying FinTech’ to attract the next generation to the industry. Ultimately Nadia believes in people and businesses becoming the best they can be and knows awareness, acknowledgement and action is needed to drive this forward. Her other accolades include: Winner of Investing in Talent 2019 Awards – Most Inspirational Recruitment Leader, Innovate Finance Women in FinTech Powerlist and Brummel 2019 Top 30 Inspirational Women in the City.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783030905767
0
Financial Technology and Innovation
Diversity Management and Women in Business
Careers in Business and Management
14
978-981-19-7176-1
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Fazli
Arash Fazli; Amitabh Kundu
Arash Fazli, Baha'i Chair for Studies in Development, Indore, India; Amitabh Kundu, WRI India, New Delhi, India
Reimagining Prosperity
Social and Economic Development in Post-COVID India
X, 270 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color.12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50169.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceContributed volumeBook0English270KCMKCAPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-02-122023-02-121
Introduction.- Summoning the Collective Will and Courage to Seek Economic Justice.- Economic Justice in Post-Covid India: A Macroeconomic Perspective.- Labour Reforms and Economic Justice: Inequality, Pandemic and Regionalism.- Women, Work and the COVID-19 Pandemic: Paving the Path Forward.- Whither Adivasi Livelihoods? A Longitudinal Study of a Bhil Village in Gujarat.- Degrowth, Diversity and Decentralization: Building Sustainable Food Systems for Food and Nutrition Security.- Impact of Covid-19, Lockdowns and Economic Slowdown on Food and Nutrition Security in India.- Principles for Water Governance in a Post-Covid World: Water Sector Needs to be Embedded in Environmental Justice.- Water Management Priorities in a Post-Covid World.- Seeing Water Differently: Transforming the Narrative around Water Crises in India.- Reclaiming their Place in the City: Narratives of Street Food Vendors of Bengaluru during the Covid Crisis.- Whose Knowledge Makes a City Smart? Exploring Conceptions of the Role of Knowledge in Urban Policy in Indore, India.- Transforming India’s Agrarian Society in a Post-Covid World: Prospects and Challenges.- The Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Female Domestic Workers in an Urban setting.- Youth Unemployment, Education and Job Training – An Analysis of PLFS data in India.
“This volume of sixteen erudite essays is a robust response to the fundamental questions thrown up by the pandemic in conjunction with the ongoing technological turbulence and expanding globalisation. We need fresh rethinking on India’s development paradigm not only to meet the material aspirations of its population but also to enrich the spiritual, social and cultural dimensions of their lives.”--Rajiv Kumar, Former Vice Chairman, NITI Aayog and Chancellor, Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, PuneThis book explores the second-order effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and economic development in India. The chapters in this volume provide theoretical perspectives and empirical insights from a range of disciplines including history, economics, water management, food and nutrition security, agriculture, rural management, public health, urbanization, gender studies and development of the marginalized. It discusses the pressing questions that have been raised by the disruption caused by the pandemic and proposes insights and interventions to build a more just, sustainable and united post-COVID India.Arash Fazli is Assistant Professor and Head of the Bahá’í Chair for Studies in Development at Devi Ahilya University, Indore. Prior to this, he worked as a Principal Researcher with the Institute for Studies in Global Prosperity and as a journalist with The Hindu and The Times of India.Amitabh Kundu is Senior Fellow at the World Resources Institute. He was Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences at Jawaharlal Nehru University and a member of the National Statistical Commission. He chaired the Post Sachar Evaluation Committee and that for estimating Urban Housing Shortage. He was Regional Adviser on Poverty at UNESCWA, Beirut and Consultant to Sri Lankan Government on Population Census.
This book explores the second-order effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and economic development in India. The chapters in this volume provide theoretical perspectives and empirical insights from a range of disciplines including history, economics, water management, food and nutrition security, agriculture, rural management, public health, urbanization, gender studies and development of the marginalized. It discusses the pressing questions that have been raised by the disruption caused by the pandemic and proposes insights and interventions to build a more just, sustainable and united post-COVID India.
<p>Explores second-order effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and economic development in India</p><p>Provides theoretical insights on addressing pressing issues of justice and sustainability</p><p>Reflects the perspectives and learning of development practice and activism</p>
Arash Fazli is Assistant Professor and Head of the Bahá’í Chair for Studies in Development at Devi Ahilya University, Indore. Prior to this, he worked as a Principal Researcher with the Institute for Studies in Global Prosperity and as a journalist with The Hindu and The Times of India.

Amitabh Kundu is Senior Fellow at the World Resources Institute. He was Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences at Jawaharlal Nehru University and a member of the National Statistical Commission. He chaired the Post Sachar Evaluation Committee and that for estimating Urban Housing Shortage. He was Regional Adviser on Poverty at UNESCWA, Beirut and Consultant to Sri Lankan Government on Population Census.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9789811971761
0
Development Economics
Public Choice and Political Economy
Development StudiesSocio-Economic Policy
15
978-981-19-9475-3
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
GouriGeeta Gouri
Geeta Gouri, Competition Commission of India, New Delhi, India
A Commissioner’s Primer to Economics of Competition Law in India
X, 240 p. 7 illus.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50159.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceMonographBook0English240LBBMKCMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-03-132023-03-131
Chapter 1: Regulation and Competition.- Chapter 2: Economics of Competition and Markets.- Chapter 3: Emergent Markets.- Chapter4: Economics of Horizontal Agreements and Vertical Agreements.- Chapter 5: Dynamics of Competition and Antitrust.- Chapter 6: Economic Analysis of Combinations: Mergers, Amalgamations and Acquisitions.- Chapter 7: Interface between Competition Commission of India and Sectoral Regulators.- Chapter 8: Conclusions: Challenges for Competition Policy and Law.
<div>This book is a primer on economics of competition law by a Commissioner based on cases of the Competition Commission of India (CCI). It presents economic theories in lucid ways while providing an in depth economic analysis of the cases dealt by CCI and in the process, it blends the diversity of responses by including the orders upheld by majority and minority. In essence. It is a unique work that addresses the gap between competition law and economics. </div><div>Dr Geeta Gouri has served as a Commissioner (Member), Competition Commission of India (2009-2014) and earlier as Director (Tariffs), Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (1999-2009), India. She has also taught at institutions which included Jawaharlal Nehru Institute for Development Banking, Hyderabad; Institute of Public Enterprise, Hyderabad, and Lady Shri Ram College for Women (Delhi University), New Delhi.

She has authored Pricing for Welfare: Petroleum Products in India (1988), edited Privatisation and Public Enterprises: The Asia-Pacific Experience (1991), co-edited Efficiency through Competition in Public Utilities - Policies for Restructuring (1993), Towards Equity: New Economic Policy and Equity (1995).
</div>
This book is a primer on economics of competition law by a Commissioner based on cases of the Competition Commission of India (CCI). It presents economic theories in lucid ways while providing an in depth economic analysis of the cases dealt by CCI and in the process, it blends the diversity of responses by including the orders upheld by majority and minority. In essence. It is a unique work that addresses the gap between competition law and economics.
Provides economics of competition law applied to cases of Competition Commission of India in lucid terms Presents an in-depth analysis using economic theory to capture the dynamics of market and competitionAddresses the gap in books on competition law and economics
Dr Geeta Gouri has served as a Commissioner (Member), Competition Commission of India (2009-2014) and earlier as Director (Tariffs), Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (1999-2009), India. She has also taught at institutions which included Jawaharlal Nehru Institute for Development Banking, Hyderabad; Institute of Public Enterprise, Hyderabad, and Lady Shri Ram College for Women (Delhi University), New Delhi. She has authored Pricing for Welfare: Petroleum Products in India (1988), Privatisation and Public Enterprises: The Asia-Pacific Experience (1991), Efficiency through Competition in Public Utilities - Policies for Restructuring (1993), Towards Equity: New Economic Policy and Equity (1995).
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9789811994753
0Law and Economics
Development Economics
Business Law
16
978-3-031-18489-5
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Grandia
Jolien Grandia; Leentje Volker
Jolien Grandia, Erasmus Univ Rotterdam, Sch Social Sci, ROTTERDAM, The Netherlands; Leentje Volker, University of Twente, ENSCHEDE, The Netherlands
Public ProcurementTheory, Practices and ToolsApprox. 200 p. 65 illus.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover0Business and Management
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English0KJMV8KJMVPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwidePlanned2023-03-162023-03-161
Chapter 1: Introducing Public Procurement.- Chapter 2: Public Values in Procurement.- Chapter 3: Public Procurement Law in the European Union.- Chapter 4: Organizing Public Procurement.- Chapter 5: Public Procurement Policy and Purchasing Strategy.- Chapter 6 : Tendering and Supplier Selection.- Chapter 7: Public Sector Contracting.- Chapter 8: Ways Forward.
This upper-level open access textbook uses an interdisciplinary perspective to discuss the ‘what and why’ of public procurement, providing insight into the ‘how’ of contemporary procurement in the public sector. The authors use theories and exemplary practices to show the next generation of public procurement professionals how public value can be created via the acquisition of works, supplies, or services by organizations operating in the public domain. Perfectly tailored to university students in public administration, law, economics, or management and those in executive education, the book first describes and explains the public procurement process, the concept of public value, the legal context of procurement and how the procurement function is organized in public organizations. The book subsequently explains how a procurement policy can be developed and translated into a procurement strategy, how tenders can be organized, suppliers selected, and contracts designed and evaluated. A final discussion chapter addresses the changes and developments in public procurement and how public procurement is moving forward. The reader of this innovative and accessible book will therefore not only learn what public procurement entails, but also how they can become a professional change agent in the field of public procurement. Forward-thinking and comprehensive, this book offers ideal reading for anyone interested in public procurement.
This upper-level open access textbook uses an interdisciplinary perspective to discuss the ‘what and why’ of public procurement, providing insight into the ‘how’ of contemporary procurement in the public sector. The authors use theories and exemplary practices to show the next generation of public procurement professionals how public value can be created via the acquisition of works, supplies, or services by organizations operating in the public domain. Perfectly tailored to university students in public administration, law, economics, or management and those in executive education, the book first describes and explains the public procurement process, the concept of public value, the legal context of procurement and how the procurement function is organized in public organizations. The book subsequently explains how a procurement policy can be developed and translated into a procurement strategy, how tenders can be organized, suppliers selected, and contracts designed and evaluated. A final discussion chapter addresses the changes and developments in public procurement and how public procurement is moving forward. The reader of this innovative and accessible book will therefore not only learn what public procurement entails, but also how they can become a professional change agent in the field of public procurement. Forward-thinking and comprehensive, this book offers ideal reading for anyone interested in public procurement.
<p>Explains the complexity of public procurement and how it contributes to public value creation</p><p>Inspires the next generation of procurement professionals to become change agents and lead public procurement</p><p>Grounds public procurement theory in real world examples, offering implications and tools for practice</p><p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.</p>
Jolien Grandia is Assistant Professor of Public Management at the Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands. Her research examines transformations in public procurement, such as sustainable procurement, from a public management and governance perspective.

Leentje Volker is a Full Professor of Integrated Project Delivery at the University of Twente, the Netherlands. She is an expert in the field of public-private collaborations in the construction industry. Her work focuses on establishing and maintaining relations between buyers and suppliers at different institutional levels.
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management01
9783031184895
0Procurement
Operations Management
17
978-3-031-09337-1
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Ind
Nicholas Ind; Oriol Iglesias
Nicholas Ind, Kristiania University College, Oslo, Norway; Oriol Iglesias, ESADE Business School, Barcelona, Spain
In Good Conscience
Do the Right Thing While Building a Profitable Business
XIII, 189 p. 15 illus.12022final32.9935.3036.2927.9939.0039.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English189KJCKJGPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-10-012022-10-012023-01-072023-01-071
1 Introducing Conscience: The Structure of the Book.- The Power of Conscience: From Wedgwood to Chocolonely.- Becoming Conscientious.- The Content.- 2 What Is Conscience? And Why Does It Matter?.- Defining Conscience.- Where Conscience Goes Wrong.- Why Conscience Matters.- Conclusion.- 3 The Business of Conscience.- Soneva: Integrating Conscience.- Soneva’s Slow Life.- Putting Conscience at the Core.- The Attributes of a Business with a Conscience.- Fair.- Open.- Responsible.- Becoming a Business with a Conscience.- Conclusion.- 4 Building a Driving Conscience.- The Corporate Purpose.- Unilever and the Three Levels of Purpose.- The Corporate Principles.- The Benefits of a Driving Conscience.- Driving Conscience.- Uncovering the Corporate Heritage.- Embracing Stakeholder Co-creation.- Conclusion.- 5 Embedding Conscience.- Conscience as a Strategic Guide: La Casa de Carlota.- Curating Conscience.- How Oda Curates Conscience.- How to Embed Conscience.- Embedding Conscience in Value Creation Processes.- Embedding Conscience into Targets and Metrics.- Embedding Conscience into Culture.- Conscience and Ecosystems of Change.- The Power of Power with: Embedding Conscience Through Participation.- Power with Diversity and Inclusion.- HP’s Commitment to Equality.- Conclusion.- 6 Fostering Conscientious Innovation.- Bringing Rest to the World: Conscientious Innovation at Auping.- Four Conscientious Innovation Strategies.- Built to Last: Slow but Agile Business Models.- Cowboys and Spaceships: Circular Business Models.- Repair, Resale and Rental: Extending Business Models.- Making Lives Better: Business Models with Social Impact.- The Three Enablers of a Conscientious Innovation Strategy.- Digitalization.- Servitization.- Co-creation.- Conclusion.- 7 Communicating and Demonstrating Conscience.- Helping Stakeholders Make Good Choices.- Know Your Audience.- Own the Issue.- Tell the Story.- Using Conscience as a Differentiator.- Conscientious Communication with Financial Audiences.- Conclusion.- 8 Leading with Conscience.- Strategic Paradoxes and Leadership Styles.- The Role of the Leader with a Conscience.- The Traits of Leaders with a Conscience.- How Can One Develop Leaders with a Conscience?.- Going Beyond the Leader of the Moment.- Conclusion.- 9 It’s Up to You.- Taking Responsibility.- Thinking Critically.- Practising Transparency.- Focusing on People.- How to Think Different.- Index.
<div>When a customer, employee, or investor is faced with a choice of companies amidst a sea of competitors, they increasingly consider how responsible that organization is. Customers want to buy ethical and sustainable; employees want to feel a sense of purpose at work, and investors need reassurance that their investments are good for the long term. To be competitive and valuable to society, firms need to develop an organizational conscience that drives key strategic decisions and spurs sustainable and responsible innovation. In this book, the authors argue that organizations need to think critically about their role and to use their conscience to guide actions. With plenty of concrete suggestions based on substantive research, it shows how a firm can reconcile the competing interests of stakeholders, create an organization that is fair, open and transparent and do the right thing while building a profitable business.Using practical models, integrated videos and international case studies featuring multinational companies as well as small firms, this book explains how firms can make the transition to becoming conscientious.Nicholas Ind is a Professor at Kristiania University College, Oslo. Before he became an academic Nicholas ran Icon Medialab’s brand consultancy arm in Sweden, had his own branding consultancy in the UK and was a Director of a design group. The author of thirteen books, Nicholas is a Visiting Professor at ESADE, Barcelona and Edinburgh Napier University. He was a founder member of the Medinge Group - an international branding think tank.Oriol Iglesias is an Associate Professor and Head of the Marketing Department at ESADE Business School. An accomplished author, his research has been published in top international academic journals. Before joining academia, Oriol was a serial entrepreneur. Furthermore, he has consulted and/or developed custom in-company training for worldwide leading firms from many different sectors. He is a member of the Medinge Group.<div>
</div></div>
When a customer, employee, or investor is faced with a choice of companies amidst a sea of competitors, they increasingly consider how responsible that organization is. Customers want to buy ethical and sustainable; employees want to feel a sense of purpose at work, and investors need reassurance that their investments are good for the long term. To be competitive and valuable to society, firms need to develop an organizational conscience that drives key strategic decisions and spurs sustainable and responsible innovation. In this book, the authors argue that organizations need to think critically about their role and to use their conscience to guide actions. With plenty of concrete suggestions based on substantive research, it shows how firms can reconcile the competing interests of stakeholders, create an organization that is fair, open and transparent and do the right thing while building a profitable business.With integrated videos and international case studies featuring multinational companies as well as small firms, this book explains how firms can make the transition to becoming conscientious.<div>
</div>
<p>A practical 'how to' book that shows how firms can contribute to the ambitions of the UN Sustainable Development Goals</p><p>Underpinned by evidence from original research that the authors conducted from interviews with best practice managers</p><p>Includes case studies and videos illustrating the process of becoming conscientious</p>
Nicholas Ind is a Professor at Kristiania University College, Oslo. Before he became an academic Nicholas ran Icon Medialab’s brand consultancy arm in Sweden, had his own branding consultancy in the UK and was a Director of a design group. The author of thirteen books, Nicholas is a Visiting Professor at ESADE, Barcelona and Edinburgh Napier University. He was a founder member of the Medinge Group - an international branding think tank.Oriol Iglesias is an Associate Professor and Head of the Marketing Department at ESADE Business School. An accomplished author, his research has been published in top international academic journals. Furthermore, he has consulted and/or developed custom in-company training for worldwide leading firms from many different sectors. He is member of the think tank Medinge Group.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031093371
0
Business Strategy and Leadership
Business EthicsManagementBranding
18
978-981-19-8109-8
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Isike
Christopher Isike; Olusola Ogunnubi; Ogochukwu Ukwueze
Christopher Isike, University of Pretoria, Pretoria, South Africa; Olusola Ogunnubi, University of the Free State, Cape Town, South Africa; Ogochukwu Ukwueze, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Nigeria
Big Brother Naija and Popular Culture in Nigeria
A Critique of the Country's Cultural and Economic Diplomacy
VII, 277 p. 35 illus., 10 illus. in color.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50159.99Hard cover0
Political Science and International Studies
Contributed volumeBook0English277JPKJGPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-02-132023-02-131
Chapter 1: Critical Analysis of 2020 Big Brother Naija Reality Show as a Pop Culture among Nigerian Youths.- Chapter 2: Advancing Nigeria’s Soft Power through Brother Naija (BBN): Climate Change Awareness Creation as Corporate Social Responsibility.- Chapter 3: Big Brother Naija: A Catalyst for Nigeria’s Orange Economy.- Chapter 4: Humour, Suspense and Laughter: Assessing the Mental Health Effects of the Big Brother Naija Show.- Chapter 5: Connecting Them with Home: Big Brother Naija and Nigeria’s Diaspora.- Chapter 6: Subjectivity and Social Order: What can Big Brother Naija Teach us about the Rule of Law?.- Chapter 7: Big Brother Naija and Emergence of Winners: A Reflection on The Voting Attitude of Nigerians.- Chapter 8: Loyalty Formation and Fanaticism: A Study of the Big Brother Naija Reality Show.- Chapter 9: An Assessment of Glocal Considerations in Big Brother Naija.- Chapter 10: Cultural Interrogations and BBN Impact on Youths: A Study of BBN Season 5: 'Lockdown'.- Chapter 11: BBN: Vulnerability, Self-Fashioning and Power Negotiation in Popular Culture.- Chapter 12: Gender dynamics in Big Brother Naija: Respectability, Responsibility, Reliability and Accountability.- Chapter 13: BBNaija and the Question of Nation-Branding in Nigeria: Time to take a Cue from Corporate Business?.
This book is about Big Brother Naija (BBN), which is a Nigerian version of the Big Brother franchise featured in more than 50 countries of the world with its major concept drawn from George Orwell’s novel, Nineteen Eigther-Four. It is organised and starred by Nigerians but viewed in many parts of the world. The book critically engages this relatively new phenomenon in Nigeria which apparently lacks scholarly attention. It proffers insights into the show’s significance and implications for the nation with relation to mental health, morality, cultural diplomacy, diasporic relations, economic diplomacy, law and human relations and power dynamics.<div>
</div><div>Christopher Isike is a professor of African Politics and International Relations at the University of Pretoria in South Africa.Olusola Ogunnubi is an adjunct research fellow with Carleton University, Canada and also affiliated with the University of the Free State, South Africa.Ogochukwu Ukwueze works in English and Literary Studies, University of Nigeria, Nsukka where he assists in teaching and research.</div>
This book is about Big Brother Naija (BBN), which is a Nigerian version of the Big Brother franchise featured in more than 50 countries of the world with its major concept drawn from George Orwell’s novel, Nineteen Eigther-Four. It is organised and starred by Nigerians but viewed in many parts of the world. The book critically engages this relatively new phenomenon in Nigeria which apparently lacks scholarly attention. It proffers insights into the show’s significance and implications for the nation with relation to mental health, morality, cultural diplomacy, diasporic relations, economic diplomacy, law and human relations and power dynamics.
<p>First book dedicated exclusively to Big Brother Naija Reality Television Show</p><p>Proffers insights into the show’s significance and implications for the nation</p><p>Interdisciplinary and eclectic book on Nigerian popular culture</p>
Christopher Isike is a professor of African Politics and International Relations at the University of Pretoria in South Africa.

Olusola Ogunnubi is an adjunct research fellow with Carleton University, Canada and also affiliated with the University of the Free State, South Africa.

Ogochukwu Ukwueze works in English and Literary Studies, University of Nigeria, Nsukka where he assists in teaching and research.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811981098
0African PoliticsBusiness EthicsAfrican EconomicsPopular Culture
19
978-3-031-14345-8
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Jay Kassiola
Joel Jay Kassiola; Timothy W. Luke
Joel Jay Kassiola, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, CA, USA; Timothy W. Luke, Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, VA, USA
The Palgrave Handbook of Environmental Politics and Theory
XXI, 715 p. 26 illus., 3 illus. in color.12023final219.99235.39241.99199.99259.50279.99Hard cover0
Environmental Politics and Theory
Political Science and International Studies
HandbookBook0English715JPARGBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-02-132023-02-131
Chapter 1. Introduction: “The Time for Social and Political Transformation Based on the Environment is Now.”.- Chapter 2. Environmentalism and Political Ideologies.- Chapter 3 Democracy, Citizenship and Nationalism in Environmental Political Theory.- Chapter 4. Eco-anxiety and the Responses of Ecological Citizenship and Mindfulness.- Chapter 5. Biosphere Breaking Bad: The Imperatives of Deep Adaptation.- Chapter 6. Animal Citizens: Do We Need to Rethink the Status of Animals or Citizenship Itself?.- Chapter 7. Degrowth: A State of Depense.- Chapter 8. The Nature of the State: A Deep History of Agrarian Environmentalism.- Chapter 9. The Environmental Political Role of Counter-Hegemonic Environmental Ethics: Replacing Supremacist Ethics and Connecting Environmental Politics, Environmental Political Theory and Environmental Sciences.- Chapter 10. Critical Feminism: A Feminist Environmental Research Network (FERN) for Collaborative and Relational Praxis.- Chapter 11. Property and the Anthropocene: Why Power on Things is Central to Our Ecological Predicament.- Chapter 12. Ecosystem Policy and Law: A Philosophical Argument for the Anticipatory Regulation of Environmental Risk, etc.
“The Palgrave Handbook on Environmental Politics and Theory seeks to reclaim a space for critically engaged scholarship that encourages dissent and speaks up for the many communities that are mobilizing for a radical change of political course. By confronting systems of denial and inviting conceptual and ethical innovation, the chapters form a powerful collective response.”

—Eva Lövbrand, Associate Professor in Environmental Change, Linköping University, Sweden

“Written by an impressive array of both established scholars and new voices, Kassiola and Luke are to be congratulated for assembling such a variety of topics, scholars and approaches, which has produced an excellent addition to the Palgrave Handbook series.”

—John Barry, Professor of Green Political Economy, Queens University Belfast, United Kingdom

This Handbook is exhibits the latest interdisciplinary explorations in environmental politics, an urgently burgeoning field of intellectual and practical importance., Environmental politics and theory encompasses empirical, normative, policy, political, organizational, and activist discussions unfolding across many disciplines. Through the volume’s contributions emphasizing environmental policy issues, normative prescriptions, and implementation strategies, the next generation of thinkers and activists will have useful profiles of the theories, concepts, and movements central to environmental politics and theory. It is the editors’ aspiration that this volume will become a go-to resource on the myriad perspectives relevant to studying and improving the environment for advanced researchers as well as an introduction to students seeking to understand the basic foundations and recommended resolutions to many of our environmental challenges. Environmental politics is more than theory alone, so the Handbook also considers theory-action connections by highlighting the past and current: thinkers, activists, social organizations, and movements that have worked to guide contemporary societies toward a more environmentally sustainable and just global order.

Joel Jay Kassiola is Professor in the Department of Political Science at San Francisco State University, Department of Political Science, San Francisco, California, USA. He serves as Series Editor for Palgrave's Environmental Politics and Theory book series.

Timothy W. Luke is University Distinguished Professor in the Department of Political Science at Virginia Tech, USA.

Chapter “Eco-Anxiety and the Responses of Ecological Citizenship and Mindfulness” is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
<div>This Handbook aims to provide a unique and convenient one-volume reference work, exhibiting the latest interdisciplinary explorations in this urgently burgeoning field of intellectual and practical importance. Due to its immense range and diversity, environmental politics and theory necessarily encompasses: empirical, normative, policy, political, organizational, and activist discussions unfolding across many disciplines. It is a challenge for its practitioners, let alone newcomers, to keep informed about the ongoing developments in this fast-changing area of study and to comprehend all of their implications. Through the planned volume’s extensive scope of contributions emphasizing environmental policy issues, normative prescriptions, and implementation strategies, the next generation of thinkers and activists will have very useful profiles of the theories, concepts, organizations, and movements central to environmental politics and theory. It is the editors’ aspiration that this volume will become a go-to resource on the myriad perspectives relevant to studying and improving the environment for advanced researchers as well as an introduction to new students seeking to understand the basic foundations and recommended resolutions to many of our environmental challenges. Environmental politics is more than theory alone, so the Handbook also considers theory-action connections by highlighting the past and current: thinkers, activists, social organizations, and movements that have worked to guide contemporary societies toward a more environmentally sustainable and just global order.

Chapter “Eco-Anxiety and the Responses of Ecological Citizenship and Mindfulness” is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.</div>
<p>Integrates politics into environmental theory, closing the gap in previous volumes that focus on political thought</p><p>Emphasis environmental policy and activism while still rooted in the foundations of environmental political theory</p><p>Focuses on environmental thinkers and activist leaders, organizations and movements for social change</p>
<div>Joel Jay Kassiola is Professor in the Department of Political Science at San Francisco State University, Department of Political Science, San Francisco, California, USA. He is the author of one of the first books in the emerging field of environmental political theory, The Death of Industrial Civilization and, more recently, editor of Explorations in Environmental Political Theory (2015). He serves as Series Editor for Palgrave's Environmental Politics and Theory book series.</div><div>Timothy W. Luke is University Distinguished Professor in the Department of Political Science at Virginia Tech, USA. His areas of research include environmental politics and cultural studies as well as comparative politics, international political economy, and modern critical social and political theory.</div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9783031143458
0Political TheoryEnvironmental StudiesEnvironmental Policy
Environmental Sciences
Development Studies
20
978-981-19-5117-6
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
KadiaShriram Kadia
Shriram Kadia, Seneca College, Toronto, ON, Canada
Integrated Marketing Communications for Public Policy
Perspectives from the World’s Largest Employment Guarantee Program MGNREGA
XXIII, 136 p. 12 illus., 11 illus. in color.12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Political Science and International Studies
MonographBook0English136JPPGTFPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideAvailable2022-12-162022-12-152023-01-022023-01-021
Chapter I: Influence of IMC on Contemporary Communication Dissemination.- Chapter II: Integration of IMC and Public Policy: A Historical Overview.- Chapter III: IMC’s Influence on Public Policy Schemes in India.- Chapter IV: MGNREGA: The World’s Largest Employment Guarantee Program.- Chapter V: Role of IMC in MGNREGA’s Communication Dissemination.- Chapter VI: IMC’s Influence on Social Protection Programs of Developing Nations and Futuristic Perspectives.
This book is based on detailed empirical research conducted to analyse the communication dissemination approach applied to the world’s largest employment guarantee program MGNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act). To uncover the insights, perspectives and understanding of the program, more than 30 villages in Western parts of India were visited and more than 400 MGNREGA beneficiaries were contacted personally by the author.The book connects the two concepts of Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) and Public Policy and highlights the importance of using the IMC tools for a meaningful and comprehensible communication dissemination strategies and campaigns. A global overview of public policy dissemination approaches adopted by federal governments in Brazil, Niger, Philippines, Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, South Africa, and Kenya have been presented to sensitize the readers with the communication dissemination strategies used at the global level. The book presents and discusses a conceptual framework for the ideal public policy communication initiatives and highlights the apt communications vehicles for the illiterate, vulnerable and marginalized beneficiaries. Dr. Shriram Kadia is Canada based integrated marketing communications and digital marketing professional with more than 17 years of industry and academia experience. He holds a PhD in Management, and his research and teaching interests revolve around marketing communications, digital marketing, rural marketing, public policy, and rural development. Dr. Kadia has taught graduate and undergraduate level courses at reputed universities and colleges across the world. Prior to joining academia, he worked with Dentsu and Ogilvy, taking care of branding, advertising, and digital marketing initiatives.
This book is based on detailed empirical research conducted to analyse the communication dissemination approach applied to the world’s largest employment guarantee program MGNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act). To uncover the insights, perspectives and understanding of the program, more than 30 villages in Western parts of India were visited and more than 400 MGNREGA beneficiaries were contacted personally by the author.



The book connects the two concepts of Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) and Public Policy and highlights the importance of using the IMC tools for a meaningful and comprehensible communication dissemination strategies and campaigns. A global overview of public policy dissemination approaches adopted by federal governments in Brazil, Niger, Philippines, Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, South Africa, and Kenya have been presented to sensitize the readers with the communication dissemination strategies used at the global level. The book presents and discusses a conceptual framework for the ideal public policy communication initiatives and highlights the apt communications vehicles for the illiterate, vulnerable and marginalized beneficiaries.
<p>Presents and discusses a conceptual framework for the ideal public policy communication initiatives</p><p>Highlights the apt communications vehicles for the illiterate, vulnerable, and marginalized beneficiaries</p><p>Connects the two concepts of integrated marketing communications (IMC) and public policy</p>
Dr. Shriram Kadia is Canada based integrated marketing communications and digital marketing professional with more than 17 years of industry and academia experience. He holds a PhD in Management, and his research and teaching interests revolve around marketing communications, digital marketing, rural marketing, public policy, and rural development. Dr. Kadia has taught graduate and undergraduate level courses at reputed universities and colleges across the world. Prior to joining academia, he worked with Dentsu and Ogilvy, taking care of branding, advertising, and digital marketing initiatives.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811951176
0Public PolicyDevelopment StudiesAsian Economics
Development Communication
Political Communication
21
978-981-19-8706-9
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Khan
Kashif Hasan Khan; Anja Mihr
Kashif Hasan Khan, Ala-Too International University, Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan; Anja Mihr, Humboldt-Viadrina Governance Platform, Berlin, Germany
Europe-Central Asia RelationsNew Connectivity FrameworksXV, 210 p. 10 illus.12023approx.119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Europe-Asia Connectivity
Political Science and International Studies
Contributed volumeBook0English210JPSJPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwidePlanned2023-03-212023-03-211
<div>1. Introduction and Background to the Book (Kashif Hasan Khan & Anja Mihr).- I Contextual overview of European policies towards Central Asia.-. 2 Assessing Europe – Central Asia Connectivity through Linkage and leverage (Ana-Maria Anghelescu).- 3 The Policies of the European Union and Russia vis-à-vis Central Asia (Agnieszka Kuszewska).- 4 Challenges for future after the 2019 European Union Strategy on Central Asia (Ana Belén Perianes Bermúdez).- 5 The European Union’s Sustainability Standardisation of World Trade: A Challenge for Central Asia? (Axel Marx & Nazik Beishenaly).- 6 Development of Central Asia and European Union’s Assistance Programme (Bedelbai Mamadiev).- II Central Asia’s Connectivity: Human Rights, Rule of Law and Good Governance.- 7 Human Rights in Central Asian States and European Initiatives (Anja Mihr).- 8 European-Central Asian International Election Obser-vation cooperation (Rick Fawn).- 9 Good Governance in the Framework of Europe’s New Strategy for Central Asia Implementation – Lessons from the Baltic (Ivo Rollis).- III Old Games in New Frameworks: Regional and Geopolitical Perspectives.- 10 Great Game vs Small Game: Europe, India, and Japan in Central Asia (Raj Kumar Sharma).- 11 Regional Connectivity and the China factor (Bipul Biplav Mukherjee).- 12 EU-Central Asian Cooperation on Border Manage-ment, Migration and Mobility (Ildar Daminov).</div>
This book addresses the current state of economic and political development within Central Asia and the importance of European countries and organizations as international actors and supranational organizations for the Central Asian Region. It also presents a critical analysis of how the strategy towards the region has been limited when compared with China when the relationship has become more robust after China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).By analyzing the development of Europe-Central Asia relations, with a particular focus on the period of 2007-2019 and the European Union's (EU) 2019 Strategy. This book reflects its possible impact and differences from previous strategies and policies. In addition, this book also reflects on the current regional development of the Central Asia Economic Union and hence the influence of China’s BRI as a foreign play linking Central Asia and Europe beyond the EU’s ’s and Central Asia’s direct political influence.

Europe-Central Asia Relations: New Connectivity Frameworks offers alternative views. It tackles questions of whether and to what extent the EU and Europe do not have enough leverage, as well as willingness to develop sufficient linkages to further integrate Central Asia as a counterbalance to Russia and China. Over the past year’s Europe’s economic alliance in the region, and the launch of the Global Gateway initiative in 2021 has been seen as an answer to BRI to counterbalance Chinas approach in the region. But Central Asian countries use their resources and very strategic locations vis-à-vis major powers in Europe, Russia and China.
This book addresses the current state of economic and political development within Central Asia and the importance of European countries and organizations as international actors and supranational organizations for the Central Asian Region. It also presents a critical analysis of how the strategy towards the region has been limited when compared with China when the relationship has become more robust after China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).

By analyzing the development of Europe-Central Asia relations, with a particular focus on the period of 2007-2019 and the European Union's (EU) 2019 Strategy. This book reflects its possible impact and differences from previous strategies and policies. In addition, this book also reflects on the current regional development of the Central Asia Economic Union and hence the influence of China’s BRI as a foreign play linking Central Asia and Europe beyond the EU’s ’s and Central Asia’s direct political influence.

Europe-Central Asia Relations: New Connectivity Frameworks offers alternative views. It tackles questions of whether and to what extent the EU and Europe do not have enough leverage, as well as willingness to develop sufficient linkages to further integrate Central Asia as a counterbalance to Russia and China. Over the past year’s Europe’s economic alliance in the region, and the launch of the Global Gateway initiative in 2021 has been seen as an answer to BRI to counterbalance Chinas approach in the region. But Central Asian countries use their resources and very strategic locations vis-à-vis major powers in Europe, Russia and China.
<p>Discusses current state of economic and political development within Central Asia</p><p>Shows the importance of EU as international actor and supranational organisation for the CAR</p><p>Presents the critical analysis of how the strategy towards the region</p>
Kashif Hasan Khan is an Associate Professor and Director of the Silk Road Research Center, Ala-Too International University in Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan. He teaches at the Economics Department of Ala-Too and the Finance Department of International Black Sea University, Tbilisi, Georgia. Previously, Kashif worked at a University in Turkey as an assistant professor and has been an International Business Consultant in the Philippines. He has also worked with ADB (Asian Development Bank) as a consultant economist. His latest works on Central Asia include “Emerging Central Asia: Managing Great Powers Relations,” Blue Dome Press, USA, and “The strategy of (re) connectivity: revisiting India's multifaceted relations with Central Asia”, KW Publishers, India.

Anja Mihr is DAAD Associate Professor at the OSCE Academy in Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan and Director of the Master Program for Human Rights and Sustainability (MAHRS) in Central Asia. She is a professor of Human Rights, Governance, Public Policy and Transitional Justice. Prof. Mihr is also the Founder and Program Director of the Berlin Center on Governance through Human Rights in Berlin in Germany. She has held full professorships at the Willy-Brandt School of Public Policy, Erfurt University, Germany and at the Netherlands Institute of Human Rights (SIM), University of Utrecht, Netherlands as well as at SIPA, Columbia University in New York. From 2006-2008 she was the European Program Director for the European MA Degree in Human Rights and Democratization (E.MA) at the Global Campus for Human Rights in Venice in Italy.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811987069
0International RelationsRegionalismDevelopment StudiesGlobalization
International Political Economy’
22
978-3-031-13523-1
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
KreinAnna-Theresia Krein
Anna-Theresia Krein, Ostfalia University of Applied Sciences, Wolfenbüttel, Germany
Model United NationsA Practical Guide
XX, 216 p. 23 illus., 20 illus. in color. With online files/update.
12023final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0074.99Hard cover0
Springer Texts in Political Science and International Relations
Political Science and International Studies
Undergraduate textbook
Book w. online files / update
0English216JPSDJPSNSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-062023-01-061
Introduction to Model United Nations.- Model United Nations Conferences: Organisational Peculiarities.- Model United Nations Conferences: Roles and Responsibilities of Actors.- Model United Nations: (Didactic) Module Content.- Implementing a Model United Nations Program at your Institution.- Example of Model United Nations lecture schedule and some words on preparing lectures and engaging students successfully.- Model United Nations – beneficial/positive impact on students.
<div><div>This textbook presents a detailed insight into the structures and processes of preparing students for Model United Nations (MUN) conferences and for attending Model United Nations conferences, subsequently. It serves as a handbook and practical guide for the implementation of MUN into courses and classes in educational institutions.</div><div>
</div><div>Written by a Faculty Advisor, and offering additional insights from an experienced award-winning MUN delegate, the book provides a particularly exceptional insightful, and well-rounded approach. The author explains how a MUN course can be taught, presents exercises to prepare students for the conference, and discusses how the MUN delegation and trip to the conference can be organized. This comprehensive guide offers insights into a broad range of topics, including debates with peers, diplomacy to solve international crises, and learning about the system of the United Nations (UN) organization through simulation. Further, it covers the development of soft skills and communication at the conferences and building international friendships, while it additionally allows learning more about the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in the process.</div><div>
</div><div>With tips, tricks, and bonus material this book will serve as an anchor throughout the students' first MUN experience, as well as provide valuable help for more advanced participants. The book, therefore, is a must-read for both academic staff teaching MUN, as well as students attending MUN courses and planning to attend MUN conferences.</div></div><div>
</div>
<div><div>This textbook presents a detailed insight into the structures and processes of preparing students for Model United Nations (MUN) conferences and for attending Model United Nations conferences, subsequently. It serves as a handbook and practical guide for the implementation of MUN into courses and classes in educational institutions.</div><div>
</div><div>Written by a Faculty Advisor, and offering additional insights from an experienced award-winning MUN delegate, the book provides a particularly exceptional insightful, and well-rounded approach. The author explains how a MUN course can be taught, presents exercises to prepare students for the conference, and discusses how the MUN delegation and trip to the conference can be organized. This comprehensive guide offers insights into a broad range of topics, including debates with peers, diplomacy to solve international crises, and learning about the system of the United Nations (UN) organization through simulation. Further, it covers the development of soft skills and communication at the conferences and building international friendships, while it additionally allows learning more about the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in the process.</div><div>
</div><div>With tips, tricks, and bonus material this book will serve as an anchor throughout the students' first MUN experience, as well as provide valuable help for more advanced participants. The book, therefore, is a must-read for both academic staff teaching MUN, as well as students attending MUN courses and planning to attend MUN conferences.</div></div><div>
</div>
<p>Offers a comprehensive guide for beginners and advanced Model United Nations (MUN) participants</p><p>Written for both staff teaching MUN and students planning to participate in MUN simulations</p><p>Includes numerous working sheets and sample templates as Electronic Supplementary Material (ESM)</p>
<div>Anna-Theresia Krein (Brunswick European Law School - Ostfalia University of Applied Sciences Wolfenbüttel, Germany) was requested by students to create a novel optional selectional module with and for them after lecturing Marketing, Project Management, and Retailing at university level. Since 2015 Mrs. Krein has been a Faculty Advisor to Model United Nations (MUN) delegations at over 10 Model United Nations conferences. She is passionate about lecturing MUN, as well as about the implementation of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals in Higher Education Institutions.
</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9783031135231
0Diplomacy
International Organization
Public International Law
Didactics and Teaching Methodology
Development Studies
Political Communication
23
978-3-031-23872-7
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
LarcherGerhard Larcher
Gerhard Larcher, Johannes Kepler University of Linz, Linz, Austria
The Art of Quantitative Finance Vol.1
Trading, Derivatives and Basic Concepts
X, 490 p. 377 illus., 361 illus. in color.
12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50169.99Hard cover0
Springer Texts in Business and Economics
Economics and Finance
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English490KFFKFFSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-282023-02-281
Basic products and interest calculations.- Derivatives and trading in derivatives, basic concepts and strategies.- Basics of derivative valuation.- The Wiener Stock Price Model and the basic principles of Black-Scholes theory
This textbook offers an easily understandable introduction to the fundamental concepts of financial mathematics and financial engineering. The author presents and discusses the basic concepts of financial engineering and illustrates how to trade and to analyze financial products with numerous examples. Special attention is given to the valuation of basic financial derivatives. In the final section of the book, the author introduces the Wiener Stock Price Model and the basic principles of Black-Scholes theory. The book’s aim is to introduce readers to the basic techniques of modern financial mathematics in a way that is intuitive and easy to follow, and to provide financial mathematicians with insights into practical requirements when applying financial mathematical techniques in the real world.
This textbook offers an easily understandable introduction to the fundamental concepts of financial mathematics and financial engineering. The author presents and discusses the basic concepts of financial engineering and illustrates how to trade and to analyze financial products with numerous examples. Special attention is given to the valuation of basic financial derivatives. In the final section of the book, the author introduces the Wiener Stock Price Model and the basic principles of Black-Scholes theory. The book’s aim is to introduce readers to the basic techniques of modern financial mathematics in a way that is intuitive and easy to follow, and to provide financial mathematicians with insights into practical requirements when applying financial mathematical techniques in the real world.
<p>Provides the theoretical foundations of financial mathematics</p><p>Presents the basic concepts of derivatives and trading strategies </p><p>Discusses the Wiener Stock Price Model and the Black-Scholes theory</p>
Prof. Gerhard Larcher is full Professor for Financial Mathematics and Head of the Institute for Financial Mathematics and Applied Number Theory at the Johannes Kepler University Linz in Austria. He is the spokesperson of the project 'Quasi-Monte Carlo Methods: Theory and Applications', a special research program funded by the Austrian government.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031238727
0Financial EngineeringCapital Markets
Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance
Risk Management
24
978-3-031-23869-7
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
LarcherGerhard Larcher
Gerhard Larcher, Johannes Kepler University of Linz, Linz, Austria
The Art of Quantitative Finance Vol.2
Volatilities, Stochastic Analysis and Valuation Tools
X, 390 p. 188 illus., 183 illus. in color.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Springer Texts in Business and Economics
Economics and Finance
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English390KFFKFFSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-03-012023-03-011
Volatilities.- Extensions of the Black-Scholes theory to other types of options (futures options, currency options, American options, path-dependent options, multi-asset options).- Fundamentals: stochastic analysis and applications, interest rate dynamics, and basic principles of pricing interest rate derivatives
This textbook provides the necessary techniques from financial mathematics and stochastic analysis for the valuation of more complex financial products and strategies. The author discusses how to make use of mathematical methods to analyse volatilities in capital markets. Furthermore, he illustrates how to apply and extend the Black-Scholes theory to several fields in finance. In the final section of the book, the author introduces the readers to the fundamentals of stochastic analysis and presents examples of applications. This book builds on the previous volume of the author’s trilogy on quantitative finance. The aim of the second volume is to present and discuss more complex and advanced techniques of modern financial mathematics in a way that is intuitive and easy to follow. As in the previous volume, the author provides financial mathematicians with insights into practical requirements when applying financial mathematical techniques in the real world.
This textbook provides the necessary techniques from financial mathematics and stochastic analysis for the valuation of more complex financial products and strategies. The author discusses how to make use of mathematical methods to analyse volatilities in capital markets. Furthermore, he illustrates how to apply and extend the Black-Scholes theory to several fields in finance. In the final section of the book, the author introduces the readers to the fundamentals of stochastic analysis and presents examples of applications. This book builds on the previous volume of the author’s trilogy on quantitative finance. The aim of the second volume is to present and discuss more complex and advanced techniques of modern financial mathematics in a way that is intuitive and easy to follow. As in the previous volume, the author provides financial mathematicians with insights into practical requirements when applying financial mathematical techniques in the real world.

<p>Illustrates mathematical methods to analyse volatilities</p><p>Introduces the reader to stochastic analysis in the context of valuation</p><p>Presents extended applications of the Black-Scholes theory</p>
Prof. Gerhard Larcher is full Professor for Financial Mathematics and Head of the Institute for Financial Mathematics and Applied Number Theory at the Johannes Kepler University Linz in Austria. He is the spokesperson of the project 'Quasi-Monte Carlo Methods: Theory and Applications', a special research program funded by the Austrian government.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031238697
0Financial EngineeringCapital Markets
Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance
Risk Management
25
978-3-031-23866-6
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
LarcherGerhard Larcher
Gerhard Larcher, Johannes Kepler University of Linz, Linz, Austria
The Art of Quantitative Finance Vol. 3
Risk, Optimal Portfolios, and Case Studies
X, 390 p. 212 illus., 207 illus. in color.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Springer Texts in Business and Economics
Economics and Finance
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English390KFFKJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-03-012023-03-011
Risk measurement and credit risk management.- Optimal investment problems.- Case studies
The textbook discusses risk management in capital markets and presents various techniques of portfolio optimization. Special attention is given to risk measurement and credit risk management. Furthermore, the author discusses optimal investment problems and presents various examples. In the last section, the book includes numerous case studies based on the author’s own work as a fund manager, court-appointed expert and consultant in the field of quantitative finance. This book is the third volume of the quantitative finance trilogy by the author and builds on the theoretical groundwork introduced in the previous books. The volume presents real-life examples of the successful application of the introduced techniques and methods in financial services and capital markets.
The textbook discusses risk management in capital markets and presents various techniques of portfolio optimization. Special attention is given to risk measurement and credit risk management. Furthermore, the author discusses optimal investment problems and presents various examples. In the last section, the book includes numerous case studies based on the author’s own work as a fund manager, court-appointed expert and consultant in the field of quantitative finance. This book is the third volume of the quantitative finance trilogy by the author and builds on the theoretical groundwork introduced in the previous books. The volume presents real-life examples of the successful application of the introduced techniques and methods in financial services and capital markets.
<p>Includes case studies on portfolio optimization</p><p>Focuses on techniques for risk measurement and credit risk management</p><p>Discusses optimal investment</p>
Prof. Gerhard Larcher is full Professor for Financial Mathematics and Head of the Institute for Financial Mathematics and Applied Number Theory at the Johannes Kepler University Linz in Austria. He is the spokesperson of the project 'Quasi-Monte Carlo Methods: Theory and Applications', a special research program funded by the Austrian government.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031238666
0Financial EngineeringRisk Management
Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance
Capital Markets
26
978-3-319-52850-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Maggioni
Massimiliano Maggioni; Giuseppe Turchetti
Massimiliano Maggioni, Sant’Anna School of Advanced Studies, Pisa, Italy; Giuseppe Turchetti, Sant’Anna School of Advanced Studies, Pisa
Fundamentals of the Insurance Business
XXVI, 762 p. 163 illus., 2 illus. in color.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50159.99Hard cover0
Springer Texts in Business and Economics
Economics and Finance
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English762KFFNKFFHSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-272023-01-271
Part I: Fundamentals of insurance business The origins and role of insurance in society.- The notion of risk and probability.- The insurance undertaking.- Regulation of the insurance industry.- Supervision and other Authorities.- The insurance business.- The insurance contract.- Life Insurance products.- Non-life insurance products. Personal line.- Non-life insurance products. Commercial Line.- Part II: Pricing, reserving and reinsurance Non-life insurance: pricing.- Non-life insurance: reserving.- Life insurance: pricing.- Life insurance: reserving.- Life insurance. How with-profits insurances work.- Life insurance: other components of profit.- Reinsurance and coinsurance.- Part III: Business models and processes in the insurance industry Business models for the insurance undertakings.- Competences and organisational functions.- Product development process.- Underwriting process.- Investment process.- Loss event management process.- Insurance marketing.- Insurance distribution.- Part IV: Performance and key indicators Financial statements of an insurance undertaking.- Introduction to IFRS and consolidated financial statements.- International accounting standards (IAS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).- Solvency of an insurance undertaking.- Solvency II’s Capital Model.- Asset Liability Management (ALM).- Embedded Value.- Management control in insurance industry.- Performance indicators in the insurance business.- Business Plan for an insurance undertaking.



This textbook presents the fundamental economic dimensions of insurance companies and links them to managerial issues. Combining academic rigour and a strongly practice-oriented approach, it addresses both the competitive environment and the management of the insurance business. Further, it provides a general overview of insurance undertakings and technical topics are explained in depth. Filling an important gap in the market for textbooks on the insurance business, it is divided into four parts and 35 chapters. Part I (chapters 1 to 10) describes the fundamentals of the business, how the industry works, the Authorities and the regulations. It presents the insurance products (for life, non-life retail, and non-life commercial lines). Part II (chapters 11 to 17) explains the pricing and reserving for life and non-life insurance. Reinsurance business is also illustrated. Part III (chapters 18 to 25) describes business models in the industry and the organizational structures. The main processes of an insurance company (product development, underwriting, claims settlement, investments) are presented. Marketing and distribution are also described. Part IV (chapters 26 to 35) defines the financial statement and introduces IFRS principles. Solvency II calculation, ALM model, and Embedded Value are explained in detail. This part also describes management accounting, performance indicators, and the Business Plan in the insurance industry. The book offers a valuable resource for lower and upper undergraduate students, graduate students, professionals/practitioners working at insurance companies, insurance agents, brokers, bankers, and consultants.

This textbook presents the fundamental economic dimensions of insurance companies and links them to managerial issues. Combining academic rigour and a strongly practice-oriented approach, it addresses both the competitive environment and the management of the insurance business. Further, it provides a general overview of insurance undertakings and technical topics are explained in depth. Filling an important gap in the market for textbooks on the insurance business, it is divided into four parts and 35 chapters. Part I (chapters 1 to 10) describes the fundamentals of the business, how the industry works, the Authorities and the regulations. It presents the insurance products (for life, non-life retail, and non-life commercial lines). Part II (chapters 11 to 17) explains the pricing and reserving for life and non-life insurance. Reinsurance business is also illustrated. Part III (chapters 18 to 25) describes business models in the industry and the organizational structures. The main processes of an insurance company (product development, underwriting, claims settlement, investments) are presented. Marketing and distribution are also described. Part IV (chapters 26 to 35) defines the financial statement and introduces IFRS principles. Solvency II calculation, ALM model, and Embedded Value are explained in detail. This part also describes management accounting, performance indicators, and the Business Plan in the insurance industry. The book offers a valuable resource for lower and upper undergraduate students, graduate students, professionals/practitioners working at insurance companies, insurance agents, brokers, bankers, and consultants.

<p>Offers a comprehensive perspective on relevant aspects in the insurance industry</p><p>Combines theory and a concretely practical approach to the insurance business</p><p>Explains the insurance business in a “didactic” but simultaneously rigorous way</p><p>Covers all the topics regarding the insurance companies and the related managerial issues</p>
<div>Massimiliano Maggioni is a Professional Affiliate at the Scuola Superiore Sant'Anna, Pisa, Italy. Previously, as Head of Marketing for non-life/P&C products at BNP Paribas, he was responsible for non-life product development for the retail banking, financial intermediaries and corporate channel. Prior to this experience, he was a Senior Manager at Mazars Audit & Assurance, his duties including development of advisory services for business consulting addressed to the Italian financial market and work relating to Solvency II. His previous posts have included Senior Manager at KPMG Advisory, Head of Management Accounting for the Generali Assicurazioni Group, and Senior Consultant in Financial Services Strategy at Accenture. He has lectured on courses relating to insurance at the University of Genoa and the MIB School of Management in Trieste. He has authored more than 20 publications in scientific journals.</div><div>
</div><div>Giuseppe Turchetti is Professor of Management at Scuola Superiore Sant'Anna, Pisa, Italy. His main research interests include strategy and marketing in the insurance and healthcare industries; structure, organization, and financing of the insurance, healthcare, and long-term care systems; management of insurance and health care organizations; economics and management of innovation in the insurance and healthcare sectors; and behavioral economics in insurance and healthcare. He has been a member of, and often coordinated, competitive research projects funded by the Italian National Council of Research, Italian ministries, the European Commission, and the private sector. Professor Turchetti has been a Fulbright Research Scholar at the Kellogg School of Management – Northwestern University (Evanston-Chicago, USA). He is a Senior Fellow of The Research Institute of the Finnish Economy, Helsinki (ETLA) and Founder and Vice President of the Association of Marketing and Insurance Culture (AMCA). He has authored/edited 15 books and authored more than 200 publications on scientific journals.
</div><div>
</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783319528502
0Financial ServicesCorporate FinanceIT Risk ManagementActuarial Mathematics
Statistics in Business, Management, Economics, Finance, Insurance
27
978-3-030-92418-8
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Manos
Ronny Manos; Keith Parker; D. R. Myddelton
Ronny Manos, The College of Management Academic Studies, Rishon Lezion, Israel; Keith Parker, Cranfield University, Harpenden; D. R. Myddelton, London, UK
Corporate Finance for BusinessThe Essential ConceptsXIV, 275 p. 56 illus., 30 illus. in color.22022final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0074.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementUndergraduate textbookBook0English275KFFHKCLFPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-282023-01-2812000
Part I. Introduction.- Chapter 1. Cash and Working Capital.- Chapter 2. Basic Capital Project Appraisal.- Chapter 3. Advanced Capital Project Appraisal.- Chapter 4. Risk and Uncertainty.- Part II. An Overview of the Financing Decision.- Chapter 5. Borrowing.- Chapter 6. Ordinary Share Capital.- Chapter 7. Cost of Capital.- Chapter 8. Capital Structure.- Chapter 9. Valuing Companies.- Chapter 10. Conclusion: Putting It All Together.
Taking a concise approach to the key concepts of finance, this textbook clearly focuses on the most relevant issues around financial management, which will be of interest to business managers, students and anyone who wishes to understand the basics of finance. Covering cash and working capital, capital project appraisal, risk and uncertainty, financial markets, the cost of capital, mergers and acquisitions and valuation, financial concepts are applied to the business world using real life examples. This text is both international and contemporary in outlook, reflecting the financial environment in which all businesses operate.

<div>Ronny Manos is Professor at the College of Management, Rishon LeZion, Israel. She teaches a wide range of courses including investment theory and applications, international finance, microfinance, corporate finance and financial management. Her PhD thesis was on the topic of corporate finance in emerging markets and her current research interest is in the area of gender and microfinance.

</div><div>Keith Parker is a visiting fellow at Cranfield University, UK. Keith studied Philosophy, Politics and Economics at Magdalen College, Oxford before going on to qualify as a Chartered Accountant. Keith's expertise is in financial accounting, management accounting and corporate finance. He has written a book, Accounting and Financial Analysis and published articles on such subjects as brand valuation and discounted cash flow.

</div><div>D. R. Myddelton has been Professor of Finance and Accounting at the Cranfield School of Management, UK since 1972 (now Emeritus since retiring in 2005). He has written many textbooks, including The Meaning of Company Accounts (with Walter Reid) and other books on inflation accounting and accounting standards. Between 2001 and 2015, he was Chairman of the Institute of Economic Affairs. He is currently completing a book advocating a policy of laissez-faire (which he refers to as ‘the market process versus the political process’).
</div>
Taking a concise approach to the key concepts of finance, this textbook clearly focuses on the most relevant issues around financial management, which will be of interest to business managers, students and anyone who wishes to understand the basics of finance. Covering cash and working capital, capital project appraisal, risk and uncertainty, financial markets, the cost of capital, mergers and acquisitions and valuation, financial concepts are applied to the business world using real life examples. This text is both international and contemporary in outlook, reflecting the financial environment in which all businesses operate.
<p>Focuses on the core issues in finance and their relationship to the business world</p><p>Takes a contemporary, post-crisis and real-world approach, which is highly relevant to today’s businesses</p><p>Uses international examples throughout</p>
<div>Ronny Manos is Professor at the College of Management, Rishon LeZion, Israel. She teaches a wide range of courses including investment theory and applications, international finance, microfinance, corporate finance and financial management. Her PhD thesis was on the topic of corporate finance in emerging markets and her current research interest is in the area of gender and microfinance.

</div><div>Keith Parker is a visiting fellow at Cranfield University, UK. Keith studied Philosophy, Politics and Economics at Magdalen College, Oxford before going on to qualify as a Chartered Accountant. Keith's expertise is in financial accounting, management accounting and corporate finance. He has written a book, Accounting and Financial Analysis and published articles on such subjects as brand valuation and discounted cash flow.

</div><div>D. R. Myddelton has been Professor of Finance and Accounting at the Cranfield School of Management, UK since 1972 (now Emeritus since retiring in 2005). He has written many textbooks, including The Meaning of Company Accounts (with Walter Reid) and other books on inflation accounting and accounting standards. Between 2001 and 2015, he was Chairman of the Institute of Economic Affairs. He is currently completing a book advocating a policy of laissez-faire (which he refers to as ‘the market process versus the political process’).</div>
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030924188
0Corporate FinanceFinancial EconomicsInternational Finance
28
978-981-19-4876-3
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Marwala
Tshilidzi Marwala; Bhaso Ndzendze
Tshilidzi Marwala, University of Johannesburg, Johannesburg, South Africa; Bhaso Ndzendze, University of Johannesburg, Johannesburg, South Africa
Artificial Intelligence and International Relations Theories
Approx. 215 p. 12 illus.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Political Science and International Studies
MonographBook0English0JPSJPAPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-03-192023-03-191
Chapter 1 Introduction.- Chapter 2 Theory in International Relations.- Chapter 3 Artificial Intelligence and International Relations.- Chapter 4 Liberalism.- Chapter 5 Realism.- Chapter 6 Hegemonic Stability Theory.- Chapter 7 Dependency Theory.- Chapter 8 Constructivism.- Chapter 9 The English School.- Chapter 10 Rational International Relations.
This book discusses the impact of artificial intelligence (AI) on international relations theories. As a phenomenon, AI is everywhere in the real world and growing. Through its transformative nature, it is simultaneously simplifying and complicating processes. Importantly, it also overlooks and 'misunderstands'. Globally, leaders, diplomats and policymakers have had to familiarise themselves and grapple with concepts such as algorithms, automation, machine learning, and neural networks. These and other features of modern AI are redefining our world, and with it, the long-held assumptions of IR held by the scholars for their theoretical accounts of our universe.The book takes a historic, contemporary and long-term approach to explain and anticipate AI’s impact on IR – and vice versa – through a systematic treatment of nine theoretical paradigms and schools of thought including realism, liberalism, feminism, postcolonial theory and green theory. This book draws on original datasets, innovative empirical case studies and in-depth engagement with the core claims of the traditional and critical theoretical lenses to reignite debates on the nature and patterns of power, ethics, conflict, and systems among states and non-state actors.Bhaso Ndzendze is Senior Lecturer and Head of Department: Politics and International Relations at the University of Johannesburg where he lectures a postgraduate course on technology dynamics in international relations. His recent books include The Political Economy of Sino-South African Trade and Regional Competition (Palgrave Macmillan) and Artificial Intelligence and International Relations with Professor Tshilidzi Marwala. He is also editor-in-chief of the journal Digital Policy Studies.

Tshilidzi Marwala is the Vice-Chancellor and Principal of the University of Johannesburg, South Africa. From 2013 to 2017 he was the Deputy Vice-Chancellor for Research and Internationalization. He is the Deputy Chairperson of the Presidential Commission on the Fourth Industrial Revolution (South Africa). His research interests are multi-disciplinary and they include the theory and application of artificial intelligence to engineering, computer science, finance, social science and medicine. His publication track-record includes more than 24 books and 350 articles in leading academic journals and the popular press.
This book discusses the impact of artificial intelligence (AI) on international relations theories. As a phenomenon, AI is everywhere in the real world and growing. Through its transformative nature, it is simultaneously simplifying and complicating processes. Importantly, it also overlooks and “misunderstands”. Globally, leaders, diplomats and policymakers have had to familiarise themselves and grapple with concepts such as algorithms, automation, machine learning, and neural networks. These and other features of modern AI are redefining our world, and with it, the long-held assumptions scholars of IR have relied on for their theoretical accounts of our universe.

The book takes a historic, contemporary and long-term approach to explain and anticipate AI’s impact on IR – and vice versa – through a systematic treatment of 9 theoretical paradigms and schools of thought including realism, liberalism, feminism, postcolonial theory and green theory. This book draws on original datasets, innovative empirical case studies and in-depth engagement with the core claims of the traditional and critical theoretical lenses to reignite debates on the nature and patterns of power, ethics, conflict, and systems among states and non-state actors.
<p>Discusses the impact of artificial intelligence on international relations theories</p><p>Draws on original datasets, innovative empirical case studies</p><p>Takes a historic, contemporary, and long-term approach to explain and anticipate AI’s impact on IR</p>
Bhaso Ndzendze is Senior Lecturer and Head of Department: Politics and International Relations at the University of Johannesburg where he lectures a postgraduate course on technology dynamics in international relations. His recent books include The Political Economy of Sino-South African Trade and Regional Competition (Palgrave Macmillan) Artificial Intelligence and International Relations with Professor Tshilidzi Marwala, and is the editor-in-chief of the journal Digital Policy Studies.

Tshilidzi Marwala is the Vice-Chancellor and Principal of the University of Johannesburg, South Africa. From 2013 to 2017 he was the Deputy Vice-Chancellor for Research and Internationalization. He is the Deputy Chairperson of the Presidential Commission on the Fourth Industrial Revolution (South Africa). His research interests are multi-disciplinary, and they include the theory and application of artificial intelligence to engineering, computer science, finance, social science and medicine. His publication track-record includes more than 24 books and 350 articles in leading academic journals and the popular press.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811948763
0
International Relations Theory
Political EducationPolitical TheoryArtificial Intelligence
29
978-3-031-21862-0
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
MichaudRichard O. Michaud
Richard O. Michaud, New Frontier Advisors, Boston, MA, USA
Finance's Wrong Turns
A New Foundation for Financial Markets, Asset Management, and Social Science
XX, 138 p. 19 illus., 13 illus. in color.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5049.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceProfessional bookBook0English138KFFKFFMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-12-172022-12-192023-01-032023-01-031
Chapter 1 : The Birth of Modern Finance.- Chapter 2 : The Birth of Capital Market Theory.- Chapter 3 : Rise of Institutional Quantitative Management.- Chapter 4 : Finance Theory in Crisis.- Chapter 5: The Crisis at the Workbench or Markowitz’s revenge.- Chapter 6: The Michaud Efficient Frontier and Rank-Dependent Utility.- Chapter 7: Statistical Portfolio Management.- Chapter 8: Equity Markets in a Sociological Framework.
There is a foundational crisis in financial theory and professional investment practice: There is little, if any, credible evidence that active investment strategies and traditional institutional quantitative technologies are able to provide superior risk-adjusted, cost-adjusted return over investment relevant horizons.Economic and financial theory has been in error for more than fifty years and is the fundamental cause of the persistent ineffectiveness of professional asset management. Contemporary sociological and economic theory, agent-based modeling, and an appreciation of the social context for preference theory provides a rational and intuitive framework for understanding financial markets and economic behavior. The author narrates his long-term experience in the use and limitations of traditional tools of quantitative asset management as an institutional asset manager in practice and as a quantitative analyst and strategist on Wall Street. Monte Carlo simulation methods, modern statistical tools, and U.S. patented innovations are introduced to redefine portfolio optimality and procedures for enhanced professional asset management. A new social context for expected utility theory leads to a novel understanding of modern equity markets as a financial intermediary for purchasing power constant time-shift investing uniquely appropriate for meeting investor long-term investment objectives.

This book addresses the limitations and indicated resolutions for more useful financial theory and more reliable asset management technology. In the process, it traces the major historical developments of theory and institutional asset management practice and their limitations over the course of the 20th century to the present, including Markowitz and the birth of modern finance, CAPM theory and emergence of institutional quantitative asset management, CAPM and VM theory limitations and ineffective iconic tools and strategies, and innovations in statistical methodologies and financial market theory.Richard Michaud, PhD, is President, Founder, and Chief Executive Officer of New Frontier Advisors. He earned a PhD in Mathematics and Statistics from Boston University, USA and has taught investment management at Columbia University, USA. His research and consulting has focused on asset allocation, investment strategies, global investment management, optimization, stock valuation, and trading costs. He is the author of Efficient Asset Management (with Robert Michaud), Investment Styles, Market Anomalies, and Global Stock Selection, and over 60 published journal articles, manuscripts, and white papers. He is co-holder of four U.S. patents in portfolio optimization and asset management, a Graham and Dodd Scroll winner for his work on optimization, a former editorial board member of the Financial Analysts Journal, associate editor of the Journal of Investment Management, and former director of the “Q” Group. Dr. Michaud's research was recently profiled in WatersTechnology 2019: 'Rebel Math.' Notable press articles also include Institutional Investor 2010: Modern Portfolio Theory’s Evolutionary Road, and Pensions & Investments 2003: “Markowitz says Michaud has built a better mousetrap.”
There is a foundational crisis in financial theory and professional investment practice: There is little, if any, credible evidence that active investment strategies and traditional institutional quantitative technologies are able to provide superior risk-adjusted, cost-adjusted return over investment relevant horizons.

Economic and financial theory has been in error for more than fifty years and is the fundamental cause of the persistent ineffectiveness of professional asset management. Contemporary sociological and economic theory, agent-based modeling, and an appreciation of the social context for preference theory provides a rational and intuitive framework for understanding financial markets and economic behavior. The author narrates his long-term experience in the use and limitations of traditional tools of quantitative asset management as an institutional asset manager in practice and as a quantitative analyst and strategist on Wall Street. Monte Carlo simulation methods, modern statistical tools, and U.S. patented innovations are introduced to redefine portfolio optimality and procedures for enhanced professional asset management. A new social context for expected utility theory leads to a novel understanding of modern equity markets as a financial intermediary for purchasing power constant time-shift investing uniquely appropriate for meeting investor long-term investment objectives.

This book addresses the limitations and indicated resolutions for more useful financial theory and more reliable asset management technology. In the process, it traces the major historical developments of theory and institutional asset management practice and their limitations over the course of the 20th century to the present, including Markowitz and the birth of modern finance, CAPM theory and emergence of institutional quantitative asset management, CAPM and VM theory limitations and ineffective iconic tools and strategies, and innovations in statistical methodologies and financial market theory.
<p>Exposes a foundational crisis in financial theory and professional investment practice</p><p>Addresses the limitations and resolutions for more useful financial theory</p><p>Traces the major historical developments of institutional asset management practice and its limitations</p>
Richard Michaud, PhD, is President, Founder, and Chief Executive Officer of New Frontier Advisors. He earned a PhD in Mathematics and Statistics from Boston University, USA and has taught investment management at Columbia University, USA. His research and consulting has focused on asset allocation, investment strategies, global investment management, optimization, stock valuation, and trading costs. He is the author of Efficient Asset Management (with Robert Michaud), Investment Styles, Market Anomalies, and Global Stock Selection, and over 60 published journal articles, manuscripts, and white papers. He is co-holder of four U.S. patents in portfolio optimization and asset management, a Graham and Dodd Scroll winner for his work on optimization, a former editorial board member of the Financial Analysts Journal, associate editor of the Journal of Investment Management, and former director of the “Q” Group. Dr. Michaud's research was recently profiled in WatersTechnology 2019: 'Rebel Math.' Notable press articles also include Institutional Investor 2010: Modern Portfolio Theory’s Evolutionary Road, and Pensions & Investments 2003: “Markowitz says Michaud has built a better mousetrap.”
Professionals
Palgrave Business US (P2)
Palgrave Business ( P2)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783031218620
0Behavioral FinanceInvestment AppraisalFinancial Economics
Financial Technology and Innovation
Quantitative Economics
30
978-981-19-8617-8
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Mondal
Subhra R Mondal; Ceren Yegen; Subhankar Das
Subhra R Mondal, Duy Tan University, Da Nang, Vietnam; Ceren Yegen, Mersin University, Mersin, Turkey; Subhankar Das, Duy Tan University, Phường Chính Gián, Vietnam
New Normal in Digital Enterprises
Strategies for Sustainable Development
VIII, 310 p. 11 illus.12023final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00179.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English310KJKJHPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore1WorldwideIn production2023-02-122023-02-121
Chapter -1: Exploration of Fake News and their Impact on Sustainable Behavior İn Controlling COVID-19.- Chapter -2: Sustainable Branding in Digital Environment in Terms of Corporate Communication.- Chapter – 3: Internet Use and Understanding the Tendency for Media Use in The Post-Covid Period.- Chapter – 4: Infodemic as A Sign of Modern Populism: A Discussion on Fake Information About the Covid-19 Pandemic On Twitter.- Chapter – 5: Sustainability, Digital Security and Cyber Hygiene During the Covid-19 Pandemic.- Chapter – 6: Does E-Governance Bring New Normal Sustainable Way for Emerging Economies Post Pandemic? A Review.- Chapter- 7: Role of enterprises and their digital transformation in post-pandemic sustainable development.- Chapter- 8: Sustainable development and digitalization in the supply chain for environmental protection: Changes and Trends.- Chapter 9: Digitalization of enterprises from a new normal sustainable development perspective: opportunities and challenges.- Chapter 10: Defining the new digitalized normal: Implications of A.I., IoT, blockchain for business growth.- Chapter – 11: Digital revolution complements Sustainable goal achievement during and after pandemic; A research agenda.- Chapter 12: Human-centric digitalization for new sustainable development: An explorative study in human resource management.
<div>This book discusses the significance of descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive digital enterprises and their practices for different functional domains and in different countries during COVID-19. It explores new dimensions in digital enterprises that are emerging after COVID-19. Varied topics discussed include virtual workplace and workflows, media use, digital security, e-governance, digital supply chains, increased use of AI, new HR practices, and sustainable development in post-pandemic era. The broad range of digital development topics will help business owners, digital professionals, managers, researchers, and academicians.
</div><div>Dr. Subhra Mondal is a researcher and Professor in the Honors Program at Duy Tan University. She has published 30+ ISI and Scopus indexed research papers and her research interests are brand management, brand equity with innovative tools, smart tourism, destination marketing, social media marketing, and explainable AI.Dr. Ceren Yegen is working as Associate Professor in Faculty of Communication, Department of Journalism, Mersin University, Turkey. She has more than 25 publications in Scopus, ISI indexed journals. Her research interests include text analysis, digital media and journalism, political communication.Dr. Subhankar Das is currently working as Professor and Researcher in the Honors Program, Duy Tan University, Da Nang, Vietnam. He has 14+ Years of expertise in AI, blockchain, shared circular economy, and digitalization. He has published more than 30 Scopus SSCI and SCIE-indexed research papers.<div>
</div>
</div>
<div>This book discusses the significance of descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive digital enterprises and their practices for different functional domains and in different countries during COVID-19. It explores new dimensions in digital enterprises that are emerging after COVID-19. Varied topics discussed include virtual workplace and workflows, media use, digital security, e-governance, digital supply chains, increased use of AI, new HR practices, and sustainable development in post-pandemic era. The broad range of digital development topics will help business owners, digital professionals, managers, researchers, and academicians.


</div>
<p>Discusses integration of emerging digital concepts to transform business operations</p><p>Provides a global perspective on a wide range of topics related to emerging digital trends</p><p>Suggests sustainable practices in digital enterprises</p>
Dr. Subhra Mondal is a researcher and Professor in the Honors Program at Duy Tan University. She has published 30+ ISI and Scopus indexed research papers and her research interests are brand management, brand equity with innovative tools, smart tourism, destination marketing, social media marketing, and explainable AI. Dr. Ceren Yegen is working as Associate Professor in Faculty of Communication, Department of Journalism, Mersin University, Turkey. She has many national and international publications in indexed journals. Her research interests include text analysis, digital media and journalism, political communication.
Dr. Subhankar Das is currently working as Professor and Researcher in the Honors Program, Duy Tan University, Da Nang, Vietnam. He has 14+ Years of expertise in AI, blockchain, shared circular economy, and digitalization. He has published more than 30 Scopus SSCI and SCIE-indexed research papers.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811986178
0
Innovation and Technology Management
EntrepreneurshipInternational BusinessSustainability
31
978-3-662-63248-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
PerenFranz W. Peren
Franz W. Peren, Bonn-Rhein-Sieg University, Sankt Augustin, Germany
Math for Business and EconomicsCompendium of Essential FormulasXXIV, 559 p. 2 illus. in color.12021final99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00119.99Hard cover0Economics and FinanceUndergraduate textbookBook0English559KCAKJQSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0WorldwideAvailable2021-04-202021-04-202023-01-132023-01-130
Mathematical Signs and Symbols.- Logic.- Arithmetic.- Algebra.- Linear Algebra.- Combinatorics.- Financial Mathematics.- Optimisation of Linear Models.- Functions.- Differential Calculus.- Integral Calculus.- Elasticities.- Economic Functions.- The Peren Theorem – The Mathematical Frame in Which We Live.<div>
</div>
This textbook contains and explains essential mathematical formulas within an economic context. A broad range of aids and supportive examples will help readers to understand the formulas and their practical applications. This mathematical formulary is presented in a practice-oriented, clear, and understandable manner, as it is needed for meaningful and relevant application in global business, as well as in the academic setting and economic practice. The topics presented include, but are not limited to: mathematical signs and symbols, logic, arithmetic, algebra, linear algebra, combinatorics, financial mathematics, optimisation of linear models, functions, differential calculus, integral calculus, elasticities, economic functions, and the Peren theorem. Given its scope, the book offers an indispensable reference guide and is a must-read for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as managers, scholars, and lecturers in business, politics, and economics.<div>
</div>
This textbook contains and explains essential mathematical formulas within an economic context. A broad range of aids and supportive examples will help readers to understand the formulas and their practical applications. This mathematical formulary is presented in a practice-oriented, clear, and understandable manner, as it is needed for meaningful and relevant application in global business, as well as in the academic setting and economic practice. The topics presented include, but are not limited to: mathematical signs and symbols, logic, arithmetic, algebra, linear algebra, combinatorics, financial mathematics, optimisation of linear models, functions, differential calculus, integral calculus, elasticities, economic functions, and the Peren theorem. Given its scope, the book offers an indispensable reference guide and is a must-read for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as managers, scholars, and lecturers in business, politics, and economics.<div>
</div><div>
</div>
Explains complex issues in a structured way, step by stepPresents practical examples, making the procedures and methods easy to understandIncludes chapters on financial mathematics that are based on current law
Franz W. Peren is a professor of business administration at the Bonn-Rhein-Sieg University, Germany, specializing in quantitative methods. He has been teaching business mathematics, business statistics, and quantitative methods in planning, taxation, and controlling within operational and strategic management since 1993, mainly at German universities of applied sciences. He has also taught and conducted research as a visiting professor at the University of Victoria in Victoria, BC, Canada, and at Columbia University in New York City, USA.<div>
</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783662632482
0
Quantitative Economics
Business Mathematics
Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance
Statistics in Business, Management, Economics, Finance, Insurance
32
978-3-662-63251-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
PerenFranz W. Peren
Franz W. Peren, Bonn-Rhein-Sieg University, Sankt Augustin, Germany
Math for Business and EconomicsCompendium of Essential FormulasXXIV, 559 p. 2 illus. in color.12021final69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5084.99Soft cover1Economics and FinanceUndergraduate textbookBook0English559KCAKJQSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0WorldwideAvailable2022-04-202021-04-202023-01-132023-01-130
Mathematical Signs and Symbols.- Logic.- Arithmetic.- Algebra.- Linear Algebra.- Combinatorics.- Financial Mathematics.- Optimisation of Linear Models.- Functions.- Differential Calculus.- Integral Calculus.- Elasticities.- Economic Functions.- The Peren Theorem – The Mathematical Frame in Which We Live.<div>
</div>
This textbook contains and explains essential mathematical formulas within an economic context. A broad range of aids and supportive examples will help readers to understand the formulas and their practical applications. This mathematical formulary is presented in a practice-oriented, clear, and understandable manner, as it is needed for meaningful and relevant application in global business, as well as in the academic setting and economic practice. The topics presented include, but are not limited to: mathematical signs and symbols, logic, arithmetic, algebra, linear algebra, combinatorics, financial mathematics, optimisation of linear models, functions, differential calculus, integral calculus, elasticities, economic functions, and the Peren theorem. Given its scope, the book offers an indispensable reference guide and is a must-read for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as managers, scholars, and lecturers in business, politics, and economics.<div>
</div>
This textbook contains and explains essential mathematical formulas within an economic context. A broad range of aids and supportive examples will help readers to understand the formulas and their practical applications. This mathematical formulary is presented in a practice-oriented, clear, and understandable manner, as it is needed for meaningful and relevant application in global business, as well as in the academic setting and economic practice. The topics presented include, but are not limited to: mathematical signs and symbols, logic, arithmetic, algebra, linear algebra, combinatorics, financial mathematics, optimisation of linear models, functions, differential calculus, integral calculus, elasticities, economic functions, and the Peren theorem. Given its scope, the book offers an indispensable reference guide and is a must-read for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as managers, scholars, and lecturers in business, politics, and economics.<div>
</div><div>
</div>
Explains complex issues in a structured way, step by stepPresents practical examples, making the procedures and methods easy to understandIncludes chapters on financial mathematics that are based on current law
Franz W. Peren is a professor of business administration at the Bonn-Rhein-Sieg University, Germany, specializing in quantitative methods. He has been teaching business mathematics, business statistics, and quantitative methods in planning, taxation, and controlling within operational and strategic management since 1993, mainly at German universities of applied sciences. He has also taught and conducted research as a visiting professor at the University of Victoria in Victoria, BC, Canada, and at Columbia University in New York City, USA.<div>
</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41170Economics and Finance00
9783662632512
0
Quantitative Economics
Business Mathematics
Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance
Statistics in Business, Management, Economics, Finance, Insurance
33
978-3-031-19277-7
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
RecanatiAshley Marc Recanati
Ashley Marc Recanati, Shanghai, China
AI Battle Royale
How to Protect Your Job from Disruption in the 4th Industrial Revolution
XIII, 411 p. 110 illus., 86 illus. in color.
12023final22.9924.6025.2919.9927.5027.99Soft cover0
Copernicus Books
Business and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English411KJQKJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-262023-01-261
Part I: Context.- Chapter 1: Possible Futures.- Chapter 2: Past Industrial Revolutions.- Chapter 3: Tech.- Part 2: Work.- Chapter 3: Sectorial and Corporate Disruption.- Chapter 2: Job Disruption.- Chapter 3 : Tasks.- Chapter 4 : Other Aspects.- Conclusion.
AI, Big Data and other 4th industrial revolution technologies are poised to wreak havoc in virtually every industry, unlocking huge productivity gains via automation of labor both manual and cognitive. Less discussed are the impacts on workers, who see the value of their skills erode, along with the menace of mass structural unemployment.

How can workers assess their vulnerabilities? What can they do to improve their prospects, effective immediately?

In this book, you will learn how to:

- Survey new tech and decrypt their potential impacts on work

- Assess your strengths and weaknesses in the face of AI, the shared economy, and other tech-propelled threats

- Foment a battle plan to survive and thrive

Ashley Recanati provides guidance for employees to rise above their peers and preserve their value, in a book that will interest managers and scholars, but foremost destined to ordinary workers.
AI, Big Data and other 4th industrial revolution technologies are poised to wreak havoc in virtually every industry, unlocking huge productivity gains via automation of labor both manual and cognitive. Less discussed are the impacts on workers, who see the value of their skills erode, along with the menace of mass structural unemployment. How can workers assess their vulnerabilities? What can they do to improve their prospects, effective immediately? In this book, you will learn how to:- Survey new tech and decrypt their potential impacts on work - Assess your strengths and weaknesses in the face of AI, the shared economy, and other tech-propelled threats- Foment a battle plan to survive and thrive Ashley Recanati provides guidance for employees to rise above their peers and preserve their value, in a book that will interest managers and scholars, but foremost destined to ordinary workers.
<p>Explores the impact of AI and new technologies</p><p>Analyzes how AI will change the global economy</p><p>Provides a methodology for ordinary workers to assess and secure their situation</p>
Over the past twenty years, Ashley Recanati has lived and worked in the three powerhouses that are Europe, the U.S. and China, rising from odd jobs to general management through financial control, thanks in part to the continuous learning and implementation of automation tools. Meanwhile he developed a keen awareness of the contrast between the latest evolving technologies and actual working habitats in offices, factories, and retail.

Despite the broad consensus among experts on the dire effects that new tech will have on employees, a blatant gap persists in terms of advice as to how they can prepare for the disruption. AI Battle Royale is the fruit of research conducted over five years to remedy this gap.
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031192777
0IT in BusinessManagement
Human Resource Management
34
978-981-19-7252-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
SerratOlivier Serrat
Olivier Serrat, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Washington, DC, USA
Digital SolutionsReframing LeadershipXV, 77 p. 5 illus.12023final32.9935.3036.2927.9939.0039.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English77KJCKJQPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideAvailable2022-12-152022-12-152023-01-012023-01-011
<div>1.Information and Communication Technology in Organizations: An Evolutionary Perspective.- 2.Information and Communication Technology in Organizations: Impacts and Implications.- 3.Information and Communication Technology in Organizations: Powering Agile-Friendly Leadership.- 4.Leading in the Digital Age.- 5.Planning and Driving a Digital Strategy.</div><div>
</div>
This book acts as a valuable quick-access resource on the challenges and opportunities that the digital age presents to organizational leadership. Balanced, comprehensive, and thought-provoking, the book will be useful to professionals and practitioners. The book broadly follows a macro, meso, and micro approach to argumentation and is best read from beginning to end. The book synopsizes the historical context of technological revolutions and reflects on first-order results from enhanced use of information and communication technology in organizations; considers second-level impacts from information and communication technology on economy, society, work, and the very act of organizing; maps out core concepts of agility and principles that leaders should honor to exploit agility in newfound workforce ecosystems; showcases emerging leadership behaviors and mindsets; and specifies the good practice needed to plan and lead digital strategies. The book invites reference to the author’s popular Knowledge Solutions: Tools, Methods, and Approaches to Drive Organizational Performance (2017) and the more recent Leading Solutions: Essays in Business Psychology (2021), which it both rests on and extends.

Olivier Serrat researches the field of organizational leadership at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. He spearheaded knowledge management at the Asian Development Bank from 2008–2012 and for two consecutive years—2011 and 2012—earned ADB an Asian Most Admired Knowledge Enterprises award. He is the author of Leading Solutions: Essays in Business Psychology (2021), Knowledge Solutions: Tools, Methods, and Approaches to Drive Organizational Performance (2017), and Learning in Development (2010). Olivier produced Guidelines for Knowledge Partnerships (2011) and ADB: Reflections and Beyond (2010). He has written hundreds of articles and developed multiple initiatives to energize organization, people, knowledge, and technology for learning. In consideration of the volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity of general conditions and situations in the twenty-first century, Olivier sees that we must—beyond preoccupation with leadership styles—learn to lead in new ways of organizing. At the intersection of complexity leadership, metagovernance, and sensemaking, Olivier investigates how to lead organizations of the future.
This book acts as a valuable quick-access resource on the challenges and opportunities that the digital age presents to organizational leadership. Balanced, comprehensive, and thought-provoking, the book will be useful to professionals and practitioners. The book broadly follows a macro, meso, and micro approach to argumentation and is best read from beginning to end. The book synopsizes the historical context of technological revolutions and reflects on first-order results from enhanced use of information and communication technology in organizations; considers second-level impacts from information and communication technology on economy, society, work, and the very act of organizing; maps out core concepts of agility and principles that leaders should honor to exploit agility in newfound workforce ecosystems; showcases emerging leadership behaviors and mindsets; and specifies the good practice needed to plan and lead digital strategies. The book invites reference to the author's popular Knowledge Solutions: Tools, Methods, and Approaches to Drive Organizational Performance (2017) and the more recent Leading Solutions: Essays in Business Psychology (2021), which it both rests on and extends.
<p>Reframes organizational leadership in the twenty-first century</p><p>Offers a panoramic view on the complex and pervasive role of information and communication technology</p><p>Spells out the 1st- and 2nd-order consequences of the Digital Revolution on economy, society, and work</p>
Olivier Serrat researches the field of organizational leadership at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. He spearheaded knowledge management at the Asian Development Bank from 2008–2012 and for two consecutive years—2011 and 2012—earned ADB an Asian Most Admired Knowledge Enterprises award. He is the author of Leading Solutions: Essays in Business Psychology (2021), Knowledge Solutions: Tools, Methods, and Approaches to Drive Organizational Performance (2017), and Learning in Development (2010). Olivier produced Guidelines for Knowledge Partnerships (2011) and ADB: Reflections and Beyond (2010). He has written hundreds of articles and developed multiple initiatives to energize organization, people, knowledge, and technology for learning. In consideration of the volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity of general conditions and situations in the twenty-first century, Olivier sees that we must—beyond preoccupation with leadership styles—learn to lead in new ways of organizing. At the intersection of complexity leadership, metagovernance, and sensemaking, Olivier investigates how to lead organizations of the future.
Professionals
Palgrave Business US (P2)
Palgrave Business ( P2)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811972522
0
Business Strategy and Leadership
IT in Business
Organizational and Strategic Communication
Organization and Leadership
Organization
35
978-981-19-7520-2
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
Singh
Swaran Singh; Reena Marwah
Swaran Singh, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India; Reena Marwah, Jesus and Mary College, University of Delhi, New Delhi, India
China and the Indo-PacificManeuvers and ManifestationsXVI, 190 p.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00139.99Hard cover0
Palgrave Series in Asia and Pacific Studies
Political Science and International Studies
Contributed volumeBook0English190JPJPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-02-042023-02-041
1. Swaran Singh & Reena Marwah - Introduction chapter.- 2. Dattesh D. Parulekar- Decoding ‘Sovereign networks’ in the Indo-Pacific: Contesting China’s ‘Ascendent-Rise’.- 3. Rubina Waseem–US-China Strategic Competition: Through the matrix of Complex Interdependence.- 4. Stephen Robert Nagy — China in Japanese Perspectives of the Indo-Pacific.- 5. Don McLain Gill - China in the ASEAN Outlook on the Indo-Pacific: Motivations, Opportunities and Challenges.- 6. Claudia Astarita - European Union’s Strategy for Cooperation in the Indo-Pacific Region.- 7. Artyom Garin - China in the Indo-Pacific Region: Australian Perspectives.- 8. Devendra Kumar Bishnoi – China’s ‘Community of Shared Future' narrative.- 9. Swaran Singh & Brijesh Chandra Srivastava – China’s Revisionist Approach to Indo-Pacific.- 10. Mrittika Guha Sarkar- China’s Regional Engagement and the Quad: Mapping Conceptual dynamics.- 11. Madhura Bane - China’s Engagement with the Pacific Islands.- 12. Reena Marwah and Abhishek Verma – China’s Maneuvers in South Asia.- 13. Swaran Singh & Yang Yang- Status Signalling of China and India in Multilateral East Asia Summit within the Evolving Indo-Pacific Region.
The book emanates from the geopolitical and geo-economic churning and transformations set in motion by the unprecedented economic rise of China resulting in its expanding political influence across the region and the world. In both the economic and the security realms, the United States and China alike are increasingly seen contesting in shaping the Indo-Pacific regional order to their own advantage.

This book unfolds the contours and dimensions of China’s responses to various multilateral initiatives of the US and its friends and allies like Japan, Australia, and India and, to some extent, even ASEAN. While China’s medium-term strategy envisages a non-hostile external environment in order to focus on domestic priorities; reducing dependence of littoral nations of the Indo-Pacific region on America while increasing their engagement and dependence on China. China's expanding reach and influence overseas has resulted in US-led initiatives being China-focused inviting a response from China where adverse reactions have become increasingly palpable. Prof Swaran Singh is professor of diplomacy and disarmament at Jawaharlal Nehru university (New Delhi) and currently visiting professor at University of British Columbia (Vancouver, Canada). He is fellow of Canadian Global Affairs Institute, Adjunct Fellow of The Charhar Institute (Beijing) and president of Association of Asia Scholars (asiascholars.in).Prof. Reena Marwah is professor of international business in Jesus and Mary College, University of Delhi. She is the recipient of several international consultancies, awards and fellowships. She is Secretary General, Association of Asia Scholars (asiascholars.in) and founding editor of Millennial Asia, an International Journal on Asian issues.
The book emanates from the geopolitical and geo-economic churning and transformations set in motion by the unprecedented economic rise of China resulting in its expanding political influence across the region and the world. In both the economic and the security realms, the United States and China alike are increasingly seen contesting in shaping the Indo-Pacific regional order to their own advantage. This book unfolds the contours and dimensions of China’s responses to various multilateral initiatives of the US and its friends and allies like Japan, Australia, and India and, to some extent, even ASEAN. While China’s medium-term strategy envisages a non-hostile external environment in order to focus on domestic priorities; reducing dependence of littoral nations of the Indo-Pacific region on America while increasing their engagement and dependence on China. China's expanding reach and influence overseas has resulted in US-led initiatives being China-focused inviting a response from China where adverse reactions have become increasingly palpable.
<p>Presents centrality of China’s post-pandemic vision and initiatives in the Indo-Pacific region</p><p>Discusses new equilibria and trajectories amongst commercial, political and security dynamics of supply chains</p><p>Focuses on multiple Chinese perspectives towards new architectures of multilateralism</p>
Swaran Singh is Chairman and Professor, Centre for International Politics, Organisation and Disarmament (CIPOD), School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University (New Delhi), president of Association of Asia Scholars (New Delhi), Member, Governing Body, Society of Indian Ocean Studies (New Delhi). Prof. Singh has been formerly visiting professor/scholar at Australian National University (Canberra), Science Po (Bordeaux, France) University of Peace (Costa Rica), Peking, Fudan and Xiamen Universities, and Shanghai Institute of International Studies and Center for Asian Studies (Hong Kong University) in China, Asian Center (University of the Philippines), and Chuo, Hiroshima and Kyoto Universities (in Japan), as also Guest Faculty at Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (Sweden). He was Academic Consultant (2003-2007) at Center de Sciences Humaines (New Delhi), Research Fellow, Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis (New Delhi).

Prof. Singh has published in Journal of International Affairs (Columbia University), Security Challenges (Australian National University), Journal of Indian Ocean Region (Perth, Australia), Issues & Studies (Taiwan National University), African Security (Institute of Security Studies), BISS Journal (Dhaka), and several Chinese and Indian journals. Prof. Singh co-edited Multilateralism in the Indo Pacific – Conceptual and Operational Challenges (2022) , Revisiting Gandhi: Legacies for Global Peace and National Integration (2021) Corridors of Engagement (2020), Colonial Legacies And Contemporary Studies Of China And Chineseness: Unlearning Binaries (2020), BCIM Economic Corridor: Chinese and Indian Perspectives (2017), Transforming South Asia: Imperatives for Action (2013), India and the GCC Countries, Iran and Iraq: Emerging Security Perspectives (2013), On China By India: From Civilization to State (2012), Emerging China: Prospects for Partnership in Asia (2012), Asia’s Multilateralism (in Chinese 2012); Edited China-Pakistan Strategic Cooperation: Indian Perspectives (2007) Co-authored Regionalism in South Asian Diplomacy (2007) and authored Nuclear Command & Control in Southern Asia: China, India, Pakistan (2010), China-India Economic Engagement: Building Mutual Confidence (2005), China-South Asia: Issues, Equations, Policies (2003).

He regularly writes for Indian and foreign media, lectures at various prestigious institutions in India and abroad, and regularly appears on radio and television discussions. Twitter: @SwaranSinghJNU

Reena Marwah is Professor at Jesus and Mary College, University of Delhi.

She was an ICSSR Senior Fellow, MHRD, Government of India, affiliated with the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, New Delhi from June 2017 to May 2019, during which her study was on Reimagining India-Thailand Relations. She has also been on deputation as Senior Academic Consultant, ICSSR, MHRD, Govt. of India for three years (2012-2015) and continued, on behalf of ICSSR to coordinate/ lead the India-Europe Research Platform (EqUIP), comprising 10 research councils of Europe till July 2017. She is the recipient of several prestigious fellowships including the McNamara fellowship of the World Bank, 1999-2000 and the Asia fellowship of the Asian Scholarship Foundation 2002-03, during which she undertook research in Thailand and Nepal. She is also a Senior Fellow of the Institute of National Security Studies Sri Lanka (INSSSL). She has been a Consultant for the World
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811975202
0Asian PoliticsForeign PolicyInternational RelationsRegionalismDiplomacy
International Security Studies
36
978-981-19-5696-6
Business, Economics, Finance & Politics
WellerR. Charles Weller
R. Charles Weller, Washington State University, Pullman, WA, USA
‘Pre-Islamic Survivals’ in Muslim Central Asia
Tsarist, Soviet and Post-Soviet Ethnography in World Historical Perspective
XIV, 216 p.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Islam and Global Studies
Political Science and International Studies
MonographBook0English216JHMCHBJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-02-062023-02-061
Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part I: Historical Sources of Tsarist 'Survivals' Ethnography.- Chapter 2: Religious-Cultural ‘Survivals’ in Euro-American and Euro-Slavic Christian and Secular Sources.- Chapter 3: Middle Eastern and Central Asian Islamic Sources of ‘Survivals’ Historiography.- Chapter 4: ‘Pre-Islamic Survivals’ among the Kazakhs in Tsarist Russian and Kazakh Colonial Ethnography, 1770-1917.- Part II: Historical Sources of Soviet 'Survivals' Ethnography.- Chapter 5: Sources and Aims of Soviet ‘Survivals’ Ethnography in Its Initial (Pre-World War Two) Phases.- Chapter 6: Transformations of Soviet ‘Survivals’ Ethnography in the Post-World War Two Period.- Part III: Historiographical Constructions of and Debates Over Kazakh Religious History and Identity in Late Tsarist, Soviet and Post-Soviet Scholorship.- Chapter 7: The Early Twentieth-Century Chernavsky-Dobrosmyslov Debate: Did Catherine the Great (r. 1762-96) Help Convert the Kazakhs to Islam?.- Chapter 8: The Framing of Kazakh Religious History and Identity in Post-World War Two Soviet Kazakh Publications.- Chapter 9: Religious-Cultural Revivalism as Historiographical Debate: Post-Soviet Kazakh Perspectives on Their Past.- Chapter 10: Retrospect & Prospect: Placing Post-Soviet 'Survivals' Scholarship Within a World Historiographical Frame.<div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
<div>
</div><div><div>
</div></div></div></div>
<div>The book traces the conceptual lens of historical-cultural ‘survivals’ from the late 19th-century theories of E.B. Tylor, James Frazer, and others, in debate with monotheistic ‘degenerationists’ and Protestant anti-Catholic polemicists, back to its origins in Jewish, Christian and Muslim traditions as well as later more secularized forms in the German Enlightenment and Romanticist movements. These historical sources, particularly the ‘dual faith’ tradition of Russian Orthodoxy, significantly shaped both Tsarist and later Soviet ethnography of Muslim Central Asia, helping guide and justify their respective religious missionary, social-legal, political and other imperial agendas. They continue impacting post-Soviet historiography in complex and debated ways.Drawing from European, Central Asian, Middle Eastern and world history, the fields of ethnography and anthropology, as well as Christian and Islamic studies, the volume contributes to scholarship on ‘syncretism’ and ‘conversion’, definitions of Islam, history as identity and heritage, and more. It is situated within a broader global historical frame, addressing debates over ‘pre-Islamic Survivals’ among Turkish and Iranian as well as Egyptian, North African Berber, Black African and South Asian Muslim Peoples while critiquing the legacy of the Geertzian ‘cultural turn’ within Western post-colonialist scholarship in relation to diverging trends of historiography in the post-World War Two era.</div><div>R. Charles Weller, Associate Professor of History (Career), Washington State University, and Senior Research Fellow, Department of Religion and Culture, Al-Farabi Kazakh National University, Almaty, Kazakhstan.
</div>
The book traces the conceptual lens of historical-cultural ‘survivals’ from the late 19th-century theories of E.B. Tylor, James Frazer, and others, in debate with monotheistic ‘degenerationists’ and Protestant anti-Catholic polemicists, back to its origins in Jewish, Christian and Muslim traditions as well as later more secularized forms in the German Enlightenment and Romanticist movements. These historical sources, particularly the ‘dual faith’ tradition of Russian Orthodoxy, significantly shaped both Tsarist and later Soviet ethnography of Muslim Central Asia, helping guide and justify their respective religious missionary, social-legal, political and other imperial agendas. They continue impacting post-Soviet historiography in complex and debated ways. Drawing from European, Central Asian, Middle Eastern and world history, the fields of ethnography and anthropology, as well as Christian and Islamic studies, the volume contributes to scholarship on ‘syncretism’ and ‘conversion’, definitions of Islam, history as identity and heritage, and more. It is situated within a broader global historical frame, addressing debates over ‘pre-Islamic Survivals’ among Turkish and Iranian as well as Egyptian, North African Berber, Black African and South Asian Muslim Peoples while critiquing the legacy of the Geertzian ‘cultural turn’ within Western post-colonialist scholarship in relation to diverging trends of historiography in the post-World War Two era.
<p>Traces the conceptual lens of ‘survivals’ from the late nineteenth-century theories</p><p>Written by R. Charles Weller</p><p>Covers the legacy of Clifford Geertz and Western post-colonialist scholarship</p>
R. Charles Weller, Associate Professor of History (Career), Washington State University, and Senior Research Fellow, Department of Religion and Culture, Al-Farabi Kazakh National University, Almaty, Kazakhstan.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41174Political Science and International Studies00
9789811956966
0Ethnography
Russian, Soviet, and East European History
History of ReligionIslamPaganismChristianity
37
978-1-4471-7526-1
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Aigner
Wolfgang Aigner; Silvia Miksch; Heidrun Schumann; Christian Tominski
Wolfgang Aigner, Fachhochschule St. Pölten, St. Pölten, Austria; Silvia Miksch, Vienna University of Technology, Vienna, Austria; Heidrun Schumann, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany; Christian Tominski, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany
Visualization of Time-Oriented Data
XVIII, 436 p. 307 illus., 250 illus. in color.
22023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0
Human–Computer Interaction Series
Computer ScienceMonographBook0English436UYZGPBVSpringerSpringer London0WorldwideIn production2023-03-052023-03-0512011
,978-0-85729-078-6,978-0-85729-080-9,978-0-85729-079-3,978-1-4471-6869-0
1 Introduction.- 2 Historical Background.- 3 Time & Time-Oriented Data.- 4 Crafting Visualizations of Time-Oriented Data.- 5 Involving the Human via Interaction.- 6 Computational Analysis Support.- 7 Guiding the Selection of Visualization Techniques.- 8 Conclusion.
This is an open access book.
Time is an exceptional dimension with high relevance in medicine, engineering, business, science, biography, history, planning, or project management. Understanding time-oriented data via visual representations enables us to learn from the past in order to predict, plan, and build the future.This second edition builds upon the great success of the first edition. It maintains a brief introduction to visualization and a review of historical time-oriented visual representations. At its core, the book develops a systematic view of the visualization of time-oriented data. Separate chapters discuss interaction techniques and computational methods for supporting the visual data analysis. Many examples and figures illustrate the introduced concepts and techniques.
So, what is new for the second edition? First of all, the second edition is now published as an open-access book so that anyone interested in the visualization of time and time-oriented data can read it. Second, the entire content has been revised and expanded to represent state-of-the-art knowledge. The chapter on interaction support now includes advanced methods for interacting with visual representations of time-oriented data. The second edition also covers the topics of data quality as well as segmentation and labeling. The comprehensive survey of classic and contemporary visualization techniques now provides more than 150 self-contained descriptions accompanied by illustrations and corresponding references. A completely new chapter describes how the structured survey can be used for the guided selection of suitable visualization techniques.
For the second edition, our TimeViz Browser, the digital pendant to the survey of visualization techniques, received a major upgrade. It includes the same set of techniques as the book, but comes with additional filter and search facilities allowing scientists and practitioners to find exactly the solutions they are interested in. <div>
</div>
This is an open access book.
Time is an exceptional dimension with high relevance in medicine, engineering, business, science, biography, history, planning, or project management. Understanding time-oriented data via visual representations enables us to learn from the past in order to predict, plan, and build the future.

This second edition builds upon the great success of the first edition. It maintains a brief introduction to visualization and a review of historical time-oriented visual representations. At its core, the book develops a systematic view of the visualization of time-oriented data. Separate chapters discuss interaction techniques and computational methods for supporting the visual data analysis. Many examples and figures illustrate the introduced concepts and techniques.


So, what is new for the second edition? First of all, the second edition is now published as an open-access book so that anyone interested in the visualization of time and time-oriented data can read it. Second, the entire content has been revised and expanded to represent state-of-the-art knowledge. The chapter on interaction support now includes advanced methods for interacting with visual representations of time-oriented data. The second edition also covers the topics of data quality as well as segmentation and labeling. The comprehensive survey of classic and contemporary visualization techniques now provides more than 150 self-contained descriptions accompanied by illustrations and corresponding references. A completely new chapter describes how the structured survey can be used for the guided selection of suitable visualization techniques.


For the second edition, our TimeViz Browser, the digital pendant to the survey of visualization techniques, received a major upgrade. It includes the same set of techniques as the book, but comes with additional filter and search facilities allowing scientists and practitioners to find exactly the solutions they are interested in.
<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.</p><p>Systematic introduction to the state of the art in visualizing time and time-oriented data</p><p>Coverage of interaction and computational analysis methods to support the visual data analysis</p><p>Structured survey of more than 150 classic and contemporary visualization techniques</p>
Wolfgang Aigner is the scientific director at the Institute of Creative\Media/Technologies at the St. Pölten University of Applied Sciences, Austria and adjunct professor at TU Wien, Austria. In 2013, he received his habilitation in computer science for his work on 'Interactive Visualization and Data Analysis: Visual Analytics with a Focus on Time' from TU Wien. From 2006 to 2010, he was deputy head of the Department of Information and Knowledge Engineering at Danube University Krems, Austria and from 2010 to 2013, he was deputy head of the Laura Bassi Centre of Expertise for Visual Analytics Science and Technology (CVAST) at TU Wien, Austria. Dr. Aigner is an expert in information visualization and visual analytics, particularly in the context of time-oriented data, where he has authored and co-authored more than 140 scientific publications. He served as program committee member and chair for various scientific conferences and acts as associate editor for scientific journals. He has received national awards for his research work, was awarded a Top Cited Article 2005–2010 from Pergamon/Elsevier, and received a best paper honorable mention at the IEEE Conference on Visual Analytics Science and Technology (VAST). Since 2002, Wolfgang has been involved in the acquisition and execution of a number of funded basic and applied research projects at the national and international levels.

Silvia Miksch is a university professor and head of the research division 'Visual Analytics' (CVAST), Institute of Visual Computing and Human-Centered Technology, TU Wien since 2015. She has been head of the Information and Knowledge Engineering research group, Institute of Software Technology & Interactive Systems, TU Wien from 1998 to 2015. From 2006 to 2010 she was university professor and head of the Department of Information and Knowledge Engineering (ike) at Danube University Krems, Austria. In April 2010 she established the awarded Laura Bassi Centre of Expertise for Visual Analytics Science and Technology (CVAST) funded by the Federal Ministry of Economy, Family and Youth of the Republic of Austria. Silvia has acquired, led, and has been involved in several national and international applied and basic research projects. She served as paper co-chair of several conferences including IEEE VAST 2010, 2011, and 2020 and overall papers chair IEEE VIS 2021 as well as EuroVis 2012, and on the editorial board of several journals including IEEE TVCG and CGF. She acts on various strategic committees, such as the VAST and EuroVis steering committees as well as the VIS executive committee. In 2020 she was inducted into the IEEE Visualization Academy. Furthermore, she acts as scientific reporter in the board of the Austrian Research Fund (FwF) and is advisory board member of the Vienna Science and Technology Fund (WWTF). She has more than 300 scientific publications and her main research interests are visualization and visual analytics over time and space with particular focus on interaction techniques, network-based, knowledge-assisted, and guidance-enriched methods.

Heidrun Schumann is a professor emeritus at the University of Rostock, Germany, where she was heading the Chair of Computer Graphics at the Institute for Visual & Analytic Computing. She received doctoral degree (Dr.-Ing.) in 1981 and post-doctoral degree (Dr.-Ing. habil.) in 1989. Her research and teaching activities cover a variety of topics related to computer graphics, including information visualization, visual analytics, and rendering. She is interested in visualizing complex data in space and time, combining visualization and terrain rendering, and facilitating visual data analysis with progressive methods. A key focus of Heidrun's work is to intertwine visual, analytic, and interactive methods for making sense of data. Heidrun published more than t
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11645Computer Science01
9781447175261
0
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Data and Information Visualization
38
978-1-4471-7529-2
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Aigner
Wolfgang Aigner; Silvia Miksch; Heidrun Schumann; Christian Tominski
Wolfgang Aigner, Fachhochschule St. Pölten, St. Pölten, Austria; Silvia Miksch, Vienna University of Technology, Vienna, Austria; Heidrun Schumann, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany; Christian Tominski, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany
Visualization of Time-Oriented Data
XVIII, 436 p. 307 illus., 250 illus. in color.
22023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover1
Human–Computer Interaction Series
Computer ScienceMonographBook0English436UYZGPBVSpringerSpringer London0WorldwideIn production2023-03-052023-03-0512011
,978-0-85729-078-6,978-0-85729-080-9,978-0-85729-079-3,978-1-4471-6869-0
1 Introduction.- 2 Historical Background.- 3 Time & Time-Oriented Data.- 4 Crafting Visualizations of Time-Oriented Data.- 5 Involving the Human via Interaction.- 6 Computational Analysis Support.- 7 Guiding the Selection of Visualization Techniques.- 8 Conclusion.
This is an open access book.
Time is an exceptional dimension with high relevance in medicine, engineering, business, science, biography, history, planning, or project management. Understanding time-oriented data via visual representations enables us to learn from the past in order to predict, plan, and build the future.This second edition builds upon the great success of the first edition. It maintains a brief introduction to visualization and a review of historical time-oriented visual representations. At its core, the book develops a systematic view of the visualization of time-oriented data. Separate chapters discuss interaction techniques and computational methods for supporting the visual data analysis. Many examples and figures illustrate the introduced concepts and techniques.
So, what is new for the second edition? First of all, the second edition is now published as an open-access book so that anyone interested in the visualization of time and time-oriented data can read it. Second, the entire content has been revised and expanded to represent state-of-the-art knowledge. The chapter on interaction support now includes advanced methods for interacting with visual representations of time-oriented data. The second edition also covers the topics of data quality as well as segmentation and labeling. The comprehensive survey of classic and contemporary visualization techniques now provides more than 150 self-contained descriptions accompanied by illustrations and corresponding references. A completely new chapter describes how the structured survey can be used for the guided selection of suitable visualization techniques.
For the second edition, our TimeViz Browser, the digital pendant to the survey of visualization techniques, received a major upgrade. It includes the same set of techniques as the book, but comes with additional filter and search facilities allowing scientists and practitioners to find exactly the solutions they are interested in. <div>
</div>
This is an open access book.
Time is an exceptional dimension with high relevance in medicine, engineering, business, science, biography, history, planning, or project management. Understanding time-oriented data via visual representations enables us to learn from the past in order to predict, plan, and build the future.

This second edition builds upon the great success of the first edition. It maintains a brief introduction to visualization and a review of historical time-oriented visual representations. At its core, the book develops a systematic view of the visualization of time-oriented data. Separate chapters discuss interaction techniques and computational methods for supporting the visual data analysis. Many examples and figures illustrate the introduced concepts and techniques.


So, what is new for the second edition? First of all, the second edition is now published as an open-access book so that anyone interested in the visualization of time and time-oriented data can read it. Second, the entire content has been revised and expanded to represent state-of-the-art knowledge. The chapter on interaction support now includes advanced methods for interacting with visual representations of time-oriented data. The second edition also covers the topics of data quality as well as segmentation and labeling. The comprehensive survey of classic and contemporary visualization techniques now provides more than 150 self-contained descriptions accompanied by illustrations and corresponding references. A completely new chapter describes how the structured survey can be used for the guided selection of suitable visualization techniques.


For the second edition, our TimeViz Browser, the digital pendant to the survey of visualization techniques, received a major upgrade. It includes the same set of techniques as the book, but comes with additional filter and search facilities allowing scientists and practitioners to find exactly the solutions they are interested in.
<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.</p><p>Systematic introduction to the state of the art in visualizing time and time-oriented data</p><p>Coverage of interaction and computational analysis methods to support the visual data analysis</p><p>Structured survey of more than 150 classic and contemporary visualization techniques</p>
Wolfgang Aigner is the scientific director at the Institute of Creative\Media/Technologies at the St. Pölten University of Applied Sciences, Austria and adjunct professor at TU Wien, Austria. In 2013, he received his habilitation in computer science for his work on 'Interactive Visualization and Data Analysis: Visual Analytics with a Focus on Time' from TU Wien. From 2006 to 2010, he was deputy head of the Department of Information and Knowledge Engineering at Danube University Krems, Austria and from 2010 to 2013, he was deputy head of the Laura Bassi Centre of Expertise for Visual Analytics Science and Technology (CVAST) at TU Wien, Austria. Dr. Aigner is an expert in information visualization and visual analytics, particularly in the context of time-oriented data, where he has authored and co-authored more than 140 scientific publications. He served as program committee member and chair for various scientific conferences and acts as associate editor for scientific journals. He has received national awards for his research work, was awarded a Top Cited Article 2005–2010 from Pergamon/Elsevier, and received a best paper honorable mention at the IEEE Conference on Visual Analytics Science and Technology (VAST). Since 2002, Wolfgang has been involved in the acquisition and execution of a number of funded basic and applied research projects at the national and international levels.

Silvia Miksch is a university professor and head of the research division 'Visual Analytics' (CVAST), Institute of Visual Computing and Human-Centered Technology, TU Wien since 2015. She has been head of the Information and Knowledge Engineering research group, Institute of Software Technology & Interactive Systems, TU Wien from 1998 to 2015. From 2006 to 2010 she was university professor and head of the Department of Information and Knowledge Engineering (ike) at Danube University Krems, Austria. In April 2010 she established the awarded Laura Bassi Centre of Expertise for Visual Analytics Science and Technology (CVAST) funded by the Federal Ministry of Economy, Family and Youth of the Republic of Austria. Silvia has acquired, led, and has been involved in several national and international applied and basic research projects. She served as paper co-chair of several conferences including IEEE VAST 2010, 2011, and 2020 and overall papers chair IEEE VIS 2021 as well as EuroVis 2012, and on the editorial board of several journals including IEEE TVCG and CGF. She acts on various strategic committees, such as the VAST and EuroVis steering committees as well as the VIS executive committee. In 2020 she was inducted into the IEEE Visualization Academy. Furthermore, she acts as scientific reporter in the board of the Austrian Research Fund (FwF) and is advisory board member of the Vienna Science and Technology Fund (WWTF). She has more than 300 scientific publications and her main research interests are visualization and visual analytics over time and space with particular focus on interaction techniques, network-based, knowledge-assisted, and guidance-enriched methods.

Heidrun Schumann is a professor emeritus at the University of Rostock, Germany, where she was heading the Chair of Computer Graphics at the Institute for Visual & Analytic Computing. She received doctoral degree (Dr.-Ing.) in 1981 and post-doctoral degree (Dr.-Ing. habil.) in 1989. Her research and teaching activities cover a variety of topics related to computer graphics, including information visualization, visual analytics, and rendering. She is interested in visualizing complex data in space and time, combining visualization and terrain rendering, and facilitating visual data analysis with progressive methods. A key focus of Heidrun's work is to intertwine visual, analytic, and interactive methods for making sense of data. Heidrun published more than t
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11645Computer Science01
9781447175292
0
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Data and Information Visualization
39
978-3-031-16623-5
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Bertoni
Eleonora Bertoni; Matteo Fontana; Lorenzo Gabrielli; Serena Signorelli; Michele Vespe
Eleonora Bertoni, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Matteo Fontana, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Lorenzo Gabrielli, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Serena Signorelli, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Michele Vespe, European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy
Handbook of Computational Social Science for PolicyXXI, 490 p.12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0Computer ScienceHandbookBook0English490UMBUYQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-142023-01-141
Part 1: Foundational Issues.- Computational Social Science for Public Policy.- Computational Social Science for the Public Good: Toward a Taxonomy of Governance and Policy Challenges.- Data Justice, Computational Social Science and Policy.- The Ethics of Computational Social Science – Leslie.- Part 2: Data and Methodology.- Modelling Complexity with Unconventional Data: Foundational Issues in Computational Social Science.- From Lack of Data, to Data Unlocking.- Natural Language Processing for Policymaking.- Describing Human Behaviour through Computational Social Science.- Data and modelling for the Territorial Impact Assessment (TIA) of Policies.- Opportunities and Challenges of Computational Social Science for Official Statistics.- Part 3: Applications.- Agriculture, Food, and Nutrition Security- Concept, Approaches and Opportunities for Computational Social Science Applications.- Big Data and Computational Social Science for Economic Analysis and Policy.- Changing Job Skills in a Changing World.- Computational Climate Change: How Data Science and Numerical Models Can Help Build Good Climate Policies and Practices.- Digital Epidemiology.- Learning Analytics in Education.- Leveraging Digital and Computational Demography for Policy Insights.- New Migration Data: Challenges and Opportunities.- New Data and Computational Methods Opportunities to Enhance the Knowledge Base of Tourism.- Computational Social Science for Policy and Quality of Democracy: Public Opinion, Hate Speech, Misinformation and Foreign Influence Campaigns.- Social Interactions, Resilience, and Access to Economic Opportunity: a Research Agenda for the Field of Computational Social Science.- Social media contribution to the crisis management processes: Towards a more accurate response integrating citizen-generated content and citizen-led activities.- The Empirical Study of Human Mobility.- Towards a more Sustainable Mobility.
This open access handbook describes foundational issues, methodological approaches and examples on how to analyse and model data using Computational Social Science (CSS) for policy support. Up to now, CSS studies have mostly developed on a small, proof-of concept, scale that prevented from unleashing its potential to provide systematic impact to the policy cycle, as well as from improving the understanding of societal problems to the definition, assessment, evaluation, and monitoring of policies. The aim of this handbook is to fill this gap by exploring ways to analyse and model data for policy support, and to advocate the adoption of CSS solutions for policy by raising awareness of existing implementations of CSS in policy-relevant fields.To this end, the book explores applications of computational methods and approaches like big data, machine learning, statistical learning, sentiment analysis, text mining, systems modelling, and network analysis to different problems in the social sciences. The book is structured into three Parts: the first chapters on foundational issues open with an exposition and description of key policymaking areas where CSS can provide insights and information. In detail, the chapters cover public policy, governance, data justice and other ethical issues. Part two consists of chapters on methodological aspects dealing with issues such as the modelling of complexity, natural language processing, validity and lack of data, and innovation in official statistics. Finally, Part three describes the application of computational methods, challenges and opportunities in various social science areas, including economics, sociology, demography, migration, climate change, epidemiology, geography, and disaster management.The target audience of the book spans from the scientific community engaged in CSS research to policymakers interested in evidence-informed policy interventions, but also includes private companies holding data that can be used to study social sciences and are interested in achieving a policy impact.
This open access handbook describes foundational issues, methodological approaches and examples on how to analyse and model data using Computational Social Science (CSS) for policy support. Up to now, CSS studies have mostly developed on a small, proof-of concept, scale that prevented from unleashing its potential to provide systematic impact to the policy cycle, as well as from improving the understanding of societal problems to the definition, assessment, evaluation, and monitoring of policies. The aim of this handbook is to fill this gap by exploring ways to analyse and model data for policy support, and to advocate the adoption of CSS solutions for policy by raising awareness of existing implementations of CSS in policy-relevant fields.

To this end, the book explores applications of computational methods and approaches like big data, machine learning, statistical learning, sentiment analysis, text mining, systems modelling, and network analysis to different problems in the social sciences. The book is structured into three Parts: the first chapters on foundational issues open with an exposition and description of key policymaking areas where CSS can provide insights and information. In detail, the chapters cover public policy, governance, data justice and other ethical issues. Part two consists of chapters on methodological aspects dealing with issues such as the modelling of complexity, natural language processing, validity and lack of data, and innovation in official statistics. Finally, Part three describes the application of computational methods, challenges and opportunities in various social science areas, including economics, sociology, demography, migration, climate change, epidemiology, geography, and disaster management.

The target audience of the book spans from the scientific community engaged in CSS research to policymakers interested in evidence-informed policy interventions, but also includes private companies holding data that can be used to study social sciences and are interested in achieving a policy impact.


<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.</p><p>Proposes how to analyse and model data for policy support by exploiting CSS methods for policy</p><p>Applies CSS methods in various areas including economics, education, migration, climate change, or disaster management</p><p>Applies to CSS researchers as well as policymakers interested in evidence-based policy interventions</p>
Eleonora Bertoni is a Project Officer – Computational Social Scientist at the European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC), where she works for the Centre of Advanced Studies (CAS). She coordinates the activities of the CAS group on Computational Social Science for Policy which aims at building capacity in accessing and analysing non-traditional data, as well as exploring applications of computational methods in different social sciences domains to address specific policy questions.

Matteo Fontana is a Project Officer - Data Scientist at the Joint Research Centre of the European Commission. His main research interest is the application and development of data science and statistical learning techniques to evaluate complex data sources in the social sciences field. He is particularly interested in nonparametric inference and prediction, with a focus on conformal methods for complex data. From an applicative point of view, he is interested in macro-economic forecasting, migration modelling and environmental economics.

Lorenzo Gabrielli is a Data Scientist in the JRC Centre for Advanced Studies (CAS) Project on Computational Social Science for Policy to carry out scientific tasks, i.e. harness non-traditional data including big data, analyse it and draw conclusions on its impact on society. He has gained experience in the analysis of big data with data mining and machine learning techniques in national and international contexts by collaborating with several public and private research institutes.

Serena Signorelli works as a Data Partnership and Management Officer at the Joint Research Centre. Her current project focuses on Computational Social Science for Policy, and it is part of the Centre for Advanced Studies of the Scientific Development unit. Her research interests have mainly focused on the use of Wikipedia page views to study tourism flows, and they have been exploited through a traineeship and a subsequent contract with the Eurostat Big Data task force.

Michele Vespe is a Team Leader at the European Commission, Joint Research Centre, where he coordinates the activities of teams of researchers for investigating societal consequences associated with the improved availability of digital trace data, including research in the fields of data governance. He also leads the Computational Social Science for Policy project team.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11645Computer Science01
9783031166235
0Data Science
Data Analysis and Big Data
Sociological MethodsMachine Learning
40
978-3-031-16626-6
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Bertoni
Eleonora Bertoni; Matteo Fontana; Lorenzo Gabrielli; Serena Signorelli; Michele Vespe
Eleonora Bertoni, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Matteo Fontana, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Lorenzo Gabrielli, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Serena Signorelli, Centre for Advanced Studies, Science and Art European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy; Michele Vespe, European Commission - Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy
Handbook of Computational Social Science for PolicyXXI, 490 p.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover1Computer ScienceHandbookBook0English490UMBUYQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-142023-01-141
Part 1: Foundational Issues.- Computational Social Science for Public Policy.- Computational Social Science for the Public Good: Toward a Taxonomy of Governance and Policy Challenges.- Data Justice, Computational Social Science and Policy.- The Ethics of Computational Social Science – Leslie.- Part 2: Data and Methodology.- Modelling Complexity with Unconventional Data: Foundational Issues in Computational Social Science.- From Lack of Data, to Data Unlocking.- Natural Language Processing for Policymaking.- Describing Human Behaviour through Computational Social Science.- Data and modelling for the Territorial Impact Assessment (TIA) of Policies.- Opportunities and Challenges of Computational Social Science for Official Statistics.- Part 3: Applications.- Agriculture, Food, and Nutrition Security- Concept, Approaches and Opportunities for Computational Social Science Applications.- Big Data and Computational Social Science for Economic Analysis and Policy.- Changing Job Skills in a Changing World.- Computational Climate Change: How Data Science and Numerical Models Can Help Build Good Climate Policies and Practices.- Digital Epidemiology.- Learning Analytics in Education.- Leveraging Digital and Computational Demography for Policy Insights.- New Migration Data: Challenges and Opportunities.- New Data and Computational Methods Opportunities to Enhance the Knowledge Base of Tourism.- Computational Social Science for Policy and Quality of Democracy: Public Opinion, Hate Speech, Misinformation and Foreign Influence Campaigns.- Social Interactions, Resilience, and Access to Economic Opportunity: a Research Agenda for the Field of Computational Social Science.- Social media contribution to the crisis management processes: Towards a more accurate response integrating citizen-generated content and citizen-led activities.- The Empirical Study of Human Mobility.- Towards a more Sustainable Mobility.
This open access handbook describes foundational issues, methodological approaches and examples on how to analyse and model data using Computational Social Science (CSS) for policy support. Up to now, CSS studies have mostly developed on a small, proof-of concept, scale that prevented from unleashing its potential to provide systematic impact to the policy cycle, as well as from improving the understanding of societal problems to the definition, assessment, evaluation, and monitoring of policies. The aim of this handbook is to fill this gap by exploring ways to analyse and model data for policy support, and to advocate the adoption of CSS solutions for policy by raising awareness of existing implementations of CSS in policy-relevant fields.To this end, the book explores applications of computational methods and approaches like big data, machine learning, statistical learning, sentiment analysis, text mining, systems modelling, and network analysis to different problems in the social sciences. The book is structured into three Parts: the first chapters on foundational issues open with an exposition and description of key policymaking areas where CSS can provide insights and information. In detail, the chapters cover public policy, governance, data justice and other ethical issues. Part two consists of chapters on methodological aspects dealing with issues such as the modelling of complexity, natural language processing, validity and lack of data, and innovation in official statistics. Finally, Part three describes the application of computational methods, challenges and opportunities in various social science areas, including economics, sociology, demography, migration, climate change, epidemiology, geography, and disaster management.The target audience of the book spans from the scientific community engaged in CSS research to policymakers interested in evidence-informed policy interventions, but also includes private companies holding data that can be used to study social sciences and are interested in achieving a policy impact.
This open access handbook describes foundational issues, methodological approaches and examples on how to analyse and model data using Computational Social Science (CSS) for policy support. Up to now, CSS studies have mostly developed on a small, proof-of concept, scale that prevented from unleashing its potential to provide systematic impact to the policy cycle, as well as from improving the understanding of societal problems to the definition, assessment, evaluation, and monitoring of policies. The aim of this handbook is to fill this gap by exploring ways to analyse and model data for policy support, and to advocate the adoption of CSS solutions for policy by raising awareness of existing implementations of CSS in policy-relevant fields.

To this end, the book explores applications of computational methods and approaches like big data, machine learning, statistical learning, sentiment analysis, text mining, systems modelling, and network analysis to different problems in the social sciences. The book is structured into three Parts: the first chapters on foundational issues open with an exposition and description of key policymaking areas where CSS can provide insights and information. In detail, the chapters cover public policy, governance, data justice and other ethical issues. Part two consists of chapters on methodological aspects dealing with issues such as the modelling of complexity, natural language processing, validity and lack of data, and innovation in official statistics. Finally, Part three describes the application of computational methods, challenges and opportunities in various social science areas, including economics, sociology, demography, migration, climate change, epidemiology, geography, and disaster management.

The target audience of the book spans from the scientific community engaged in CSS research to policymakers interested in evidence-informed policy interventions, but also includes private companies holding data that can be used to study social sciences and are interested in achieving a policy impact.


<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.</p><p>Proposes how to analyse and model data for policy support by exploiting CSS methods for policy</p><p>Applies CSS methods in various areas including economics, education, migration, climate change, or disaster management</p><p>Applies to CSS researchers as well as policymakers interested in evidence-based policy interventions</p>
Eleonora Bertoni is a Project Officer – Computational Social Scientist at the European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC), where she works for the Centre of Advanced Studies (CAS). She coordinates the activities of the CAS group on Computational Social Science for Policy which aims at building capacity in accessing and analysing non-traditional data, as well as exploring applications of computational methods in different social sciences domains to address specific policy questions.

Matteo Fontana is a Project Officer - Data Scientist at the Joint Research Centre of the European Commission. His main research interest is the application and development of data science and statistical learning techniques to evaluate complex data sources in the social sciences field. He is particularly interested in nonparametric inference and prediction, with a focus on conformal methods for complex data. From an applicative point of view, he is interested in macro-economic forecasting, migration modelling and environmental economics.

Lorenzo Gabrielli is a Data Scientist in the JRC Centre for Advanced Studies (CAS) Project on Computational Social Science for Policy to carry out scientific tasks, i.e. harness non-traditional data including big data, analyse it and draw conclusions on its impact on society. He has gained experience in the analysis of big data with data mining and machine learning techniques in national and international contexts by collaborating with several public and private research institutes.

Serena Signorelli works as a Data Partnership and Management Officer at the Joint Research Centre. Her current project focuses on Computational Social Science for Policy, and it is part of the Centre for Advanced Studies of the Scientific Development unit. Her research interests have mainly focused on the use of Wikipedia page views to study tourism flows, and they have been exploited through a traineeship and a subsequent contract with the Eurostat Big Data task force.

Michele Vespe is a Team Leader at the European Commission, Joint Research Centre, where he coordinates the activities of teams of researchers for investigating societal consequences associated with the improved availability of digital trace data, including research in the fields of data governance. He also leads the Computational Social Science for Policy project team.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11645Computer Science01
9783031166266
0Data Science
Data Analysis and Big Data
Sociological MethodsMachine Learning
41
978-3-031-16161-2
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Bhowmick
Sourav S. Bhowmick; Byron Choi
Sourav S. Bhowmick, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore, Singapore; Byron Choi, Hong Kong Baptist University, Hong Kong S.A.R., China
Plug-and-Play Visual Subgraph Query Interfaces
XVII, 170 p. 75 illus., 26 illus. in color.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5049.99Hard cover0
Synthesis Lectures on Data Management
Computer ScienceProfessional bookBook0English170UNUYZGSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-262023-01-261
Chapter 1 - The Future is Democratized Graphs.- Chapter 2 - Background.- Chapter 3 - The World of Visual Graph Query Interfaces: An Overview.- Chapter 4 - Plug-and-Play Visual Subgraph Query Interfaces.- Chapter 5 - The Building Block of PnP Interfaces: Canned Patterns.- Chapter 6 - Pattern Selection for Graph Databases.- Chapter 7 - Pattern Selection for Large Networks.- Chapter 8 - Maintenance of Patterns.- Chapter 9 - The Road Ahead.
This book details recent developments in the emerging area of plug-and-play (PnP) visual subgraph query interfaces (VQI). These PnP interfaces are grounded in the principles of human-computer interaction (HCI) and cognitive psychology to address long-standing limitations to bottom-up search capabilities in graph databases using traditional graph query languages, which often require domain experts and specialist programmers. This book explains how PnP interfaces go against the traditional mantra of VQI construction by taking a data-driven approach and giving end users the freedom to easily and quickly construct and maintain a VQI for any data sources without resorting to coding. The book walks readers through the intuitive PnP interface that uses templates where the underlying graph repository represents the socket and user-specified requirements represent the plug. Hence, a PnP interface enables an end user to change the socket (i.e., graph repository) or the plug (i.e., requirements) as necessary to automatically and effortlessly generate VQIs. The book argues that such a data-driven paradigm creates several benefits, including superior support for visual subgraph query construction, significant reduction in the manual cost of constructing and maintaining a VQI for any graph data source, and portability of the interface across diverse sources and querying applications. This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the notion of PnP interfaces, compares it to its classical manual counterpart, and reviews techniques for automatic construction and maintenance of these new interfaces. In synthesizing current research on plug-and-play visual subgraph query interface management, this book gives readers a snapshot of the state of the art in this topic as well as future research directions.
This book details recent developments in the emerging area of plug-and-play (PnP) visual subgraph query interfaces (VQI). These PnP interfaces are grounded in the principles of human-computer interaction (HCI) and cognitive psychology to address long-standing limitations to bottom-up search capabilities in graph databases using traditional graph query languages, which often require domain experts and specialist programmers. This book explains how PnP interfaces go against the traditional mantra of VQI construction by taking a data-driven approach and giving end users the freedom to easily and quickly construct and maintain a VQI for any data sources without resorting to coding. The book walks readers through the intuitive PnP interface that uses templates where the underlying graph repository represents the socket and user-specified requirements represent the plug. Hence, a PnP interface enables an end user to change the socket (i.e., graph repository) or the plug (i.e., requirements) as necessary to automatically and effortlessly generate VQIs. The book argues that such a data-driven paradigm creates several benefits, including superior support for visual subgraph query construction, significant reduction in the manual cost of constructing and maintaining a VQI for any graph data source, and portability of the interface across diverse sources and querying applications. This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the notion of PnP interfaces, compares it to its classical manual counterpart, and reviews techniques for automatic construction and maintenance of these new interfaces. In synthesizing current research on plug-and-play visual subgraph query interface management, this book gives readers a snapshot of the state of the art in this topic as well as future research directions.
<p>Explains how PnP interfaces surpass the functionality of traditional graph query languages </p><p>Argues that plug-and-play VQI facilitate graph database usability for non-specialists</p><p>Explores the design and implementation of plug-and-play visual subgraph query interfaces</p>
Sourav S Bhowmick
Sourav S. Bhowmick is an Associate Professor in the School of Computer Science and Engineering (SCSE) at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore. His core research expertise is in data management, human-data interaction, and data analytics. His research has appeared in premium venues such as ACM SIGMOD, VLDB, ACM WWW, ACM MM, ACM SIGIR, The VLDB Journal, Bioinformatics, and Biophysical Journal. He is co-recipient of Best Paper Awards in ACM CIKM 2004, ACM BCB 2011, and VLDB 2021 for work on mining structural evolution of tree-structured data, generating functional summaries, and scalable attributed network embedding, respectively. He is a co-recipient of 2021 ACM SIGMOD Research Highlights Award. Sourav serves as a member of the SIGMOD Executive Committee, is a regular member of the PVLDB Advisory Board, and co-leads the committee for Diversity and Inclusion in Database Conference Venues. In 2018, he was a co-recipient of the VLDB Service Award from the VLDB Endowment. He was inducted into Distinguished Members of the ACM in 2020.

Byron Choi
Byron Choi is the Associate Head and an Associate Professor at the Department of Computer Science at Hong Kong Baptist University (HKBU). His research interests include graph-structured databases, database usability, database security, and time series analysis. Byron’s publications have appeared in premium venues such as TKDE, VLDBJ, SIGMOD, PVLDB/VLDB, and ICDE. He has served as a program committee member or reviewer of premium conferences and journals, including PVLDB, VLDBJ, ICDE, IEEE TKDE, and ACM TOIS. He was recognized as a distinguished program committee (PC) member by ACM SIGMOD 2021 and received a best reviewer award from ACM CIKM 2021 and distinguished reviewer award from PVLDB 2019. He served as the director of a Croucher Foundation Advanced Study Institute (ASI) program titled “Frontiers in Big Data Graph Research” in 2015 and was a recipient of the HKBU President’s Award for Outstanding Young Researcher in 2016.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP85007Synthesis Collection of Technology (R0)00
9783031161612
0
Database Management
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Data and Information Visualization
Data Storage Representation
Database Management System
42
978-3-031-10931-7
Computer Science & Applied Computing
ChampionErik Champion
Erik Champion, University of South Australia, Adelaide, SA, Australia
Playing with the Past: Into the Future
XXV, 226 p. 54 illus., 45 illus. in color.
22022final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00199.99Hard cover0
Human–Computer Interaction Series
Computer ScienceMonographBook0English226UYZGHSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-162023-01-1612011
,978-1-84996-500-2,978-1-4471-2595-2,978-1-84996-502-6,978-1-84996-501-9
<div>
</div>Virtual Travel: Being Not Quite 'There'.- Virtual Environment: Constraints and Possibilities.-Space and Place in Cyberspace.- Culturally Significant Presence.- What Have We Learnt from Game-Style Interaction?.- Playing With The Past: Case Studies.- Mixed Histories, Augmented Pasts.- 8. Evaluating Virtual Heritage in the Future.- An Open Conclusion.- Index.
Since the turn of this century (and even earlier), a plethora of projects have arisen to promise us bold new interactive adventures and immersive travel into the past with digital environments (using mixed, virtual or augmented reality, as well as computer games). In Playing with the Past: Into the Future Erik Champion surveys past attempts to communicate history and heritage through virtual environments and suggests new technology and creative ideas for more engaging and educational games and virtual learning environments.This second edition builds on and updates the first edition with new game discussions, surveys, design frameworks, and theories on how cultural heritage could be experienced in digital worlds, via museums, mobile phones, or the Metaverse. Recent games and learning environments are reviewed, with provocative discussion of new and emerging promises and challenges.
Since the turn of this century (and even earlier), a plethora of projects have arisen to promise us bold new interactive adventures and immersive travel into the past with digital environments (using mixed, virtual or augmented reality, as well as computer games). In Playing with the Past: Into the Future Erik Champion surveys past attempts to communicate history and heritage through virtual environments and suggests new technology and creative ideas for more engaging and educational games and virtual learning environments.This second edition builds on and updates the first edition with new game discussions, surveys, design frameworks, and theories on how cultural heritage could be experienced in digital worlds, via museums, mobile phones, or the Metaverse. Recent games and learning environments are reviewed, with provocative discussion of new and emerging promises and challenges.
<p>Explains how virtual environments can learn from computer games</p><p>Provides a framework to interact with digital historical content</p><p>Defines culture so virtual heritage projects can be evaluated</p>
Erik Champion is currently an Enterprise Fellow at the University of South Australia, an Honorary Professor at the Australian National University, an Honorary Research Fellow at the University of Western Australia, and Emeritus Professor at Curtin University. He was Curtin’s first UNESCO Chair, in Cultural Heritage and Visualisation, and has degrees in architecture, engineering and philosophy, but has also studied in the humanities, in art history, human-computer interaction, and education. He has worked in New Zealand, Japan, the United Kingdom, Denmark, and Australia. <div></div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031109317
0
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Digital HumanitiesMedia Design
Multimedia Information Systems
Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design
43
978-3-031-05070-1
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Duchateau
Nicolas Duchateau; Andrew P. King
Nicolas Duchateau, CREATIS, Lyon 1 University, Villeurbanne Cedex; Andrew P. King, King's College London, London, UK
AI and Big Data in CardiologyA Practical Guide
XIV, 324 p. 49 illus. in color. With online files/update.
12023final74.9980.2482.4964.9988.5089.99Hard cover0Computer Science
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book w. online files / update
0English324UBHMJDSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-012023-02-011
Introduction.- AI and Machine Learning: the Basics.- From Machine Learning to Deep Learning.- Measurement and Quantification.- Diagnosis.- Outcome Prediction.- Quality Control.- AI and Decision Support.- AI in the Real World.- Analysis of Non-imaging Data.- Conclusions.
This book provides a detailed technical overview of the use and applications of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning and big data in cardiology. Recent technological advancements in these fields mean that there is significant gain to be had in applying these methodologies into day-to-day clinical practice. Chapters feature detailed technical reviews and highlight key current challenges and limitations, along with the available techniques to address them for each topic covered. Sample data sets are also included to provide hands-on tutorials for readers using Python-based Jupyter notebooks, and are based upon real-world examples to ensure the reader can develop their confidence in applying these techniques to solve everyday clinical problems.Artificial Intelligence and Big Data in Cardiology systematically describes and technically reviews the latest applications of AI and big data within cardiology. It is ideal for use by the trainee and practicing cardiologist and informatician seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic with which to aid them in developing a thorough understanding of both basic concepts and recent advances in the field.
This book provides a detailed technical overview of the use and applications of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning and big data in cardiology. Recent technological advancements in these fields mean that there is significant gain to be had in applying these methodologies into day-to-day clinical practice. Chapters feature detailed technical reviews and highlight key current challenges and limitations, along with the available techniques to address them for each topic covered. Sample data sets are also included to provide hands-on tutorials for readers using Python-based Jupyter notebooks, and are based upon real-world examples to ensure the reader can develop their confidence in applying these techniques to solve everyday clinical problems.Artificial Intelligence and Big Data in Cardiology systematically describes and technically reviews the latest applications of AI and big data within cardiology. It is ideal for use by the trainee and practicing cardiologist and informatician seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic with which to aid them in developing a thorough understanding of both basic concepts and recent advances in the field.
<p>Provides a clinical and technical overview of the use of AI and big data in modern cardiovascular medicine</p><p>Features real-world cases to assist the reader in understanding how to apply the concepts covered</p><p>Details both the advantages and potential pitfalls in utilising artificial intelligence in cardiology</p>
Dr. Duchateau is currently Associate Professor (Maître de Conférences) at the Université Lyon 1 and the CREATIS lab in Lyon, France, and Junior Member of the Institut Universitaire de France (IUF). His research is on the development of new statistical and machine learning approaches for the better understanding of disease apparition and evolution from medical imaging data. On the applicative side, his work has special dedication to the study of cardiac function and 2D/3D myocardial shape, motion and deformation patterns. It has a strong focus on heart failure populations, looked through echocardiographic and magnetic resonance imaging data.Dr. King is currently a Reader in Medical Image Analysis at the School of Biomedical Engineering and Imaging Sciences at King’s College London. His research aims to develop novel machine learning methods for a range of medical applications, but with a special focus on cardiology. He works closely with clinicians to exploit the power of machine learning to solve clinically relevant problems. Notable recent successes include the prediction of treatment outcome for heart failure and automated quantification of cardiac function for patient risk stratification.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031050701
0Health InformaticsCardiologyBioinformatics
Computer and Information Systems Applications
44
978-1-4842-9155-9
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Edge
Charles Edge; Rich Trouton
Charles Edge, Minneapolis, MN, USA; Rich Trouton, Middletown, MD, USA
Apple Device Management
A Unified Theory of Managing Macs, iPads, iPhones, and Apple TVs
XVII, 335 p. 352 illus., 335 illus. in color.
22023final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0074.99Soft cover0Professional and Applied ComputingProfessional bookBook0English335UMQApressApress0WorldwideIn production2023-02-012023-02-0112020
,978-1-4842-5387-8,978-1-4842-5388-5,978-1-4842-5389-2
Chapter 1: The Evolution of Apple Device Management.- Chapter 2: Agent-based Management.- Chapter 3: Profiles.- Chapter 4: MDM Internals.- Chapter 5: iOS Provisioning.- Chapter 6: mac Provisioning.- Chapter 7: Endpoint Encryption.- Chapter 8: Securing Your Fleet.- Chapter 9: A Culture of Automation and Continual Testing.- Chapter 10: Directory Services.- Chapter 11: To Be Advised.- Chapter 12: Identity and Device Trust.- Chapter 13: The Future of Apple Device Management.- Appendix 1: The Apple Ecosystem.- Appendix 2: Common Apple Ports.- Appendix 3: Managing NVRAM.- Appendix 4: Conferences, Helpful MacAdmins, and User Groups.
Working effectively with Apple platforms at a corporate or business level includes not only infrastructure, but a mode of thinking that administrators have to adopt to find success. A mode of thinking that forces you to leave 30 years of IT dogma at the door. This book is a guide through how to integrate Apple products in your environment with a minimum of friction. Because the Apple ecosystem is not going away. You'll start by understanding where Apple, third-party software vendors, and the IT community is taking us. What is Mobile Device Management and how does it work under the hood. By understanding how MDM works, you will understand what needs to happen on your networks in order to allow for MDM, as well as the best way to give the least amount of access to the servers or services that’s necessary. You'll then look at management agents that do not include MDM, as well as when you will need to use an agent as opposed to when to use other options. Once you can install a management solution, you can deploy profiles on a device or you can deploy profiles on Macs using scripts. With Apple Device Management as your guide, you'll customize and package software for deployment and lock down devices so they’re completely secure. You’ll also work on getting standard QA environments built out, so you can test more effectively with less effort. Apple is forging their own path in IT. They trade spots with Amazon, Google, and Microsoft as the wealthiest company to ever exist. And they will not be constrained by 30 or more years of dogma in the IT industry. You can try to shoehorn Apple devices into outdated modes of device management, or you can embrace Apple’s stance on management with the help of this book.
Working effectively with Apple platforms at a corporate or business level includes not only infrastructure, but a mode of thinking that administrators have to adopt to find success. A mode of thinking that forces you to leave 30 years of IT dogma at the door. This book is a guide through how to integrate Apple products in your environment with a minimum of friction. Because the Apple ecosystem is not going away.You'll start by understanding where Apple, third-party software vendors, and the IT community is taking us. What is Mobile Device Management and how does it work under the hood. By understanding how MDM works, you will understand what needs to happen on your networks in order to allow for MDM, as well as the best way to give the least amount of access to the servers or services that’s necessary. You'll then look at management agents that do not include MDM, as well as when you will need to use an agent as opposed to when to use other options. Once you can install a management solution, you can deploy profiles on a device or you can deploy profiles on Macs using scripts. With Apple Device Management as your guide, you'll customize and package software for deployment and lock down devices so they’re completely secure. You’ll also work on getting standard QA environments built out, so you can test more effectively with less effort. This thoroughly revised and expanded Second Edition provides new coverage and updates on daemons and agents, declarative management, Gatekeeper, script options, SSO tools, Azure/Apple Business Essentials integrations and much more.<div>You will</div>Deploy profiles across devices effectively and securely
Install apps remotely both from the app store and through custom solutions
Work natively with Apple environments rather than retrofitting older IT solutions
<div>Who This Book Is For</div><div>Mac administrators within organizations that want to integrate with the current Apple ecosystem, including Windows administrators learning how to use/manage Macs, mobile administrators working with iPhones and iPads, and mobile developers tasked with creating custom apps for internal, corporate distribution.</div>
<p>Learn from two of the most prolific voices in Apple enterprise deployment and development</p><p>Manage devices en masse along the current sea change implemented by Apple</p><p>Keep costs down and future-proof large deployments</p>
Charles Edge is the Director of the Marketplace at Jamf. He holds 30 years of experience as a developer, administrator, network architect, product manager and CTO. He is the author of 20 books and more than 6,000 blog posts on technology, and has served as an editor and author for many publications. Charles also serves on the board of multiple companies and conferences, and frequently speaks at industry conferences around the world, including DefCon, BlackHat, LinuxWorld, the Apple Worldwide Developers Conference, and a number of Apple-focused conferences. Charles is also the author of krypted.com and a cohost of the MacAdmins Podcast. Rich Trouton has been doing Macintosh system and server administration for 20+ years and has supported Macs in a number of different environments, including university, government, medical research, advertising and enterprise software development. His current position is at SAP, where he works with the rest of the Apple CoE team to support SAP's Apple community.
TradeAPress Trade (14)Springer Trade (T)EBOP12059Professional and Applied Computing00
9781484291559
0Apple and iOS
45
978-3-031-18022-4
Computer Science & Applied Computing
GoossensBernard Goossens
Bernard Goossens, Université de Perpignan, Perpignan, France
Guide to Computer Processor Architecture
A RISC-V Approach, with High-Level Synthesis
XXV, 468 p. 261 illus., 196 illus. in color.
12023final54.9958.8460.4949.9965.0069.99Soft cover0
Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science
Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English468UYFUKSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-282023-01-281
Part I. Single core processors.- 1. Getting Ready.- 2. Building a RISC-V Processor.- 3. Building a Pipelined RISC-V Processor.- 4. Building a RISC-V Processor with a Multi-cycle Pipeline.- 5. Building a RISC-V Processor with a Multiple Hart Pipeline.- Part II. Multiple core processors.- 6. Connecting IPs.- 7. A Multi-core RISC-V Processor.- 8. A Multi-core RISC-V Processor with Multi-hart Cores.
This unique, accessible textbook presents a succession of implementations of the open-source RISC-V processor. Implementations are offered in increasing difficulty (non-pipelined, pipelined, deeply pipelined, multi-threaded, multicore).<div>
</div><div>Each implementation is shown as a High-Level Synthesis (HLS) code in C++. This facilitates synthesis and testing on an FPGA-based development board (Such a board can be freely obtained from the Xilinx University Program targeting university professors).</div><div>
</div><div>The book can be useful for several reasons. First, it is a novel way to introduce computer architecture: The codes given can serve as labs for a processor architecture course. Second, the book content is based on the RISC-V Instruction Set Architecture, which is an open-source machine language promising to become the main machine language to be taught, replacing DLX and MIPS. Third, all the designs are implemented through the HLS tool, which is able to translate a C program into an intellectual property (IP). Lastly, HLS will become the new standard for IP implementations, replacing Verilog/VHDL; already there are job positions tied to HLS, with the argument of rapid IP development.</div><div>
</div><div>Hence, in addition to offering undergraduates a firm introduction, the textbook/guide can also serve engineers willing to implement processors on FPGA, as well as researchers willing to develop RISC-V based hardware simulators.</div><div>
</div><div>Bernard Goossens is Professor in the Faculty of Sciences at the Université de Perpignan, France. He is author of the French-language book from Springer, Architecture et microarchitecture des processeurs, 2002.
</div>
The book presents a succession of RISC-V processor implementations in increasing difficulty (non pipelined, pipelined, deeply pipelined, multithreaded, multicore).<div>
</div><div>Each implementation is shown as an HLS (High Level Synthesis) code in C++ which can really be synthesized and tested on an FPGA based development board (such a board can be freely obtained from the Xilinx University Program targeting the university professors).</div><div>
</div><div>The book can be useful for three reasons. First, it is a novel way to introduce computer architecture. The codes given can serve as labs for a processor architecture course. Second, the book content is based on the RISC-V Instruction Set Architecture, which is an open-source machine language promised to become the machine language to be taught, replacing DLX and MIPS. Third, all the designs are implemented through the High Level Synthesis, a tool which is able to translate a C program into an IP (Intellectual Property). Hence, the book can serve to engineers willing to implement processors on FPGA and to researchers willing to develop RISC-V based hardware simulators.</div>
<p>Presents successive RISC-V processor implementations in increasing difficulty</p><p>Codes can serve as labs for a computer processor architecture course</p><p>Concisely introduces the RISC-V open-source machine language</p>
Bernard Goossens is Professor in the Faculty of Sciences at the Université de Perpignan, France. He is the author of the French-language book from Springer, Architecture et microarchitecture des processeurs, 2002.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031180224
0
Processor Architectures
Computer Hardware
Control Structures and Microprogramming
Operating SystemsSoftware Engineering
46
978-1-4842-8866-5
Computer Science & Applied Computing
HellerJon HellerJon Heller, Clive, IA, USAPro Oracle SQL Development
Best Practices for Writing Advanced Queries
XXVI, 632 p. 54 illus.22023final54.9958.8460.4949.9965.0064.99Soft cover0Professional and Applied ComputingProfessional bookBook0English632UNApressApress0WorldwideIn production2023-01-132023-01-1312019
,978-1-4842-4516-3,978-1-4842-4517-0,978-1-4842-4518-7,978-1-4842-7648-8
Part I: Learn How to Learn.- Chapter 1: Understand Relational Databases.- Chapter 2: Create an Efficient Database Development Process.- Chapter 3: Increase Confidence and Knowledge with Testing.- Chapter 4: Find Reliable Sources.- Chapter 5: Master the Entire Stack.- Part II: Write Powerful SQL with Sets and Advanced Features.- Chapter 6: Build Sets with Inline Views and ANSI Join Syntax.- Chapter 7: Query the Database with Advanced SELECT Features.- Chapter 8: Modify Data with Advanced DML.- Chapter 9: Improve the Database with Advanced Schema Objects.- Chapter 10: Optimize the Database with Oracle Architecture.- Part III: Write Elegant SQL with Patterns and Styles.- Chapter 11: Stop Coding and Start Writing.- Chapter 12: Write Large SQL Statements.- Chapter 13: Write Beautiful SQL Statements.- Chapter 14: Use SQL More Often with Basic Dynamic SQL.- Chapter 15: Avoid Anti-Patterns.- Part IV: Improve SQL Performance.- Chapter 16: Understand SQL Performance with Algorithm Analysis.- Chapter 17: Understand SQL Tuning Theories.- Chapter 18: Improve SQL Performance.- .- Part V: Solve Anything with Oracle SQL.- Chapter 19: Solve Challenging Problems with Arcane SQL Features.- Chapter 20: Use SQL More Often with Advanced Dynamic SQL.- Chapter 21: Level Up Your Skills with PL/SQL.- Part VI: Appendixes.- Appendix A: SQL Style Guide Cheat Sheet.- Appendix B: Computer Science Topics.
<div><div><div>Write SQL statements that are more powerful, simpler, and faster using the advanced features of Oracle SQL. This updated second edition includes the newest advanced features: improved data structures (such as more JSON support and more table options), improved automated processes (such as automatic indexing), and improved SQL language extensions (such as polymorphic table functions, SQL macros, and the multilingual engine).</div><div>
</div><div>Pro Oracle SQL Development is for anyone who already knows Oracle SQL and is ready to take their skills to the next level. This book provides a clearer way of thinking about SQL by building sets, and it provides practical advice for using complex features while avoiding anti-patterns that lead to poor performance and wrong results. Relevant theories, real-world best practices, and style guidelines help you get the most out of Oracle SQL.</div><div>
</div><div>Many developers, testers, analysts, and administrators use Oracle databases frequently, but their queries are limited because they do not take advantage of Oracle’s advanced features. This book inspires you to achieve more with your Oracle SQL statements by creating your own style for writing simple, yet powerful, SQL. It teaches you how to think about and solve performance problems in Oracle SQL, and it covers enough advanced topics to put you on the path to becoming an Oracle expert.</div></div><div>
</div><div>What You'll Learn</div><div>Solve challenging problems with declarative SQL instead of procedural languages
Write SQL statements that are large and powerful, but also elegant and fastCreate development environments that are simple, scalable, and conducive to learningVisualize and understand SQL more intuitively
Apply advanced syntax, objects, and architectureAvoid SQL anti-patterns that accumulate technical debtTune SQL statements with multiple strategies that can significantly improve performance
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div></div>
<div><div>Write SQL statements that are more powerful, simpler, and faster using the advanced features of Oracle SQL. This updated second edition includes the newest advanced features: improved data structures (such as more JSON support and more table options), improved automated processes (such as automatic indexing), and improved SQL language extensions (such as polymorphic table functions, SQL macros, and the multilingual engine).</div><div>
</div><div>Pro Oracle SQL Development is for anyone who already knows Oracle SQL and is ready to take their skills to the next level. This book provides a clearer way of thinking about SQL by building sets, and it provides practical advice for using complex features while avoiding anti-patterns that lead to poor performance and wrong results. Relevant theories, real-world best practices, and style guidelines help you get the most out of Oracle SQL.</div><div>
</div><div>Many developers, testers, analysts, and administrators use Oracle databases frequently, but their queries are limited because they do not take advantage of Oracle’s advanced features. This book inspires you to achieve more with your Oracle SQL statements by creating your own style for writing simple, yet powerful, SQL. It teaches you how to think about and solve performance problems in Oracle SQL, and it covers enough advanced topics to put you on the path to becoming an Oracle expert.</div></div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>What You'll Learn</div><div>Solve challenging problems with declarative SQL instead of procedural languages
Write SQL statements that are large and powerful, but also elegant and fastCreate development environments that are simple, scalable, and conducive to learningVisualize and understand SQL more intuitively
Apply advanced syntax, objects, and architectureAvoid SQL anti-patterns that accumulate technical debtTune SQL statements with multiple strategies that can significantly improve performance
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>Who This Book Is For</div><div>
</div>Developers, testers, analysts, and administrators who want to harness the full power of Oracle SQL to solve their problems as simply and as quickly as possible; traditional database professionals looking for new ways of thinking about the language they have used for so long; and modern full stack developers who need an explanation of how a database can be much more than simply a place to store data
<div>
</div>
Reveals the powerful features available in Oracle SQLShows you how to write readable SQLCombines relevant theories, real-world best practices, and an idealistic style
Jon Heller is an expert SQL and PL/SQL programmer with 20 years of Oracle experience. He has worked as a database developer, analyst, and administrator. In his spare time, he is active on Stack Overflow where he is a top user in the Oracle and PL/SQL tags. He enjoys creating open-source software. He has a Master of Computer Science degree from North Carolina State University, and lives in Iowa with his wife and two sons.
TradeAPress Trade (14)Springer Trade (T)EBOP12059Professional and Applied Computing00
9781484288665
0
Database Management
47
978-981-19-6813-6
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Huang
Xiaowei Huang; Gaojie Jin; Wenjie Ruan
Xiaowei Huang, University of Liverpool, Liverpool, UK; Gaojie Jin, University of Liverpool, Liverpool, UK; Wenjie Ruan, University of Exeter, Exeter, UK
Machine Learning SafetyX, 240 p. 56 illus., 43 illus. in color.12023final69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5084.99Hard cover0
Artificial Intelligence: Foundations, Theory, and Algorithms
Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English240UYQMURSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-02-172023-02-171
1. Introduction.- 2. Safety of Simple Machine Learning Models.- 3. Safety of Deep Learning.- 4. Robustness Verification of Deep Learning.- 5. Enhancement to Robustness and Generalization.- 6. Probabilistic Graph Model.- A. Mathematical Foundations.- B. Competitions.
Machine learning algorithms allow computers to learn without being explicitly programmed. Their application is now spreading to highly sophisticated tasks across multiple domains, such as medical diagnostics or fully autonomous vehicles. While this development holds great potential, it also raises new safety concerns, as machine learning has many specificities that make its behaviour prediction and assessment very different from that for explicitly programmed software systems. This book addresses the main safety concerns with regard to machine learning, including its susceptibility to environmental noise and adversarial attacks. Such vulnerabilities have become a major roadblock to the deployment of machine learning in safety-critical applications. The book presents up-to-date techniques for adversarial attacks, which are used to assess the vulnerabilities of machine learning models; formal verification, which is used to determine if a trained machine learning model is free of vulnerabilities; and adversarial training, which is used to enhance the training process and reduce vulnerabilities. The book aims to improve readers’ awareness of the potential safety issues regarding machine learning models. In addition, it includes up-to-date techniques for dealing with these issues, equipping readers with not only technical knowledge but also hands-on practical skills.
Machine learning algorithms allow computers to learn without being explicitly programmed. Their application is now spreading to highly sophisticated tasks across multiple domains, such as medical diagnostics or fully autonomous vehicles. While this development holds great potential, it also raises new safety concerns, as machine learning has many specificities that make its behaviour prediction and assessment very different from that for explicitly programmed software systems. This book addresses the main safety concerns with regard to machine learning, including its susceptibility to environmental noise and adversarial attacks. Such vulnerabilities have become a major roadblock to the deployment of machine learning in safety-critical applications. The book presents up-to-date techniques for adversarial attacks, which are used to assess the vulnerabilities of machine learning models; formal verification, which is used to determine if a trained machine learning model is free of vulnerabilities; and adversarial training, which is used to enhance the training process and reduce vulnerabilities. The book aims to improve readers’ awareness of the potential safety issues regarding machine learning models. In addition, it includes up-to-date techniques for dealing with these issues, equipping readers with not only technical knowledge but also hands-on practical skills.
<p>Provides a comprehensive and thorough investigation on safety concerns regarding machine learning</p><p>Shows readers to identify vulnerabilities in machine learning models and to improve the models in the training process</p><p>Demonstrates formal verification approaches used to identify vulnerabilities in machine learning models</p>
Xiaowei Huang is currently a Reader of Computer Science and Director of the Autonomous Cyber-Physics Systems lab at the University of Liverpool (UoL). His research is concerned with the development of automated verification techniques that ensure the correctness and reliability of intelligent systems. He has published more than 80 papers, primarily in leading conference proceedings and journals in the fields of Artificial Intelligence (e.g. Artificial Intelligence Journal, ACM Transactions on Computational Logics, NeurIPS, AAAI, IJCAI, ECCV), Formal Verification (e.g. CAV, TACAS, and Theoretical Computer Science) and Software Engineering (e.g. IEEE Transactions on Reliability, ICSE and ASE). He has been invited to give talks at several leading conferences, discussing topics related to the safety and security of applying machine learning algorithms to critical applications. He has co-chaired the AAAI and IJCAI workshop series on Artificial Intelligence Safety and been the PI or co-PI of several Dstl (Ministry of Defence, UK), EPSRC and EU H2020 projects. He is the Director of the Autonomous Cyber Physical Systems Lab at Liverpool. Wenjie Ruan is a Senior Lecturer of Data Science at the University of Exeter, UK. His research interests lie in the adversarial robustness of deep neural networks, and in machine learning and its applications in safety-critical systems, including health data analytics and human-centered computing. His series of research works on Device-free Human Localization and Activity Recognition for Supporting the Independent Living of the Elderly garnered him a Doctoral Thesis Excellence Award from the University of Adelaide, Best Research Poster Award at the 9th ACM International Workshop on IoT and Cloud Computing, and Best Student Paper Award at the 14th International Conference on Advanced Data Mining and Applications. He was also the recipient of a prestigious DECRA fellowship from the Australian Research Council. Dr. Ruan has published more than 40 papers in international conference proceedings such as AAAI, IJCAI, SIGIR, WWW, ICDM, UbiComp, CIKM, and ASE. Dr. Ruan has served as a senior PC, PC member or invited reviewer for over 10 international conferences, including IJCAI, AAAI, ICML, NeurIPS, CVPR, ICCV, AAMAS, ECML-PKDD, etc. He is the Director of the Exeter Trustworthy AI Lab at the University of Exeter.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9789811968136
0Machine Learning
Data and Information Security
Artificial Intelligence
48
978-3-031-12281-1
Computer Science & Applied Computing
JoshiAmeet V Joshi
Ameet V Joshi, Microsoft (United States), Redmond, WA, USA
Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence
XXI, 271 p. 129 illus., 125 illus. in color.
22023final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0079.99Hard cover0Computer Science
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English271TJKUYQMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-12-172022-12-192023-01-032023-01-031
,978-3-030-26621-9,978-3-030-26622-6,978-3-030-26623-3,978-3-030-26624-0
Introduction.- Introduction to AI and ML.- Essential Concepts in Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning.- Data Understanding, Representation, and Visualization.- Linear Methods.- Perceptron and Neural Networks.- Decision Trees.- Support Vector Machines.- Probabilistic Models.- Dynamic Programming and Reinforcement Learning.- Evolutionary Algorithms.- Time Series Models.- Deep Learning.- Emerging Trends in Machine Learning.- Unsupervised Learning.- Featurization.- Designing and Tuning.- Model Pipelines.- Performance Measurement.- Classification.- Regression.- Ranking.- Recommendations Systems.- Azure Machine Learning.- Open Source Machine Learning Libraries.- Amazon’s Machine Learning Toolkit: Sagemaker.- Conclusion.
The new edition of this popular professional book on artificial intelligence (ML) and machine learning (ML) has been revised for classroom or training use. The new edition provides comprehensive coverage of combined AI and ML theory and applications. Rather than looking at the field from only a theoretical or only a practical perspective, this book unifies both perspectives to give holistic understanding. The first part introduces the concepts of AI and ML and their origin and current state. The second and third parts delve into conceptual and theoretic aspects of static and dynamic ML techniques. The fourth part describes the practical applications where presented techniques can be applied. The fifth part introduces the user to some of the implementation strategies for solving real life ML problems. Each chapter is accompanied with a set of exercises that will help the reader / student to apply the learnings from the chapter to a real-life problem. Completion of these exercises will help the reader / student to solidify the concepts learned. The book is appropriate for students in graduate and upper undergraduate courses in addition to researchers and professionals. It makes minimal use of mathematics to make the topics more intuitive and accessible. The book covers a large gamut of topics in the area of AI and ML and a professor can tailor a course on AI / ML based on the book by selecting and re-organizing the sequence of chapters to suit the needs.
The new edition of this popular professional book on artificial intelligence (ML) and machine learning (ML) has been revised for classroom or training use. The new edition provides comprehensive coverage of combined AI and ML theory and applications. Rather than looking at the field from only a theoretical or only a practical perspective, this book unifies both perspectives to give holistic understanding. The first part introduces the concepts of AI and ML and their origin and current state. The second and third parts delve into conceptual and theoretic aspects of static and dynamic ML techniques. The fourth part describes the practical applications where presented techniques can be applied. The fifth part introduces the user to some of the implementation strategies for solving real life ML problems. Each chapter is accompanied with a set of exercises that will help the reader / student to apply the learnings from the chapter to a real-life problem. Completion of these exercises will help the reader / student to solidify the concepts learned.

The book is appropriate for students in graduate and upper undergraduate courses in addition to researchers and professionals. It makes minimal use of mathematics to make the topics more intuitive and accessible. The book covers a large gamut of topics in the area of AI and ML and a professor can tailor a course on AI / ML based on the book by selecting and re-organizing the sequence of chapters to suit the needs.
<p>Presents a full reference to artificial intelligence and machine learning techniques - in theory and application</p><p>Connects all ML and AI techniques to applications and provides their implementations</p><p>Includes exercises to augment the concepts discussed from the chapters to solidify the learnings</p>
Dr. Ameet Joshi received his PhD from Michigan State University in 2006. He has over 15 years of experience in developing machine learning algorithms in various different industrial settings including Pipeline Inspection, Home Energy Disaggregation, Microsoft Cortana Intelligence and Business Intelligence in CRM. He is currently a Data Science Product Manager at Microsoft. Previously, he has worked as Machine Learning Specialist at Belkin International and a Director of Research at Microline Technology Corp. He is a member of several technical committees, has published in numerous conference and journal publications and contributed to edited books. He also has two patents and have received several industry awards including and Senior Membership of IEEE.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031122811
0
Communications Engineering, Networks
Machine LearningArtificial Intelligence
Computational Intelligence
49
978-981-16-8195-0
Computer Science & Applied Computing
JungAlexander Jung
Alexander Jung, Aalto University, Espoo, Finland
Machine LearningThe Basics
XVII, 212 p. 77 illus., 42 illus. in color.
12022final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0074.99Soft cover1
Machine Learning: Foundations, Methodologies, and Applications
Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English212UYQMUMBSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-01-222023-01-221
Introduction.- Components of ML.- The Landscape of ML.- Empirical Risk Minimization.- Gradient-Based Learning.- Model Validation and Selection.- Regularization.- Clustering.- Feature Learning.- Transparant and Explainable ML.
<div>Machine learning (ML) has become a commonplace element in our everyday lives and a standard tool for many fields of science and engineering. To make optimal use of ML, it is essential to understand its underlying principles. </div><div>
</div><div>This book approaches ML as the computational implementation of the scientific principle. This principle consists of continuously adapting a model of a given data-generating phenomenon by minimizing some form of loss incurred by its predictions. </div><div>
</div><div>The book trains readers to break down various ML applications and methods in terms of data, model, and loss, thus helping them to choose from the vast range of ready-made ML methods.</div><div>
</div><div>The book’s three-component approach to ML provides uniform coverage of a wide range of concepts and techniques. As a case in point, techniques for regularization, privacy-preservation as well as explainability amount to specific design choices for the model, data, and loss of a ML method. </div><div>
</div>
<div>Machine learning (ML) has become a commonplace element in our everyday lives and a standard tool for many fields of science and engineering. To make optimal use of ML, it is essential to understand its underlying principles. </div><div>
</div><div>This book approaches ML as the computational implementation of the scientific principle. This principle consists of continuously adapting a model of a given data-generating phenomenon by minimizing some form of loss incurred by its predictions. </div><div>
</div><div>The book trains readers to break down various ML applications and methods in terms of data, model, and loss, thus helping them to choose from the vast range of ready-made ML methods.</div><div>
</div><div>The book’s three-component approach to ML provides uniform coverage of a wide range of concepts and techniques. As a case in point, techniques for regularization, privacy-preservation as well as explainability amount to specific design choices for the model, data, and loss of a ML method. </div><div>
</div>
<p>Proposes a simple three-component approach to formalizing machine learning problems and methods</p><p>Interprets typical machine learning methods using the unified scientific cycle model: forming hypothesis</p><p>Covers hot topics such as explainable and privacy-preserving machine learning</p>
<div>Alexander Jung is Assistant Professor of Machine Learning at the Department of Computer Science, Aalto University where he leads the research group 'Machine Learning for Big Data'. His courses on machine learning, artificial intelligence, and convex optimization are among the most popular courses offered at Aalto University. He received a Best Student Paper Award at the premium signal processing conference IEEE ICASSP in 2011, an Amazon Web Services Machine Learning Award in 2018, and was elected as Teacher of the Year by the Department of Computer Science in 2018. He serves as an Associate Editor for the IEEE Signal Processing Letters. </div><div>
</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9789811681950
0Machine LearningData ScienceArtificial Intelligence
Models of Computation
Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery
50
978-3-031-24862-7
Computer Science & Applied Computing
KizzaJoseph Migga Kizza
Joseph Migga Kizza, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, Chattanooga, TN, USA
Ethical and Social Issues in the Information AgeXV, 445 p.72023approx.74.9980.2482.4964.9988.5089.99Hard cover0
Texts in Computer Science
Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English445UBJHPQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwidePlanned2023-03-212023-03-211
1998, 2003, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2017
,978-3-319-70711-2,978-3-319-70712-9,978-3-319-70713-6,978-3-319-88982-5
1. History of Computing.- 2. Morality and the Law.- 3. Ethics and Ethical Analysis.- 4. Ethics and the Professions.- 5. Anonymity, Security, Privacy, and Civil Liberties.- 6. Intellectual Property Rights and Computer Technology.- 7. Social Context of Computing.- 8. Software Issues: Risks and Liabilities.- 9. Computer Crimes.- 10. New Frontiers for Computer Ethics: Artificial Intelligence.- 11. New Frontiers for Computer Ethics: Virtualization and Virtual Reality.- 12. New Frontiers for Computer Ethics: Cyberspace and Online Social Networks.- 13. Cyberbullying.- 14. New Frontiers for Computer Ethics: Internet of Things (IoT).- 15. Ethical, Privacy and Security Issues in the Social Network EcoSystems.16. - Mobile Systems and Intractable Social, Ethical and Security Issues.- 17. Computer Crime Investigations – Computer Forensics.- 18. Biometrics.
This engaging and thought-provoking textbook examines the ethical, social, and policy challenges arising from evolving computing technology—ranging from the Internet, over to the cross-platforms consisting of ubiquitous portable and wearable devices to the eagerly anticipated metaverse—and how we can responsibly use these spaces. The text emphasizes the need for a strong ethical framework for computer science and engineering in our professional and personal life.

This comprehensive seventh edition features thoroughly revised chapters with new and updated content, hardened by the bedrock ethical and moral values. Because of the rapidly changing computing and telecommunication ecosystem, a new chapter on Ethics and Social Responsibility in the Metaverse has been added. The interface between our current universe and the evolving metaverse presents a security quagmire. The discussion throughout the book is candid and intended to ignite students' interest and participation in class discussions and beyond.

Topics and features:

Establishes a philosophical framework and analytical tools for discussing moral theories and problems Offers pertinent discussions on privacy, surveillance, employee monitoring, biometrics, civil liberties, harassment, the digital divide, and discriminationDiscusses the security and ethical quagmire in the developing metaverseProvides exercises, objectives, and issues for discussion with every chapterExamines the ethical, cultural and economic realities of mobile telecommunications, computer social network ecosystems, and virtualization technologyReviews issues of property rights, responsibility and accountabilityExplores the evolution of electronic crime, network security, and computer forensics This extensive textbook/reference addresses the latest curricula requirements for understanding the cultural, social, legal, and ethical issues in computer science and related fields, and offers invaluable advice for industry professionals wishing to put such principles into practice.Dr. Joseph Migga Kizza is Professor and Head, Department of Computer Science and Engineering at the University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA. He is also the author of the successful Springer titles Ethical and Secure Computing and Guide to Computer Network Security.
This textbook examines the ethical, social, and policy challenges arising from our rapidly and continuously evolving computing technology—ranging from the Internet, over to the cross-platforms consisting of ubiquitous portable and wearable devices to the eagerly anticipated metaverse—and how we can responsibly access and use these spaces. The text emphasizes the need for a strong ethical framework for all applications of computer science and engineering in our professional and personal life.This comprehensive seventh edition features thoroughly revised chapters with new and updated content, hardened by the bedrock ethical and moral values. Because of the rapidly changing computing and telecommunication ecosystem, a new chapter on Ethics and Social Responsibility in the Metaverse has been added. The interface between our current universe and the evolving metaverse presents a security quagmire. The discussion throughout the book is candid and intended to ignite students' interest and participation in class discussions and beyond. Topics and features:Establishes a philosophical framework and analytical tools for discussing moral theories and problems in ethical relativismOffers pertinent discussions on privacy, surveillance, employee monitoring, biometrics, civil liberties, harassment, the digital divide, and discriminationDiscusses the security and ethical quagmire in the platforms of the developing metaverseProvides exercises, objectives, and issues for discussion with every chapterExamines the ethical, cultural and economic realities of mobile telecommunications, computer social network ecosystems, and virtualization technologyReviews issues of property rights, responsibility and accountability relating to information technology and softwareExplores the evolution of electronic crime, network security, and computer forensicsIntroduces the new frontiers of ethics: virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and the InternetThis extensive textbook/reference addresses the latest curricula requirements for understanding the cultural, social, legal, and ethical issues in computer science and related fields, and offers invaluable advice for industry professionals wishing to put such principles into practice.
<p>Provides a wide-ranging survey of the impact of new technologies on ethical and social issues</p><p>Thoroughly revised and enhanced new edition, with new chapters on cyberbullying and the Internet of Things</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>
Dr. Joseph Migga Kizza is a Professor and Head of the Department of Computer Science and Engineering at the University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA. He is also the author of the successful Springer titles Ethical and Secure Computing and Guide to Computer Network Security.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031248627
0
Computers and Society
Information Ethics
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Ethics of Technology
Philosophy of Technology
51
978-1-4842-9071-2
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Krishna KaiserAbhinav Krishna Kaiser
Abhinav Krishna Kaiser, Bengaluru, India
Reinventing ITIL® and DevOps with Digital Transformation
Essential Guidance to Accelerate the Process
XII, 188 p. 113 illus., 111 illus. in color.
22023final37.9940.6541.7932.9945.0044.99Soft cover0Professional and Applied ComputingProfessional bookBook0English188UBApressApress0WorldwideIn production2023-02-202023-02-2012018
,978-1-4842-3975-9,978-1-4842-3976-6,978-1-4842-3977-3,978-1-4842-4683-2
Part I: ITIL to DevOps.- Chapter 1: Introduction to DevOps.- Chapter 2: ITIL Basics.- Chapter 3: ITIL and DevOps: an Analysis.- Chapter 4: Integration: Alignment of Processes.- Chapter 5: Teams and Structures.- Chapter 6: Managing Configurations in a DevOps Project.- Chapter 7: Incident Management Adaptation.- Chapter 8: Problem Management Adaptation.- Chapter 9: Managing Changes in a DevOps Project.- Chapter 10: Release Management in DevOps.- Part II: DevOps to Digital Transformation.- Chapter 11: Digital Transformation: the Driver for Business Success.- Chapter 12: Digital Transformation Framework.- Chapter 13: People and Leadership.- Chapter 14: Techniques and Tools for Managing Digital Teams.- Chapter 15: Adopting a Product-Led Approach.

<div><div>The second edition of this book has been fully updated to show how the DevOps way of working has continued to adapt to changing technologies. The ITIL processes which were an integral part of the DevOps world have been merged with the DevOps framework, reflecting the current emphasis on product models rather than viewing project and support models separately. </div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>This book starts with the basics of digital transformation before exploring how this works in practice: that is, people, processes and technology, and org structures. It delves into value streams that are the basis for ITIL and DevOps, highlighting the differences between the methods of the past and new methodologies needed to ensure products to meet contemporary expectations. This updated edition includes new chapters that discuss digital transformation for business success, introduce the battle tank framework, leading people in the digital world, managing work in a remote working model, and the product-led transformation model. These new chapters provide the guidance necessary to move beyond DevOps into a holistic digital transformation exercise.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>The ideas, recommendations, and solutions you'll learn over the course of this book can be applied to develop solutions or create proposals for clients, and to deliver seamless services for DevOps projects.</div><div>
</div><div>You will:</div><div>Understand digital transformationLeverage the battle tank framework for digital transformationGain insight into the confluence of DevOps and ITILAdapt ITIL processes in DevOps projectsMove organizations from a project to a product-led model Lead teams in a digital worldManage the work of remote teams</div></div>
<div>The second edition of this book has been fully updated to show how the DevOps way of working has continued to adapt to changing technologies. The ITIL processes which were an integral part of the DevOps world have been merged with the DevOps framework, reflecting the current emphasis on product models rather than viewing project and support models separately. </div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>This book starts with the basics of digital transformation before exploring how this works in practice: that is, people, processes and technology, and org structures. It delves into value streams that are the basis for ITIL and DevOps, highlighting the differences between the methods of the past and new methodologies needed to ensure products to meet contemporary expectations. This updated edition includes new chapters that discuss digital transformation for business success, introduce the battle tank framework, leading people in the digital world, managing work in a remote working model, and the product-led transformation model. These new chapters provide the guidance necessary to move beyond DevOps into a holistic digital transformation exercise.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>The ideas, recommendations, and solutions you'll learn over the course of this book can be applied to develop solutions or create proposals for clients, and to deliver seamless services for DevOps projects.</div><div>
</div><div>What You Will Learn</div><div>Understand digital transformationLeverage the battle tank framework for digital transformationGain insight into the confluence of DevOps and ITILAdapt ITIL processes in DevOps projectsMove organizations from a project to a product-led model Lead teams in a digital worldManage the work of remote teams</div><div>
</div><div>Who This Book Is For</div><div>IT consultants and IT professionals who are looking for guidance to strategize, plan and implement digital transformation initiatives; design and redesign ITIL processes to adapt to the digital ways of working; moving organizations to product-led business; and leading people and managing work in the digital age.</div>
<p>Demonstrates a two-phased approach to digital transformation</p><p>Covers the transformation from ITIL to DevOps</p><p>Introduces the battle tank transformation framework</p>
Abhinav Krishna Kaiser works as a consulting partner in a leading consulting firm. He has led several digital transformation programmes across customers from various sectors. He consults with clients on various transformation initiatives that can be undertaken to come ahead of the curve.

Abhinav has worked in past as DevOps architect, Agile coach, service architect and programme manager among other roles. He has conducted several trainings in multiple geographies on DevOps, Agile and ITIL in classroom and remote setting. His achievements include successfully transforming customers into digital ways of working, modernizing applications, implementing DevOps and automation, developing customized service frameworks for specific customer needs among others.

In 2004, Abhinav started to write technical blogs and was one of the few leading bloggers at the time. He has written on several leading blogs such as Tech Republic, Train Signal and Plural Sight. He has written four books on ITIL and DevOps topics - Become ITIL Foundation Certified in 7 Days, Become ITIL 4 Foundation Certified in 7 Days, Reinventing ITIL® in the Age of DevOps, and Workshop in a Box: Communication Skills for IT Professionals.
TradeAPress Trade (14)Springer Trade (T)EBOP12059Professional and Applied Computing00
9781484290712
0
Computer and Information Systems Applications
52
978-981-19-7783-1
Computer Science & Applied Computing
LiShengbo Eben Li
Shengbo Eben Li, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China
Reinforcement Learning for Sequential Decision and Optimal Control
Approx. 500 p.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00139.99Hard cover0Computer Science
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English472UYQMUYQSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-02-112023-02-111
Chapter 1 Introduction of Reinforcement Learning.- Chapter 2 Principles of RL Problems.- Chapter 3 Model-free Indirect RL: Monte Carlo.- Chapter 4 Model-Free Indirect RL: Temporal-Difference.- Chapter 5 Model-based Indirect RL: Dynamic Programming.- Chapter 6 Indirect RL with Function Approximation.- Chapter 7 Direct RL with Policy Gradient.- Chapter 8 Infinite Horizon Approximate Dynamic Programming.- Chapter 9 Finite Horizon ADP and State Constraints.- Chapter 10 Deep Reinforcement Learning.- Chapter 11 Advanced RL Topics.
Have you ever wondered how AlphaZero learns to defeat the top human Go players? Do you have any clues about how an autonomous driving system can gradually develop self-driving skills beyond normal drivers? What is the key that enables AlphaStar to make decisions in Starcraft, a notoriously difficult strategy game that has partial information and complex rules? The core mechanism underlying those recent technical breakthroughs is reinforcement learning (RL), a theory that can help an agent to develop the self-evolution ability through continuing environment interactions. In the past few years, the AI community has witnessed phenomenal success of reinforcement learning in various fields, including chess games, computer games and robotic control. RL is also considered to be a promising and powerful tool to create general artificial intelligence in the future.

As an interdisciplinary field of trial-and-error learning and optimal control, RL resembles how humans reinforce their intelligence by interacting with the environment and provides a principled solution for sequential decision making and optimal control in large-scale and complex problems. Since RL contains a wide range of new concepts and theories, scholars may be plagued by a number of questions: What is the inherent mechanism of reinforcement learning? What is the internal connection between RL and optimal control? How has RL evolved in the past few decades, and what are the milestones? How do we choose and implement practical and effective RL algorithms for real-world scenarios? What are the key challenges that RL faces today, and how can we solve them? What is the current trend of RL research? You can find answers to all those questions in this book.

The purpose of the book is to help researchers and practitioners take a comprehensive view of RL and understand the in-depth connection between RL and optimal control. The book includes not only systematic and thorough explanations of theoretical basics but also methodical guidance of practical algorithm implementations. The book intends to provide a comprehensive coverage of both classic theories and recent achievements, and the content is carefully and logically organized, including basic topics such as the main concepts and terminologies of RL, Markov decision process (MDP), Bellman’s optimality condition, Monte Carlo learning, temporal difference learning, stochastic dynamic programming, function approximation, policy gradient methods, approximate dynamic programming, and deep RL, as well as the latest advances in action and state constraints, safety guarantee, reference harmonization, robust RL, partially observable MDP, multiagent RL, inverse RL, offline RL, and so on.
Have you ever wondered how AlphaZero learns to defeat the top human Go players? Do you have any clues about how an autonomous driving system can gradually develop self-driving skills beyond normal drivers? What is the key that enables AlphaStar to make decisions in Starcraft, a notoriously difficult strategy game that has partial information and complex rules? The core mechanism underlying those recent technical breakthroughs is reinforcement learning (RL), a theory that can help an agent to develop the self-evolution ability through continuing environment interactions. In the past few years, the AI community has witnessed phenomenal success of reinforcement learning in various fields, including chess games, computer games and robotic control. RL is also considered to be a promising and powerful tool to create general artificial intelligence in the future.

As an interdisciplinary field of trial-and-error learning and optimal control, RL resembles how humans reinforce their intelligence by interacting with the environment and provides a principled solution for sequential decision making and optimal control in large-scale and complex problems. Since RL contains a wide range of new concepts and theories, scholars may be plagued by a number of questions: What is the inherent mechanism of reinforcement learning? What is the internal connection between RL and optimal control? How has RL evolved in the past few decades, and what are the milestones? How do we choose and implement practical and effective RL algorithms for real-world scenarios? What are the key challenges that RL faces today, and how can we solve them? What is the current trend of RL research? You can find answers to all those questions in this book.

The purpose of the book is to help researchers and practitioners take a comprehensive view of RL and understand the in-depth connection between RL and optimal control. The book includes not only systematic and thorough explanations of theoretical basics but also methodical guidance of practical algorithm implementations. The book intends to provide a comprehensive coverage of both classic theories and recent achievements, and the content is carefully and logically organized, including basic topics such as the main concepts and terminologies of RL, Markov decision process (MDP), Bellman’s optimality condition, Monte Carlo learning, temporal difference learning, stochastic dynamic programming, function approximation, policy gradient methods, approximate dynamic programming, and deep RL, as well as the latest advances in action and state constraints, safety guarantee, reference harmonization, robust RL, partially observable MDP, multiagent RL, inverse RL, offline RL, and so on.
Provides a comprehensive and thorough introduction to reinforcement learning, ranging from theory to applicationIntroduce reinforcement learning from both artificial intelligence and optimal control perspectivesWritten by a respected expert in the interdisciplinary field of industrial control and artificial intelligence
Prof. Shengbo Eben Li received his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Tsinghua University in 2006 and 2009. He is currently a professor at Tsinghua University in the interdisciplinary field of autonomous driving and artificial intelligence. Before joining Tsinghua University, he has worked at Stanford University, University of Michigan, and UC Berkeley. His active research interests include intelligent vehicles and driver assistance, deep reinforcement learning, optimal control and estimation, etc. He has published more than 130 peer-reviewed papers in top-tier international journals and conferences. He is the recipient of best paper awards (finalists) of IEEE ITSC, ICCAS, IEEE ICUS, IEEE IV, L4DC, etc. He has received a number of important academic honors, including National Award for Technological Invention of China (2013), National Award for Progress in Sci & Tech of China (2018), Distinguished Young Scholar of Beijing NSF (2018), and Natural Science Award of Chinese Association of Automation (2021). He also serves as Board of Governor of IEEE ITS Society, Senior AE of IEEE OJ ITS, and AEs of IEEE ITSM, IEEE Trans ITS, Automotive Innovation, etc.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9789811977831
0Machine Learning
Computational Intelligence
Systems Theory, Control
Engineering Mathematics
Control, Robotics, Automation
53
978-1-4842-9038-5
Computer Science & Applied Computing
LibbyAlex LibbyAlex Libby, Belper, UKDeveloping Web Components with Svelte
Building a Library of Reusable UI Components
Approx. 320 p.12023approx.49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover0Professional and Applied ComputingProfessional bookBook0English0UMWApressApress0WorldwidePlanned2023-02-092023-02-091
1: Getting Started.- 2: Creating Basic Components.- 3: Building Action Components.- 4: Building the Navigation Components.- 5: Creating Notification Components.- 6: Creating Grid Components.- 7: Writing Documentation.- 8: Documenting More Components.- 9. Testing Components.- 10: Deploying into Production.- 11: Taking Things Further.
Leverage the power of Svelte to quickly produce the foundations of a framework-agnostic component library that can extend and develop over time. This is a project-oriented book that simplifies setting up the skeleton of the library and adding components, using little more than a text editor or free software. You'll gain a starting baseline that can be used to develop future projects or incorporated into an existing workflow. You'll take development to the next level and can use this knowledge to create components with any framework, such as React, Angular or Vue.js, not just Svelte. Developing Web Components with Svelte is an excellent resource for getting acquainted with creating and maintaining a component library using a phased approach. It takes the view that you don't have to create something complex and unwieldy. Instead, you can start building something quickly, then extend it as needs dictate over time, without sacrificing speed or features.You'll see how to develop cleaner components in a quick, clear and straightforward way. The components you create in this project can be made available in one of the world's most extensive component ecosystems to be usable by other frameworks, making them genuinely reusable. In short, Svelte offers plenty of opportunities as it is based on Node.js and JavaScript making Svelte a powerful package to work from.You will:Use the Svelte framework to rapidly create and deploy the foundation of a component library that is versatile and performantReview developing and customizing components based on our needsWork through a real-world project to help solidify skills learned from the book and put them into practice
Leverage the power of Svelte to quickly produce the foundations of a framework-agnostic component library that can extend and develop over time. This is a project-oriented book that simplifies setting up the skeleton of the library and adding components, using little more than a text editor or free software. You'll gain a starting baseline that can be used to develop future projects or incorporated into an existing workflow. You'll take development to the next level and can use this knowledge to create components with any framework, such as React, Angular or Vue.js, not just Svelte. Developing Web Components with Svelte is an excellent resource for getting acquainted with creating and maintaining a component library using a phased approach. It takes the view that you don't have to create something complex and unwieldy. Instead, you can start building something quickly, then extend it as needs dictate over time, without sacrificing speed or features.

You'll see how to develop cleaner components in a quick, clear and straightforward way. The components you create in this project can be made available in one of the world's most extensive component ecosystems to be usable by other frameworks, making them genuinely reusable. In short, Svelte offers plenty of opportunities as it is based on Node.js and JavaScript making Svelte a powerful package to work from.What You'll LearnUse the Svelte framework to rapidly create and deploy the foundation of a component library that is versatile and performantReview developing and customizing components based on our needsWork through a real-world project to help solidify skills learned from the book and put them into practice<div>Who This Book Is For</div><div>Website developers, familiar with JavaScript, who are keen to learn how to leverage the Svelte framework fastAgile development teams, where time is of the essence, and the pressure is on to deliver results quicklyDevelopers who want to focus on simplicity, to produce efficient and optimized content in modern browsers using tools readily available</div>
Get up to speed with Svelte web components Learn how to implement a web component library using JavaScript-based tools Understand the broader requirements like security to further develop your components library
Alex Libby is a frontend engineer and seasoned book author who hails from England. His passion for all things Open Source dates back to the days of his degree studies, where he first came across web development and has been hooked ever since. His daily work involves extensive use of React, NodeJS, JavaScript, HTML, and CSS; Alex enjoys tinkering with different open source libraries to see how they work. He has spent a stint maintaining the jQuery Tools library and enjoys writing about Open Source technologies, principally for front end UI development.

TradeAPress Trade (14)Springer Trade (T)EBOP12059Professional and Applied Computing00
9781484290385
0Web Development
54
978-3-030-85093-7
Computer Science & Applied Computing
MorazánMarco T. Morazán
Marco T. Morazán, Seton Hall University, South Orange, NJ, USA
Animated Problem Solving
An Introduction to Program Design Using Video Game Development
XIX, 688 p. 200 illus., 88 illus. in color.
12022final54.9958.8460.4949.9965.0069.99Soft cover1
Texts in Computer Science
Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English688UMZUMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-142023-01-141
Part I: The Basics of Problem Solving with a Computer.- 1. The Science of Problem Solving.- 2. Expressions and Data Types.- 3. The Nature of Functions.- 4. Aliens Attack Version 0.- 5. Making Decisions.- 6. Aliens Attack Version 1.- Part II: Compound Data of Finite Size.- 7. Structures.- 8. Defining Structures.- 9. Aliens Attack Version 2.-10. Structures and Variety.- 1.1 Aliens Attack Version 3.- Part III: Compound Data of Arbitrary Size.- 12. Lists.- 13. List Processing.- 14. Natural Numbers.- 15. Interval Processing.- 16. Aliens Attack Version 4.- 17. Binary Trees.- 18.- Mutually Recursive Data.- 19.- Processing Multiple Inputs of Arbitrary Size.- Part IV: Abstraction.- 20. Functional Abstraction.- 21. Encapsulation.- 22. Lambda Expressions.- 23. Aliens Attack Version 5.- 24. For-Loops and Pattern Matching.- 25. Interfaces and Objects.- Part V: Distributed Programming.- 26. Introduction to Distributed Programming.- 27. Aliens Attack Version 6.- 28. Aliens Attack Version 7.- 29. Aliens Attack Version 8.- Part VI: Epilogue.- 30. Advice for Future Steps.
This textbook is about systematic problem solving and systematic reasoning using type-driven design. There are two problem solving techniques that are emphasized throughout the book: divide and conquer and iterative refinement. Divide and conquer is the process by which a large problem is broken into two or more smaller problems that are easier to solve and then the solutions for the smaller pieces are combined to create an answer to the problem. Iterative refinement is the process by which a solution to a problem is gradually made better–like the drafts of an essay. Mastering these techniques are essential to becoming a good problem solver and programmer. The book is divided in five parts. Part I focuses on the basics. It starts with how to write expressions and subsequently leads to decision making and functions as the basis for problem solving. Part II then introduces compound data of finite size, while Part III covers compound data of arbitrary size like e.g. lists, intervals, natural numbers, and binary trees. It also introduces structural recursion, a powerful data-processing strategy that uses divide and conquer to process data whose size is not fixed. Next, Part IV delves into abstraction and shows how to eliminate repetitions in solutions to problems. It also introduces generic programming which is abstraction over the type of data processed. This leads to the realization that functions are data and, perhaps more surprising, that data are functions, which in turn naturally leads to object-oriented programming. Part V introduces distributed programming, i.e., using multiple computers to solve a problem.

This book promises that by the end of it readers will have designed and implemented a multiplayer video game that they can play with their friends over the internet. To achieve this, however, there is a lot about problem solving and programming that must be learned first. The game is developed using iterative refinement. The reader learns step-by-step about programming and how to apply new knowledge to develop increasingly better versions of the video game. This way, readers practice modern trends that are likely to be common throughout a professional career and beyond.
This textbook is about systematic problem solving and systematic reasoning using type-driven design. There are two problem solving techniques that are emphasized throughout the book: divide and conquer and iterative refinement. Divide and conquer is the process by which a large problem is broken into two or more smaller problems that are easier to solve and then the solutions for the smaller pieces are combined to create an answer to the problem. Iterative refinement is the process by which a solution to a problem is gradually made better–like the drafts of an essay. Mastering these techniques are essential to becoming a good problem solver and programmer.

The book is divided in five parts. Part I focuses on the basics. It starts with how to write expressions and subsequently leads to decision making and functions as the basis for problem solving. Part II then introduces compound data of finite size, while Part III covers compound data of arbitrary size like e.g. lists, intervals, natural numbers, and binary trees. It also introduces structural recursion, a powerful data-processing strategy that uses divide and conquer to process data whose size is not fixed. Next, Part IV delves into abstraction and shows how to eliminate repetitions in solutions to problems. It also introduces generic programming which is abstraction over the type of data processed. This leads to the realization that functions are data and, perhaps more surprising, that data are functions, which in turn naturally leads to object-oriented programming. Part V introduces distributed programming, i.e., using multiple computers to solve a problem.

This book promises that by the end of it readers will have designed and implemented a multiplayer video game that they can play with their friends over the internet. To achieve this, however, there is a lot about problem solving and programming that must be learned first. The game is developed using iterative refinement. The reader learns step-by-step about programming and how to apply new knowledge to develop increasingly better versions of the video game. This way, readers practice modern trends that are likely to be common throughout a professional career and beyond.
<p>Introduces systematic problem solving and reasoning, from basics like expression writing to distributed programming</p><p>Emphasizes type-driven design using divide and conquer and iterative refinement</p><p>Develops a video game step-by-step by applying new knowledge in increasingly better versions</p>
Marco T. Morazán joined Seton Hall University in 1999 where he teaches at all levels of the Computer Science curriculum including his signature courses on Problem Solving and Programming. He is a strong proponent of program by design in which types guide program development and the author of multiple peer-reviewed articles on computer science education and the implementation of programming languages. Animated Problem Solving is the result of over ten years learning from his students how to teach them type-based programming.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783030850937
0Software Engineering
Programming Techniques
Game Development
55
978-3-030-67821-0
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Nee
Andrew Yeh Ching Nee; Soh Khim Ong
Andrew Yeh Ching Nee, National University of Singapore, Singapore, Singapore; Soh Khim Ong, National University of Singapore, Singapore, Singapore
Springer Handbook of Augmented Reality
XXIII, 925 p. 526 illus., 477 illus. in color.
12023final359.99385.19395.99329.99424.50399.99Hard cover0
Springer Handbooks
Computer ScienceHandbookBook0English925THRUYZGSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-092023-01-091
Part I: Historical Developments.- Historical Developments and the Present State-of-the-Art.- Part II: Principles and Fundamentals.- AR Fundamentals and Associated Sciences.- Principles of Object Tracking and Mapping.- Part III: Software Toolkit and Techniques.- AR Software Development and Techniques.- Commercial AR Tools.- Part IV: Hardware and Peripherals.- Hardware and Peripherals.- Display Systems.- Tracking Systems.- Input Systems.- Part V: Application Areas.- Arts and Crafts.- Advertising.- Sports.- Tourism.- Education and Training.- Environment.- Fashion and Design.- Navigation and Guidance.- Architecture, Building and Archaeology.- Assistive Technologies and Rehabilitation.- Engineering and Science.- Logistics and Transportation.- Maintenance and Repair.- Medical and Surgery.- Military and Warfare.- Part VI: Content and Interface Development.- User Interface Development.- Part VII: Convergence with Emerging Technologies.- Internet of Things.- Industry 4.0, Digital Twin.
The Springer Handbook of Augmented Reality presents a comprehensive and authoritative guide to augmented reality (AR) technology, its numerous applications, and its intersection with emerging technologies. This book traces the history of AR from its early development, discussing the fundamentals of AR and its associated science.The handbook begins by presenting the development of AR over the last few years, mentioning the key pioneers and important milestones. It then moves to the fundamentals and principles of AR, such as photogrammetry, optics, motion and objects tracking, and marker-based and marker-less registration. The book discusses both software toolkits and techniques and hardware related to AR, before presenting the applications of AR. This includes both end-user applications like education and cultural heritage, and professional applications within engineering fields, medicine and architecture, amongst others. The book concludes with the convergence of AR with other emerging technologies, such as Industrial Internet of Things and Digital Twins.The handbook presents a comprehensive reference on AR technology from an academic, industrial and commercial perspective, making it an invaluable resource for audiences from a variety of backgrounds. <div>
</div>
The Springer Handbook of Augmented Reality presents a comprehensive and authoritative guide to augmented reality (AR) technology, its numerous applications, and its intersection with emerging technologies. This book traces the history of AR from its early development, discussing the fundamentals of AR and its associated science.The handbook begins by presenting the development of AR over the last few years, mentioning the key pioneers and important milestones. It then moves to the fundamentals and principles of AR, such as photogrammetry, optics, motion and objects tracking, and marker-based and marker-less registration. The book discusses both software toolkits and techniques and hardware related to AR, before presenting the applications of AR. This includes both end-user applications like education and cultural heritage, and professional applications within engineering fields, medicine and architecture, amongst others. The book concludes with the convergence of AR with other emerging technologies, such as Industrial Internet of Things and Digital Twins. The handbook presents a comprehensive reference on AR technology from an academic, industrial and commercial perspective, making it an invaluable resource for audiences from a variety of backgrounds.
<p>Provides a complete, thorough overview of augmented reality</p><p>Offers a unique reference text for AR experts and non-experts alike</p><p>Presents each topic in a detailed, step-by-step manner</p>
Andrew Y C Nee, a professor at NUS. He received his PhD and DEng from Manchester and UMIST respectively. He is Fellow of the International Academy for Production Engineering (CIRP) and its president in 2012, Fellow of the US Society of Manufacturing Engineers and its Gold Medal recipient in 2014. He is a pioneering leader in manufacturing research and education. Currently, he serves on 20 editorial boards of refereed journals in the field of manufacturing. He is Editor‐in‐Chief of Springer’s longstanding International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology and Executive Editor‐in‐Chief of Advances in Manufacturing. He has published over 400 papers in peer‐reviewed international journals, 250 papers in conference proceedings, and has authored and edited 22 books and 25 book chapters. He has graduated 53 PhD and 47 Masters students. He has received over 19569 GS citations and an H‐Index of 72 (June 2021). He holds honorary professorship from Tianjin, BUAA, NUAA, Shanghai, and HUST. He is Fellow of Academy of Engineering Singapore (2012). Some of the major international awards he received include: SME Gold Medal (2014), IEEE Kayamori Award (1999), IJPR Norman A Dudley Award (2003), IMechE Joseph Whitworth Prize (2009), SME Outstanding Young Manufacturing Engineer Award (1982). S. K. Ong is an Associate Professor in the Mechanical Engineering Department at the National University of Singapore. Her research interests are virtual and augmented reality applications in manufacturing, ubiquitous manufacturing, assistive technology and rehabilitation engineering. She has published 7 books and over 320 international refereed journal and conference papers. She has graduated 31 PhD, with GS citation of 9313 and H-Index 52 (June 2021). SK Ong received the 2004 Eugene Merchant Outstanding Young Manufacturing Engineer Award from the US Society of Manufacturing Engineers. In August 2012, she is elected a Fellow of CIRP, The International Academy for Production Engineering. She has also received various other awards including the 2004 Singapore Youth Award for the Science & Technology Category, The Outstanding Young Person of Singapore Award for the Science & Technology Category, the 2009 Emerging Leaders Award in Academia by the US Society for Women Engineers, and the 2013 Singapore Youth Award Medal of Commendation.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783030678210
0
Cyber-Physical Systems
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Business and Management
Digital and Analog Signal Processing
Computer Vision
Machines, Tools, Processes
56
978-3-031-11084-9
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Ören
Tuncer Ören; Bernard Zeigler; Andreas Tolk
Tuncer Ören, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, ON, Canada; Bernard Zeigler, University of Arizona, Tucson, USA; Andreas Tolk, The MITRE Corporation, Charlottesville, VA, USA
Body of Knowledge for Modeling and Simulation
A Handbook by the Society for Modeling and Simulation International
XV, 548 p. 160 illus., 120 illus. in color.
12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00139.99Hard cover0
Simulation Foundations, Methods and Applications
Computer ScienceHandbookBook0English548UYMPHSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-302023-01-301
1. Preliminary.- 2. M&S BOK Core Areas and the Big Picture.- 3. Simulation as Experimentation.- 4. Simulation as Experience to Enhance Three Types of Skills.- 5. Simulation Games (Simulation as Experience for Entertainment).- 6. Infrastructure.- 7. Reliability and Quality Assurance of M&S.- 8. Ethics.- 9. Enterprise (Economics of M&S).- 10. Maturity.- 11. Supporting Domains: Computers and Computation.- 12. Supporting Science Areas.- 13. Supporting Engineering Areas.-14. Supporting Social Science and Management Areas.- 15. Philosophy and Modelling and Simulation.- 16. History.- 17. Core Research Areas.- 18. Trends, Desirable Features, and Challenges.
Commissioned by the Society for Modeling and Simulation International (SCS), this needed, useful new ‘Body of Knowledge’ (BoK) collects and organizes the common understanding of a wide collection of professionals and professional associations.

Modeling and simulation (M&S) is a ubiquitous discipline that lays the computational foundation for real and virtual experimentation, clearly stating boundaries—and interactions—of systems, data, and representations. The field is well known, too, for its training support via simulations and simulators. Indeed, with computers increasingly influencing the activities of today’s world, M&S is the third pillar of scientific understanding, taking its place along with theory building and empirical observation.

This valuable new handbook provides intellectual support for all disciplines in analysis, design and optimization. It contributes increasingly to the growing number of computational disciplines, addressing the broad variety of contributing as well as supported disciplines and application domains. Further, each of its sections provide numerous references for further information. Highly comprehensive, the BoK represents many viewpoints and facets, captured under such topics as:Mathematical and Systems Theory FoundationsSimulation Formalisms and ParadigmsSynergies with Systems Engineering and Artificial IntelligenceMultidisciplinary ChallengesEthics and PhilosophyHistorical Perspectives<div>Examining theoretical as well as practical challenges, this unique volume addresses the many facets of M&S for scholars, students, and practitioners. As such, it affords readers from all science, engineering, and arts disciplines a comprehensive and concise representation of concepts, terms, and activities needed to explain the M&S discipline.Under the leadership of three SCS Fellows, Dr. Ören, University of Ottawa, Dr. Zeigler, The University of Arizona, and Dr. Tolk, The MITRE Corporation, more than 50 international scholars from 15 countries provided insights and experience to compile this initial M&S Body of Knowledge.
</div>
Commissioned by the Society for Modeling and Simulation International (SCS), this needed, useful new ‘Body of Knowledge’ (BoK) collects and organizes the common understanding of a wide collection of professionals and professional associations.Modeling and simulation (M&S) is a ubiquitous discipline that lays the computational foundation for real and virtual experimentation, clearly stating boundaries—and interactions—of systems, data, and representations. The field is well known, too, for its training support via simulations and simulators. Indeed, with computers increasingly influencing the activities of today’s world, M&S is the third pillar of scientific understanding, taking its place along with theory building and empirical observation.This valuable new handbook provides intellectual support for all disciplines in analysis, design and optimization. It contributes increasingly to the growing number of computational disciplines, addressing the broad variety of contributing as well as supported disciplines and application domains. Further, each of its sections provide numerous references for further information. Highly comprehensive, the BoK represents many viewpoints and facets, captured under such topics as:Mathematical and Systems Theory FoundationsSimulation Formalisms and ParadigmsSynergies with Systems Engineering and Artificial IntelligenceMultidisciplinary ChallengesEthics and PhilosophyHistorical Perspectives<div>Examining theoretical as well as practical challenges, this unique volume addresses the many facets of M&S for scholars, students, and practitioners. As such, it affords readers from all science, engineering, and arts disciplines a comprehensive and concise representation of concepts, terms, and activities needed to explain the M&S discipline.Tuncer Ören is Professor Emeritus at the University of Ottawa. Bernard Zeigler is Professor Emeritus at the University of Arizona. Andreas Tolk is Chief Scientist at The MITRE Corporation. All three editors are long-time members and Fellows of the Society for Modeling and Simulation International. Under the leadership of three SCS Fellows, Dr. Ören, University of Ottawa, Dr. Zeigler, The University of Arizona, and Dr. Tolk, The MITRE Corporation, more than 50 international scholars from 15 countries provided insights and experience to compile this initial M&S Body of Knowledge.</div>
<p>Concise description of all relevant concepts</p><p>Broad overview of the discipline of M&S</p><p>World renowned M&S experts contribute key sections</p>
Tuncer Ören is Professor Emeritus at the University of Ottawa. Bernard Zeigler is Professor Emeritus at the University of Arizona. Andreas Tolk is Chief Scientist at The MITRE Corporation. All three editors are long-time members and Fellows of the Society for Modeling and Simulation International.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031110849
0Computer ModellingComplex SystemsGame TheoryEngineering Design
57
978-1-4842-9035-4
Computer Science & Applied Computing
ParkerCarey Parker
Carey Parker, North Carolina, NC, USA
Firewalls Don't Stop Dragons
A Step-by-Step Guide to Computer Security and Privacy for Non-Techies
XX, 570 p. 248 illus., 233 illus. in color.
52023final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover0Professional and Applied ComputingProfessional bookBook0English570URURDApressApress0WorldwideIn production2023-01-262023-01-2612018, 2020
,978-1-4842-6188-0,978-1-4842-6189-7,978-1-4842-6190-3,978-1-4842-6983-1
Chapter 1: Before We Begin.- Chapter 2: Cybersecurity 101.- Chapter 3: First Things First.- Chapter 4: Passwords.- Chapter 5: Computer Security.- Chapter 6: Lan Sweet Lan.- Chapter 7: Practice Safe Surfing.- Chapter 8: Secure Communication.- Chapter 9: Online Accounts and Social Media.- Chapter 10: Parental Guidance.- Chapter 11: Don’t Be a Smart Phone Dummy.- Chapter 12: Odds and Ends.- Chapter 13: Parting Thoughts.- Chapter 14: Glossary.
Rely on this practical, comprehensive guide to significantly improve your cyber safety and data privacy. This book was written expressly for regular, everyday people -- though even technically savvy readers will find many useful tips here. This book contains everything you need to protect yourself-step by step, without judgment, and with as little jargon as possible. <div>

<div>Protecting your digital domain is much like defending a medieval castle. Wide moats, towering walls and trained guards provide defense in depth, safeguarding the people and property within against the most common threats. But attempting to dragon-proof your castle would be counterproductive and costly. The goal of this book is to keep your devices and data safe from the most likely and impactful hazards - not a targeted attack by the NSA. Like wearing seat belts and sunscreen in the real world, there are dozens of simple, effective precautions we need to take in the virtual world. </div><div>

</div><div>Author Carey Parker has structured this book to give you maximum benefit with minimum effort. If you just want to know what you need to do, each chapter includes a detailed checklist of expert tips. But the book also explains why you need to do these things, using entertaining analogies and straightforward explanations. This revised and expanded fifth edition includes: </div><div>

</div><div>Updated for Windows 11, macOS 13 (Ventura), iOS 16 and Android 13. Updated recommendations for most secure and private products. Over 200 tips with complete step-by-step instructions and screenshots.

What You Will Learn
Maximize your computer and smartphone security. Minimize your vulnerabilities and data footprint. Solve your password problems and use two-factor authentication. Browse the web safely and confidently with a secure, private browser. Shop and bank online with maximum security and peace of mind. Defend against identity theft, ransomware and online scams. Safeguard your children online, at home and in school. Block online tracking, data mining and malicious online ads. Send files and messages with end-to-end encryption. Secure your home network and keep your smart devices from spying on you. Create automated backups of all your devices. Learn how to deal with account hacks, data. breaches and viruses. Understand how computers, the internet, VPNs and encryption really work And much more!</div></div>
Rely on this practical, comprehensive guide to significantly improve your cyber safety and data privacy. This book was written expressly for regular, everyday people -- though even technically savvy readers will find many useful tips here. This book contains everything you need to protect yourself-step by step, without judgment, and with as little jargon as possible. <div>

<div>Protecting your digital domain is much like defending a medieval castle. Wide moats, towering walls and trained guards provide defense in depth, safeguarding the people and property within against the most common threats. But attempting to dragon-proof your castle would be counterproductive and costly. The goal of this book is to keep your devices and data safe from the most likely and impactful hazards - not a targeted attack by the NSA. Like wearing seat belts and sunscreen in the real world, there are dozens of simple, effective precautions we need to take in the virtual world. </div><div>

</div><div>Author Carey Parker has structured this book to give you maximum benefit with minimum effort. If you just want to know what you need to do, each chapter includes a detailed checklist of expert tips. But the book also explains why you need to do these things, using entertaining analogies and straightforward explanations. This revised and expanded fifth edition includes: </div><div>

</div><div>Updated for Windows 11, macOS 13 (Ventura), iOS 16 and Android 13. Updated recommendations for most secure and private products. Over 200 tips with complete step-by-step instructions and screenshots.

What You Will Learn
Maximize your computer and smartphone security. Minimize your vulnerabilities and data footprint. Solve your password problems and use two-factor authentication. Browse the web safely and confidently with a secure, private browser. Shop and bank online with maximum security and peace of mind. Defend against identity theft, ransomware and online scams. Safeguard your children online, at home and in school. Block online tracking, data mining and malicious online ads. Send files and messages with end-to-end encryption. Secure your home network and keep your smart devices from spying on you. Create automated backups of all your devices. Learn how to deal with account hacks, data. breaches and viruses. Understand how computers, the internet, VPNs and encryption really work And much more!</div></div>
<p>Approaches security and privacy topics from a layperson's perspective, using dozens of valuable tips</p><p>Provides comprehensive knowledge of security concerns for both Mac and PC as well as iOS and Android</p><p>Includes specific solutions for protecting your online privacy against ubiquitous corporate tracking</p>
Carey Parker, CIPM was born and raised in Indiana, an only child who loved to tear apart his electronic toys and reassemble them in interesting ways. He began programming computers in middle school when personal computers were just starting to become popular. For years, these twin interests percolated until he attended Purdue University and learned that you could get paid to do this stuff—it was called electrical engineering! After obtaining both bachelor and master degrees in electrical engineering, Carey launched his career in telecommunications software development at Bell Northern Research (aka the 'Big Nerd Ranch'). Over the next 20 years, he wrote software for multiple companies, large and small, and lived in various cities across the southern United States. In recent years, particularly after the Edward Snowden revelations in 2013, Carey became deeply concerned about computer security and privacy. In 2014, he began combining his passion for computers, cybersecurity, and fantasy novels with his long-time desire to write a book, and the result is Firewalls Don't Stop Dragons. This eventually launched a blog, newsletter, and weekly podcast of the same name.
TradeAPress Trade (14)Springer Trade (T)EBOP12059Professional and Applied Computing00
9781484290354
0
Data and Information Security
Privacy
Mobile and Network Security
Principles and Models of Security
Computer Crime
58
978-1-4842-8794-1
Computer Science & Applied Computing
PittChristopher Pitt
Christopher Pitt, Durbanville, South Africa
Procedural Generation in Godot
Learn to Generate Enjoyable Content for Your Games
XXIII, 367 p. 154 illus., 150 illus. in color.
12023final34.9937.4438.4929.9941.5039.99Soft cover0Professional and Applied ComputingProfessional bookBook0English367UMKUMApressApress0WorldwideIn production2023-01-112023-01-111
Chapter 1: Hand crafted vs. Procedural.- Chapter 2: Generating with Nodes.- Chapter 3: Generating with Tiles.- Chapter 4: Recreating Sokoban.- Chapter 5: Designing Levels in Pixel Art.- Chapter 6: Creating a Seeding System.- Chapter 7: Recreating Bouncy Cars.- Chapter 8: Navigating in Generated Levels.- Chapter 9: Randomized Collective Nodes within a Generated Map.- Chapter 10: Recreating Invasion.- Chapter 11: Paths and Path Followers.- Chapter 12: Interaction Systems.- Chapter 13: Recreating This War of Mine.
Learn the tricks of simple procedural generation and how various genres, such as racing simulators, platformers, and roguelikes, can all benefit from these techniques.In this book, you'll learn how to combine hand-crafted content with algorithms to create immersive and beautiful environments. You'll learn how to create a seeding system, so that you can replay great levels with your friends. We'll cover how to create good tilesets, how to use the tilemap editor effectively, and how to inject just the right amount of logic into an otherwise automated machine that is your own personal procedural content generation engine.We will use 2D examples to demonstrate the concepts covered throughout the book. By the time you complete this book, you’ll have a good handle on how to add procedural generation to your games.What You Will LearnLearn to set up the perfect content generation system Master the tools for randomization and repeatabilityUnderstand how much content to craft versus how much to generateWho This Book Is ForBasic familiarity with the Godot engine and GDScript is essential. While all concepts are explained in the book, it can be overwhelming learning these techniques at the same time as learning the engine.
Learn the tricks of simple procedural generation and how various genres, such as racing simulators, platformers, and roguelikes, can all benefit from these techniques.

In this book, you'll learn how to combine hand-crafted content with algorithms to create immersive and beautiful environments. You'll learn how to create a seeding system, so that you can replay great levels with your friends. We'll cover how to create good tilesets, how to use the tilemap editor effectively, and how to inject just the right amount of logic into an otherwise automated machine that is your own personal procedural content generation engine.

We will use 2D examples to demonstrate the concepts covered throughout the book. By the time you complete this book, you’ll have a good handle on how to add procedural generation to your games.

What You Will LearnLearn to set up the perfect content generation system Master the tools for randomization and repeatabilityUnderstand how much content to craft versus how much to generateWho This Book Is ForBasic familiarity with the Godot engine and GDScript is essential. While all concepts are explained in the book, it can be overwhelming learning these techniques at the same time as learning the engine.
<p>Explains procedural content generation in Godot Game Engine</p><p>Studies popular games to identify differences between hand crafted and procedural content</p><p>Demonstrates how to build 4 games from scratch</p>
Christopher Pitt is a developer living in South Africa. He has published a bunch of indie games, many of which use procedural content generation, on mobile, and desktop environments. Most of his games have been built in JavaScript or the Godot engine. He also likes to bake sweet things and build wood things.
TradeAPress Trade (14)Springer Trade (T)EBOP12059Professional and Applied Computing00
9781484287941
0Game DevelopmentOpen Source
59
978-3-030-38799-0
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Roggenbach
Markus Roggenbach; Antonio Cerone; Bernd-Holger Schlingloff; Gerardo Schneider; Siraj Ahmed Shaikh
Markus Roggenbach, Swansea University, Swansea, UK; Antonio Cerone, Nazarbayev University, Astana, Kazakhstan; Bernd-Holger Schlingloff, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Berlin, Germany; Gerardo Schneider, University of Gothenburg, Göteborg, Sweden; Siraj Ahmed Shaikh, Coventry University, Coventry, UK
Formal Methods for Software Engineering
Languages, Methods, Application Domains
XXVIII, 524 p. 47 illus., 12 illus. in color.
12022final74.9980.2482.4964.9988.5089.99Hard cover0
Texts in Theoretical Computer Science. An EATCS Series
Computer Science
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English524UYUMZSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-06-232022-06-222023-01-062023-01-061
1 Formal Methods.- Part I Languages: 2 Logics for Software Engineering.- 3 The Process Algebra CSP.- Part II Methods: 4 Algebraic Specification in CASL.- 5 Specification-Based Testing.- Part III Application Domains: 6 Specification and Verification of Normative Documents.- 7 Formal Methods for Human-Computer Interaction.- 8 Formal Verification of Security Protocols.- Part IV Wrapping up: 9 Origins and Development of Formal Methods.- Authors' Conclusion.- Appendix A Syntax of the Logics in this Book.- Appendix B Language Definition of CSP.- Appendix C Concrete CASL Syntax.
Software programs are formal entities with precise meanings independent of their programmers, so the transition from ideas to programs necessarily involves a formalisation at some point.

The first part of this graduate-level introduction to formal methods develops an understanding of what constitutes formal methods and what their place is in Software Engineering. It also introduces logics as languages to describe reasoning and the process algebra CSP as a language to represent behaviours. The second part offers specification and testing methods for formal development of software, based on the modelling languages CASL and UML. The third part takes the reader into the application domains of normative documents, human machine interfaces, and security. Use of notations and formalisms is uniform throughout the book.

Topics and features:
Explains foundations, and introduces specification, verification, and testing methodsExplores various application domainsPresents realistic and practical examples, illustrating conceptsBrings together contributions from highly experienced educators and researchersOffers modelling and analysis methods for formal development of softwareSuitable for graduate and undergraduate courses in software engineering, this uniquely practical textbook will also be of value to students in informatics, as well as to scientists and practical engineers, who want to learn about or work more effectively with formal theories and methods.

Markus Roggenbach is a Professor in the Dept. of Computer Science of Swansea University. Antonio Cerone is an Associate Professor in the Dept. of Computer Science of Nazarbayev University, Nur-Sultan. Bernd-Holger Schlingloff is a Professor in the Institut für Informatik of Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin. Gerardo Schneider is a Professor in the Dept. of Computer Science and Engineering of University of Gothenburg. Siraj Ahmed Shaikh is a Professor in the Institute for Future Transport and Cities of Coventry University.
Software programs are formal entities with precise meanings independent of their programmers, so the transition from ideas to programs necessarily involves a formalisation at some point.

The first part of this graduate-level introduction to formal methods develops an understanding of what constitutes formal methods and what their place is in Software Engineering. It also introduces logics as languages to describe reasoning and the process algebra CSP as a language to represent behaviours. The second part offers specification and testing methods for formal development of software, based on the modelling languages CASL and UML. The third part takes the reader into the application domains of normative documents, human machine interfaces, and security. Use of notations and formalisms is uniform throughout the book.

Topics and features:

Explains foundations, and introduces specification, verification, and testing methods Explores various application domains Presents realistic and practical examples, illustrating concepts Brings together contributions from highly experienced educators and researchers Offers modelling and analysis methods for formal development of software Suitable for graduate and undergraduate courses in software engineering, this uniquely practical textbook will also be of value to students in informatics, as well as to scientists and practical engineers, who want to learn about or work more effectively with formal theories and methods.

Markus Roggenbach is a Professor in the Dept. of Computer Science of Swansea University. Antonio Cerone is an Associate Professor in the Dept. of Computer Science of Nazarbayev University, Nur-Sultan. Bernd-Holger Schlingloff is a Professor in the Institut für Informatik of Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin. Gerardo Schneider is a Professor in the Dept. of Computer Science and Engineering of University of Gothenburg. Siraj Ahmed Shaikh is a Professor in the Institute for Future Transport and Cities of Coventry University.
<p>Book suitable for graduate and undergraduate courses in Software Engineering</p><p>Explains foundations, introduces specification, verification, and testing methods</p><p>Authors are all highly experienced educators and researchers</p>
Antonio Cerone is an Associate Professor of Computer Science at Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan. Previously he has been working at the IMT School for Advanced Studies Lucca, the United Nations University, the University of Queensland, the University of South Australia, the Goethe University Frankfurt and the University of Pisa. His main research focus is on formal methods and their application to several domains, including human-computer interaction, safety, security, systems biology, and ecology. He is also interested in cognitive science, open-source development, and collaborative learning. He is the founder and Chair of the Steering Committee of the International Conference on Software Engineering and Formal Methods SEFM.

Dr Hoang Nga Nguyen is an Associate Professor in Automotive Cybersecurity at the Centre for Future Transport and Cities, Coventry University, UK. His research agenda includes cybersecurity in automotive and autonomous systems. His work focuses on automotive threat modelling, risk assessment, security solutions, and security testbed.

Liam O'Reilly is a Senior Lecturer and Programme Director in the Department of Computer Science at Swansea University, UK. His research is in the areas of Formal Methods, Algebraic Specification, Process Algebra, and the Pedagogy of Computer Science and Software Engineering. Liam has also worked as a Software Engineer in industry developing embedded systems. He has extensive experience in the teaching and delivery of Software Engineering including, but not limited to, the design of software, UML, algorithms, and web technology.

Markus Roggenbach is a Professor of Computer Science at Swansea University, UK. He leads the Security Group in Swansea University’s department of Computer Science, where he also has been Director of Research (2016 – 2021). His research foci are formal methods for safety and for cyber security, their semantics, how to utilise them throughout the software life cycle, how to support them with tools, and their application in industrial contexts, e.g., the railway domain. He is a member of the Federation for Information Processing (IFIP) Working Group 1.3 “Foundations of System Specification” (chair in 2015 – 2021).

Bernd-Holger Schlingloff is a Professor of Software Engineering at the Institute for Computer Science of Humboldt University, Berlin, and chief scientist at the Fraunhofer Institute for Open Communication Systems (Fraunhofer FOKUS). Moreover, he is chairman of the boards of the society for the advancement of embedded systems (ZeSys e.V.), and the society for the advancement of applied computer science (GFaI e.V.). His main subject is the specification, verification and testing of embedded safety-critical software. This includes quality assurance of embedded control software, model-based development and model checking, logical verification of requirements, and automated test generation. In his work, he is applying formal methods in industrial projects in the automotive, railway, and medical technology domain.

Gerardo Schneider is a Professor of Computer Science at the University of Gothenburg, Sweden. He had previously been at VERIMAG (Grenoble, France), Uppsala University (Sweden), Irisa/INRIA (Rennes, France), and the University of Oslo (Norway). He has been the Head of the Formal Methods Division at the Department of Computer Science and Engineering since 2017. His research interests include formal verification (runtime verification, model checking, and verification of real-time and hybrid systems), the specification and analysis of normative documents, and privacy.

Siraj Ahmed Shaikh is a Professor of Systems Security and Director for the Centre for Future Transport and Cities (CFTC)
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783030387990
0
Theory of Computation
Software Engineering
Computer Science Logic and Foundations of Programming
Symbolic and Algebraic Manipulation
Mathematical and Computational Engineering Applications
Computer and Information Systems Applications
60
978-3-030-88220-4
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Slama
Dirk Slama; Tanja Rückert; Sebastian Thrun; Ulrich Homann; Heiner Lasi
Dirk Slama, Ferdinand Steinbeis Institute, Berlin, Germany; Tanja Rückert, Bosch Sicherheitssysteme GmbH, Grasbrunn, Germany; Sebastian Thrun, Udacity Inc, Mountain View, CA, USA; Ulrich Homann, Microsoft (United States), Redmond, WA, USA; Heiner Lasi, Ferdinand-Steinbeis-Institut, Stuttgart, Germany
The Digital Playbook
A Practitioner’s Guide to Smart, Connected Products and Solutions with AIoT
IV, 500 p. 320 illus., 310 illus. in color.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover0Computer ScienceProfessional bookBook0English500UYQTHRSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-122023-02-121
1. AIoT 101.- 2. Artificial Intelligence 101.- 3. Data 101.- 4. Digital Twin 101.- 5. Internet of Things 101.- 6. Hardware 101.- 7. Digital OEM.- 8. Digital Equipment Operator.- 9. Platforms.- 10. Hybrid Models.- 11. Scalability.- 12. Business Model Design.- 13. Product/Solution Design.- 14. Co-Creation and Sourcing Intro.- 15. Rollout and Go-to-Market.- 16. Operations.- 17. Organization.- 18. Development Life-cycle Perspective.- 19.AIoT Design.- 20. AIoT Pipelines.- 21. AIoT Pipelines & Feature-driven Development.- 22. Holistic AIoT DevOps.- 23. Managing Different Speeds of Development.- 24. AIoT.exe.- 25. AIoT Product/Solution Design.- 26. Agile AIoT.- 27. Holistic AIoT DevOps.- 28. Trust & Security.- 29. Reliability & Resilience.- 30. Quality Management.- 31. AIoT in a Global, High-volume Manufacturing Network.- 32. Drone-based facade inspection.- 33. Predictive Maintenance for Hydraulic Components.- 34. BaseABC: Addressing the AIoT Long Tail in I4.0.- Appendix.
This open access book is a practitioner`s guide to smart, connected products and solutions. As a hands-on playbook, it combines the business and technical execution perspectives to help product companies, OEMs, manufacturers and equipment operators utilize the full potential of digital enablers, especially Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT) and Digital Twins. The Digital Playbook provides comprehensive and actionable guidance, helping to address the challenges of creating sustainable and scalable digital business models, managing cocreation and sourcing, setting up the digital organization, and handling the legal aspects. For the technical execution perspective, the playbook includes the AIoT Framework, which explains how to combine data science and AI engineering with Digital Twins, as well as software development for cloud and edge. The integration with physical product development and retrofit integration of existing equipment is included as well. A pragmatic, agile approach is introduced that takes common agile inhibitors into consideration. A holistic AIoT DevOps approach is described, which combines key elements of DevOps for cloud, edge and AI. Enterprise readiness is ensured by looking at trust and security as well as reliability and resilience for AIoT. A large number of real-world examples and case studies help ensure practical relevance.Readers should have a previous, general understanding of digital strategies and technologies. This book offers readers a clear understanding of the opportunities, as well as the challenges related to building and operating smart, connected products and solutions. They are given a set of tools and blueprints, which they can apply to their practical work in this space.“The Digital Playbook builds bridges between business and technology. This hard-won advice can help bring smart, connected products and solutions to market faster and with reduced project risks.” --Dr. Stefan Hartung, CEO, BoschSponsored by:



This open access book is a practitioner's guide to smart, connected products and solutions. As a hands-on playbook, it combines the business and technical execution perspectives to help product companies, OEMs, manufacturers and equipment operators utilize the full potential of digital enablers, especially Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT) and Digital Twins. The Digital Playbook provides comprehensive and actionable guidance, helping to address the challenges of creating sustainable and scalable digital business models, managing cocreation and sourcing, setting up the digital organization, and handling the legal aspects. For the technical execution perspective, the playbook includes the AIoT Framework, which explains how to combine data science and AI engineering with Digital Twins, as well as software development for cloud and edge. The integration with physical product development and retrofit integration of existing equipment is included as well. A pragmatic, agile approach is introduced that takes common agile inhibitors into consideration. A holistic AIoT DevOps approach is described, which combines key elements of DevOps for cloud, edge and AI. Enterprise readiness is ensured by looking at trust and security as well as reliability and resilience for AIoT. A large number of real-world examples and case studies help ensure practical relevance.

Readers should have a previous, general understanding of digital strategies and technologies. This book offers readers a clear understanding of the opportunities, as well as the challenges related to building and operating smart, connected products and solutions. They are given a set of tools and blueprints, which they can apply to their practical work in this space.
<p>This book is an open access publication</p><p>Brings together best practices from different domains and industries to tackle the challenges of AIoT</p><p>Real-world examples and detailed case studies ensure practical relevance for this new paradigm</p><p></p>
Dirk Slama is a Vice President at Robert Bosch GmbH, as well as Conference Chair of the Bosch ConnectedWorld, and Editor-in-Chief of the AIoT Playbook. He is also a Research Fellow at Ferdinand-Steinbeis-Institute. Dirk has 25 years experience in the IT/OT industry. He is co-author of 4 successful books and holds a PhD in Information Systems, an MBA, and a Diploma in Computer Science.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science01
9783030882204
0Artificial IntelligenceInternet of ThingsCloud ComputingIndustrial Automation
61
978-3-030-34374-3
Computer Science & Applied Computing
SzeliskiRichard Szeliski
Richard Szeliski, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA
Computer VisionAlgorithms and Applications
XXII, 925 p. 518 illus., 144 illus. in color.
22022final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0064.99Soft cover1
Texts in Computer Science
Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English925UYTUYQVSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-052023-01-0512011
,978-1-84882-946-6,978-1-84882-934-3,978-1-84882-935-0
1 Introduction.- 2 Image Formation.- 3 Image Processing.- 4 Model Fitting and Optimization.- 5 Deep Learning.- 6 Recognition.- 7 Feature Detection and Matching.- 8 Image Alignment and Stitching.- 9 Motion Estimation.- 10 Computational Photography.- 11 Structure from Motion and SLAM.- 12 Depth Estimation.- 13 3D Reconstruction.- 14 Image-Based Rendering.- 15 Conclusion.- Appendix A: Linear Algebra and Numerical Techniques.- Appendix B: Bayesian Modeling and Inference.- Appendix C: Supplementary Material.
Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications explores the variety of techniques used to analyze and interpret images. It also describes challenging real-world applications where vision is being successfully used, both in specialized applications such as image search and autonomous navigation, as well as for fun, consumer-level tasks that students can apply to their own personal photos and videos.More than just a source of “recipes,” this exceptionally authoritative and comprehensive textbook/reference takes a scientific approach to the formulation of computer vision problems. These problems are then analyzed using the latest classical and deep learning models and solved using rigorous engineering principles.Topics and features:Structured to support active curricula and project-oriented courses, with tips in the Introduction for using the book in a variety of customized coursesIncorporates totally new material on deep learning and applications such as mobile computational photography, autonomous navigation, and augmented realityPresents exercises at the end of each chapter with a heavy emphasis on testing algorithms and containing numerous suggestions for small mid-term projects
Includes 1,500 new citations and 200 new figures that cover the tremendous developments from the last decade
Provides additional material and more detailed mathematical topics in the Appendices, which cover linear algebra, numerical techniques, estimation theory, datasets, and software
Suitable for an upper-level undergraduate or graduate-level course in computer science or engineering, this textbook focuses on basic techniques that work under real-world conditions and encourages students to push their creative boundaries. Its design and exposition also make it eminently suitable as a unique reference to the fundamental techniques and current research literature in computer vision.About the Author ​Dr. Richard Szeliski has more than 40 years’ experience in computer vision research, most recently at Facebook and Microsoft Research, where he led the Computational Photography and Interactive Visual Media groups. He is currently an Affiliate Professor at the University of Washington where he co-developed (with Steve Seitz) the widely adopted computer vision curriculum on which this book is based.
Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications explores the variety of techniques used to analyze and interpret images. It also describes challenging real-world applications where vision is being successfully used, both in specialized applications such as image search and autonomous navigation, as well as for fun, consumer-level tasks that students can apply to their own personal photos and videos.More than just a source of “recipes,” this exceptionally authoritative and comprehensive textbook/reference takes a scientific approach to the formulation of computer vision problems. These problems are then analyzed using the latest classical and deep learning models and solved using rigorous engineering principles.Topics and features:Structured to support active curricula and project-oriented courses, with tips in the Introduction for using the book in a variety of customized coursesIncorporates totally new material on deep learning and applications such as mobile computational photography, autonomous navigation, and augmented realityPresents exercises at the end of each chapter with a heavy emphasis on testing algorithms and containing numerous suggestions for small mid-term projects
Includes 1,500 new citations and 200 new figures that cover the tremendous developments from the last decade
Provides additional material and more detailed mathematical topics in the Appendices, which cover linear algebra, numerical techniques, estimation theory, datasets, and software
Suitable for an upper-level undergraduate or graduate-level course in computer science or engineering, this textbook focuses on basic techniques that work under real-world conditions and encourages students to push their creative boundaries. Its design and exposition also make it eminently suitable as a unique reference to the fundamental techniques and current research literature in computer vision.
<p>Presents state-of-the-art techniques, featuring new material on deep learning and deep neural networks</p><p>Structured to support active curricula and project-oriented courses</p><p>Provides, exercises and additional readings, as well as supplementary material</p>
Dr. Richard Szeliski has more than 40 years’ experience in computer vision research, most recently at Facebook and Microsoft Research, where he led the Computational Photography and Interactive Visual Media groups. He is currently an Affiliate Professor at the University of Washington where he co-developed (with Steve Seitz) the widely adopted computer vision curriculum on which this book is based. He was awarded the IEEE Computer Society PAMI Distinguished Researcher Award in 2017 and is an IEEE and ACM Fellow.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783030343743
0Computer Vision
Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics
Machine Learning
Signal, Speech and Image Processing
Imaging Techniques
62
978-3-031-17410-0
Computer Science & Applied Computing
VinceJohn Vince
John Vince, Bournemouth University, Poole
Foundation Mathematics for Computer ScienceA Visual ApproachXX, 504 p. 215 illus. in color.32023final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0074.99Soft cover0Computer ScienceUndergraduate textbookBook0English504UYAUMLSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-092023-02-0912015, 2020
,978-3-030-42077-2,978-3-030-42078-9,978-3-030-42079-6
1.Visual Mathematics.- 2.Numbers.- 3.Systems of Counting.- 4.Algebra.- 5.Logic.- 6.Combinatorics.- 7.Probability.- 8.Modular Arithmetic.- 9.Trigonometry.- 10.Coordinate Systems.- 11.Determinants.- 12.Vectors.- 13.Complex Numbers.- 14.Matrices.- 15.Geometric Matrix Transforms.- 16.Calculus: Derivatives.- 17.Calculus: Integration.- 18.Area.- 19.Volume.- Appendix A.- Appendix B.- Index.
In this third edition of Foundation Mathematics for Computer Science, John Vince has reviewed and edited the second edition, and added chapters on systems of counting, area and volume. These subjects complement the existing chapters on visual mathematics, numbers, algebra, logic, combinatorics, probability, modular arithmetic, trigonometry, coordinate systems, determinants, vectors, complex numbers, matrices, geometric matrix transforms, differential and integral calculus. During this journey, the author touches upon more esoteric topics such as quaternions, octonions, Grassmann algebra, Barrycentric coordinates, transfinite sets and prime numbers.

John Vince describes a range of mathematical topics that provide a solid foundation for an undergraduate course in computer science, starting with a review of number systems and their relevance to digital computers, and finishing with calculating area and volume using calculus. Readers will find that the author’s visual approach should greatly improve their understanding as to why certain mathematical structures exist, together with how they are used in real-world applications.

This third edition includes new, full-colour illustrations to clarify the mathematical descriptions, and in some cases, equations are also coloured to reveal vital algebraic patterns. The numerous worked examples will help consolidate the understanding of abstract mathematical concepts.


Whether you intend to pursue a career in programming, scientific visualisation, artificial intelligence, systems design, or real-time computing, you should find the author’s literary style refreshingly lucid and engaging, and prepare you for more advanced texts.

In this third edition of Foundation Mathematics for Computer Science, John Vince has reviewed and edited the second edition, and added chapters on systems of counting, area and volume. These subjects complement the existing chapters on visual mathematics, numbers, algebra, logic, combinatorics, probability, modular arithmetic, trigonometry, coordinate systems, determinants, vectors, complex numbers, matrices, geometric matrix transforms, differential and integral calculus. During this journey, the author touches upon more esoteric topics such as quaternions, octonions, Grassmann algebra, Barrycentric coordinates, transfinite sets and prime numbers.John Vince describes a range of mathematical topics that provide a solid foundation for an undergraduate course in computer science, starting with a review of number systems and their relevance to digital computers, and finishing with calculating area and volume using calculus. Readers will find that the author’s visual approach should greatly improve their understanding as to why certain mathematical structures exist, together with how they are used in real-world applications.This third edition includes new, full-colour illustrations to clarify the mathematical descriptions, and in some cases, equations are also coloured to reveal vital algebraic patterns. The numerous worked examples will help consolidate the understanding of abstract mathematical concepts.
Whether you intend to pursue a career in programming, scientific visualisation, artificial intelligence, systems design, or real-time computing, you should find the author’s literary style refreshingly lucid and engaging, and prepare you for more advanced texts.
<p>Provides a comprehensive introduction to mathematical topics relevant to computer science and related fields</p><p>Contains over two-hundred coloured figures and several dozen tables, to help clarify the mathematical descriptions</p><p>Each chapter includes worked examples instructing the reader on how to apply the mathematical knowledge described within</p>
Professor John Vince began working in computer graphics at Middlesex Polytechnic in 1968. His research activities centered on computer animation software and resulted in the PICASO and PRISM animation systems. Whilst at Middlesex, he designed the UK’s first MSc course in Computer Graphics and developed a popular program of short courses in computer animation for television designers. In 1986 he joined Rediffusion Simulation as a Research Consultant and worked on the development of real-time computer systems for commercial flight simulators. In 1992 he was appointed Chief Scientist of Thomson Training Simulation Ltd. In 1995 he was appointed Professor of Digital Media at the National Centre for Computer Animation at Bournemouth University and in 1999 he was made Head of Academic Group for Computer Animation. He was awarded a DSc by Brunel University in recognition of his work in computer graphics. He has written and edited over 50 books on computer graphics, computer animation and virtual reality, including the following Springer titles:• Mathematics for Computer Graphics (2014) • Calculus for Computer Graphics (2013)• Matrix Transforms for Computer Games and Animation (2012)• Expanding the Frontiers of Visual Analytics and Visualization (2012) • Quaternions for Computer Graphics (2011) • Rotation Transforms for Computer Graphics (2011)

StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9783031174100
0
Mathematics of Computing
Computer Graphics
Mathematical Applications in Computer Science
63
978-981-19-7583-7
Computer Science & Applied Computing
Wang
Jindong Wang; Yiqiang Chen
Jindong Wang, Microsoft Research Asia (China), Beijing, China; Yiqiang Chen, Institute of Computing Technology, Beijing, China
Introduction to Transfer LearningAlgorithms and PracticeX, 409 p. 109 illus., 84 illus. in color.12023final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0079.99Hard cover0
Machine Learning: Foundations, Methodologies, and Applications
Computer ScienceProfessional bookBook0English409UYQMUYSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-01-242023-01-24
Distribution rights for print book in mainland China: Publishing House of Electronics Industry
1
Part I. Foundations of Transfer Learning.- Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. From Machine Learning to Transfer Learning.- Chapter 3. Overview of Transfer Learning Algorithms.- Chapter 4. Instance Weighting Methods.- Chapter 5. Statistical Feature Transformation Methods.- Chapter 6. Geometrical Feature Transformation Methods.- Chapter 7. Theory, Evaluation, and Model Selection.- Part II. Modern Transfer Leaning.- Chapter 8. Pre-training and Fine-tuning.- Chapter 9. Deep Transfer Learning.- Chapter 10. Adversarial Transfer Learning.- Chapter 11. Generalization in Transfer Learning.- Chapter 12. Safe & Robust Transfer Learning.- Chapter 13. Transfer Learning in Complex Environments.- Chapter 14. Low-resource Learning.- Part III. Applications.- Chapter 15. Transfer Learning for Computer Vision.- Chapter 16. Transfer Learning for Natural language Processing.- Chapter 17. Transfer Learning for Speech Recognition.- Chapter 18. Transfer Learning for Activity Recognition.- Chapter 19. Federated Learning for Personalized Healthcare.- Chapter 20. Concluding Remarks.
Transfer learning is one of the most important technologies in the era of artificial intelligence and deep learning. It seeks to leverage existing knowledge by transferring it to another, new domain. Over the years, a number of relevant topics have attracted the interest of the research and application community: transfer learning, pre-training and fine-tuning, domain adaptation, domain generalization, and meta-learning.This book offers a comprehensive tutorial on an overview of transfer learning, introducing new researchers in this area to both classic and more recent algorithms. Most importantly, it takes a “student’s” perspective to introduce all the concepts, theories, algorithms, and applications, allowing readers to quickly and easily enter this area. Accompanying the book, detailed code implementations are provided to better illustrate the core ideas of several important algorithms, presenting good examples for practice.<div>
</div>
Transfer learning is one of the most important technologies in the era of artificial intelligence and deep learning. It seeks to leverage existing knowledge by transferring it to another, new domain. Over the years, a number of relevant topics have attracted the interest of the research and application community: transfer learning, pre-training and fine-tuning, domain adaptation, domain generalization, and meta-learning.

This book offers a comprehensive tutorial on an overview of transfer learning, introducing new researchers in this area to both classic and more recent algorithms. Most importantly, it takes a “student’s” perspective to introduce all the concepts, theories, algorithms, and applications, allowing readers to quickly and easily enter this area. Accompanying the book, detailed code implementations are provided to better illustrate the core ideas of several important algorithms, presenting good examples for practice.
<p>Fast and painless icebreaker for your journey into transfer learning</p><p>Clear summaries of both classic and more recent algorithms</p><p>Complementary source codes for good practice examples </p>
Jindong Wang is currently a senior researcher at Microsoft Research Asia. Before that, he obtained his PhD from the Institute of Computing Technology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, in 2019. His main research interests are in transfer learning, domain adaptation, domain generalization, and their applications in ubiquitous computing systems. He has co-published a Chinese-language textbook, Introduction to Transfer Learning, and numerous papers in leading journals and conferences, such as the IEEE TKDE, TNNLS, ACM TIST, NeurIPS, CVPR, IJCAI, UbiComp, and ACMMM. He was awarded the best application paper at the IJCAI'19 federated learning workshop and best paper at ICCSE'18. He has served as the publicity chair of IJCAI'19 and the transfer learning session chair of ICDM'19.

Yiqiang Chen is currently a professor at the Institute of Computing Technology, Chinese Academy of Sciences. His main research interests are in artificial intelligence and pervasive computing. He has published more than 180 papers in leading journals and conferences such as the IEEE TKDE, AAAI, and IJCAI. He has served as the general PC chair of the IEEE UIC 2019, PCC 2017, and CWCC 2019. He is a founding committee member of the IEEE wearable and intelligent interaction committee (IWCD) and an associate editor for IEEE TETCI and IJMLC. He has won several best paper awards, including best application paper at IJCAI-FL'19, IJIT 15th anniversary best paper award, and ICCSE'18 best paper award.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11645Computer Science00
9789811975837
0Machine Learning
Theory and Algorithms for Application Domains
Computer Vision
Natural Language Processing (NLP)
64
978-3-031-14837-8
Humanities & Social Sciences
AlmannaAli Almanna
Ali Almanna, Hamad bin Khalifa University, Doha, Qatar
Legal Translation between English and ArabicIV, 212 p. 12 illus.12022final44.9948.1449.4939.9953.5054.99Soft cover0Social Sciences
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English212CBCFDMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-252023-01-251
1. Setting the scene.- 2. Global & local strategies.- 3. Lexical features.- 4. Syntactic features.- 5. Modality.- 6. Legal rights.- 7. Contractual obligations.- 8. Torts.- 9. People & law.- 10. Crimes.- 11. Cybercrimes.
This is a coursebook designed for students of translation, which will also benefit professional translators as it covers key issues in contemporary legal translation. The book is divided into two main parts. The first, theoretical part, explores issues such as types of legal texts, readership, communicative purpose, global and local strategies, and modality in addition to analysing the common features of legal discourse in both languages, be they lexical, syntactic, or textual. The second, practical part, discusses issues such as legal rights, contractual obligations, torts, crimes, people and law. It focuses on all types of legal texts, regardless of their classification and examines legislative texts, which have acquired a certain degree of notoriety rarely equalled by any other variety of English.

Ali Almanna is Associate Professor of Translation Studies at Hamad Bin Khalifa University, College of Humanities and Social Sciences, Qatar. He obtained his PhD in Translation Studies from the University of Durham, UK and his MA in Translation Studies from Westminster University, UK. In addition to many articles published in peer reviewed journals, he is author, editor and translator of several publications, including The Routledge Course in Translation Annotation (2016), Semantics for Translation Students (2016), The Nuts and Bolts of Arabic-English Translation (2018), The Arabic-English Translator as Photographer (2019), Re-Framing Realities through Translation (2020), and Translation as a Set of Frames (2021).
This is a coursebook designed for students of translation, which will also benefit professional translators as it covers key issues in contemporary legal translation. The book is divided into two main parts. The first, theoretical part, explores issues such as types of legal texts, readership, communicative purpose, global and local strategies, and modality in addition to analysing the common features of legal discourse in both languages, be they lexical, syntactic, or textual. The second, practical part, discusses issues such as legal rights, contractual obligations, torts, crimes, people and law. It focuses on all types of legal texts, regardless of their classification and examines legislative texts, which have acquired a certain degree of notoriety rarely equalled by any other variety of English.
<p>Provides legal terminology in different variations of Arabic and English</p><p>Offers solutions to common issues faced in legal translation</p><p>Explains the theoretical basis for practical translation strategies</p>
Ali Almanna is Associate Professor of Translation Studies at Hamad Bin Khalifa University, College of Humanities and Social Sciences, Qatar. He obtained his PhD in Translation Studies from the University of Durham, UK and his MA in Translation Studies from Westminster University, UK. In addition to many articles published in peer reviewed journals, he is author, editor and translator of several publications, including The Routledge Course in Translation Annotation (2016), Semantics for Translation Students (2016), The Nuts and Bolts of Arabic-English Translation (2018), The Arabic-English Translator as Photographer (2019), Re-Framing Realities through Translation (2020), and Translation as a Set of Frames (2021).
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031148378
0Language TranslationMultilingualism
Language Teaching and Learning
Theories of Law, Philosophy of Law, Legal History
Theoretical Linguistics / Grammar
65
978-3-031-11873-9
Humanities & Social Sciences
AltmanMatthew C. Altman
Matthew C. Altman, Central Washington University, ELLENSBURG, WA, USA
The Palgrave Handbook on the Philosophy of Punishment
XXIII, 805 p. 1 illus. in color.12023final179.99192.59197.99159.99212.50219.99Hard cover0
Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law
Religion and PhilosophyHandbookBook0English805LABHPSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-02-082023-02-081
1. Introduction: Punishment, Its Meaning and Justification; Matthew C. Altman.- Part I: Philosophic History of Punishment Theory.- 2. The Philosophy of Punishment and the Arc of Penal Reform: From Ancient Lawgivers to the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, and through the Nineteenth Century; John D. Bessler.- 3. A Return to Hobbes: Reflections on Legal Positivism and the Point of Punishment; Margaret Martin.- 4. Is Crime Caused by Illness, Immorality, or Injustice? Theories of Punishment from 1900 to Today; Amelia M. Wirts.- Part II: Retributivism, Consequentialism, and Mixed Theories.- 5. Relational Conceptions of Retribution; Leora Dahan Katz - 6. Doubts about Retribution: Is Punishment Non-Instrumentally Good or Right?; Isaac Wiegman.- 7. Consequentialist Theories of Punishment; Hsin-Wen Lee.- 8. Rethinking Four Criticisms of Consequentialist Theories of Punishment; Christopher Bennett.- 9. In Defense of a Mixed Theory of Punishment; Matthew C. Altman.- 10. Rethinking Mixed Justifications; Leo Zaibert.- Part III: Beyond the Traditional Approaches.- 11. Expressive Theories of Punishment; Bill Wringe.- 12. Justifying Criminal Punishment as Societal-Defense; Phillip Montague.- 13. Fair Play Theories of Punishment; Göran Duus-Otterström.- 14. The Rights-Forfeiture Theory of Punishment; Whitley Kaufman.- Part IV: Punishment in the Political Context.- 15. Criminal Justice and the Liberal State; Matt Matravers.- 16. From the Philosophy of Punishment to the Philosophy of Criminal Justice; Javier Wilenmann and Vincent Chiao.- 17. Beware of Prosecutors Bearing Gifts: How the Ancient Greeks Can Help Cure Our Addiction to Excessive Punishment; Clark M. Neily III and Chris W. Surprenant.- Part V: Proportionality and Sentencing.- 18. Proportionality Collapses: The Search for an Adequate Equation for Proportionality; Stephen Kershnar.- 19. Sentencing Pluralism; Douglas Husak.- Part VI: Neuroscience, Determinism, and Free Will Skepticism.- 20. The Impact of Neuromorality on Punishment: Retribution or Rehabilitation?; Sandy Xie, Colleen M. Berryessa, and Farah Focquaert.- 21. Punishment without Blame, Shame, or Just Deserts; Bruce N. Waller.- 22. Retributivism, Free Will, and the Public Health-Quarantine Model; Gregg D. Caruso.- 23. Do Rapists Deserve Criminal Treatment?; Katrina L. Sifferd.- 24. Free Will Skepticism and Criminals as Ends in Themselves; Benjamin Vilhauer.- Part VII: Abolitionism.- 25. Against Legal Punishment; Nathan Hanna.- 26. The Abolition of Punishment; Michael Davis.- Part VIII: Forgiveness and Restoration.- 27. Punishment and Forgiveness; John Kleinig.- 28. Restorative Justice, Punishment, and the Law; Lode Walgrave.- 29. Punitive Restoration; Thom Brooks.- Part IX: Applications.- 30. Mass Incarceration as Distributive Injustice; Benjamin Ewing.- 31. Blaming Kids; Craig K. Agule.- 32. Punitive Torture; Peter Brian Barry.- 33. The Justice of Capital Punishment; Edward Feser.- 34. The Impermissibility of Execution; Benjamin S. Yost.- 35. Cruel and Unusual Punishment; Chad Flanders.
Altman has assembled an estimable group of scholars who provide fresh perspectives on traditional topics in the theory of legal punishment and intriguing discussions of issues that stretch the boundaries of penal theory. The contributions to the volume are of uniformly high quality, and scholars and students interested in these topics will benefit from reading and engaging with them.

Richard L. Lippke, Professor Emeritus, Department of Criminal Justice, Indiana University-Bloomington, USA


This is a serious survey of philosophical positions on the justification and politics of punishment, skeptical engagements with the legitimacy of criminal punishment, and explorations of possibilities for alternatives to punitiveness. International leaders in the field are well represented here. This book comes at an opportune moment for thinking critically about these important subjects. It will be a valuable resource for scholars interested in criminal law and the search for justice.


Erin I. Kelly, Pulitzer Prize-winning author and Professor of Philosophy, Tufts University, USA<div>​<div>
</div><div>This Handbook provides a comprehensive survey of major topics in the philosophy of punishment from many of the field’s leading scholars.Key featuresPresents a history of punishment theory from ancient times to the present.Evaluates the main proposed justifications of punishment, including retributivism, general and specific deterrence theories, mixed theories, expressivism, societal-defense theory, fair play theory, rights forfeiture theory, and the public health-quarantine model.Discusses sentencing, proportionality, policing, prosecution, and the role punishment plays in the context of the state.Examines advances in neuroscience and debates about whether free will skepticism undermines the justifiability of punishment.Considers forgiveness, restorative justice, and calls to abolish punishment.Addresses pressing social issues such as mass incarceration, juvenile justice, punitive torture, the death penalty, and “cruel and unusual” punishment.· With its unmatched breadth and depth, this book is essential reading for scholars who want to keep abreast of the field and for advanced students wishing to explore the frontiers of the subject.
Matthew C. Altman is Professor of Philosophy at Central Washington University, USA. His most recent monograph is A Theory of Legal Punishment: Deterrence, Retribution, and the Aims of the State (2021). He is also series editor of Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law.
</div></div>
This Handbook provides a comprehensive survey of major topics in the philosophy of punishment from many of the field’s leading scholars.

Key featuresPresents a history of punishment theory from ancient times to the present.Evaluates the main proposed justifications of punishment, including retributivism, general and specific deterrence theories, mixed theories, expressivism, societal-defense theory, fair play theory, rights forfeiture theory, and the public health-quarantine model.Discusses sentencing, proportionality, policing, prosecution, and the role punishment plays in the context of the state.Examines advances in neuroscience and debates about whether free will skepticism undermines the justifiability of punishment.Considers forgiveness, restorative justice, and calls to abolish punishment.Addresses pressing social issues such as mass incarceration, juvenile justice, punitive torture, the death penalty, and “cruel and unusual” punishment.

· With its unmatched breadth and depth, this book is essential reading for scholars who want to keep abreast of the field and for advanced students wishing to explore the frontiers of the subject.
<p>Discusses the history of punishment theory and the major proposed justifications of punishment</p><p>Includes newly commissioned chapters from many of the field’s leading scholars</p><p>Provides an essential resource for anyone who wants to understand the current state of discipline</p>
Matthew C. Altman is Professor of Philosophy at Central Washington University, USA. His most recent monograph is A Theory of Legal Punishment: Deterrence, Retribution, and the Aims of the State (2021). He is also series editor of Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law.
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00
9783031118739
0Philosophy of LawSocial Philosophy
Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics
66
978-3-031-15488-1
Humanities & Social Sciences
Álvarez-Ossorio
Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio; Fernando Lozano; Rosario Moreno Soldevila; Cristina Rosillo-Lopez
Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio, University of Seville, Sevilla, Spain; Fernando Lozano, University of Seville, Sevilla, Spain; Rosario Moreno Soldevila, Pablo de Olavide University, Sevilla, Spain; Cristina Rosillo-Lopez, Pablo de Olavide University, Sevilla, Spain
Game of Thrones - A View from the Humanities Vol. 1Time, Space and CultureXX, 370 p. 84 illus., 83 illus. in color.12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50169.99Hard cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English370APDSBHPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-182023-01-181
Chapter 1: Reflections on Time, Space and Culture in Game of Thrones.- Part I: “Winter is Coming”: Landscape, Climate Change and Natural History in Game of Thrones.- Chapter 2: Ludus Thronis: De novem orbis miraculis. The Wonders of the Ancient World in George R. R. Martin’s A Song of Ice and Fire.- Chapter 3: ‘There Had Been a Great Strength in Those Stones’. Materiality and Archaeological Perspectives of Westerosi Fortifications.- Chapter 4: From Python to Viserion: Dragon’s Natural History.- Chapter 5: “A Song of Ice and Fire as a Narrative of Environmental Crisis and Climate Change.- Part II: “You Win or You die”: Aesthetic and Cultural Approaches to Game of Thrones.- Chapter 6: Game of Thrones and the Sublime.- Chapter 7: ‘When you Play the Game of Thrones, you Win or you Die.” Game of Thrones between Mainstream Culture and Counterculture.- Chapter 8: The Symbology of Popular Culture in Game of Thrones: Carnivalization and Tyrion’s Wedding Party.- Part III: “One Voice May Speak you False, but in Many there is Always Truth to be Found”: Linguistic and Temporal Bridges.- Chapter 9: A Reception Study of the Game of Thrones Audiovisual Translations into Spanish: Translation Problems vs. Translation Errors.- Chapter 10: Study of the Translation of the Fictional World of Game of Thrones.- Chapter 11: The Portrayal of Interpreters in Audiovisual Texts, Illustrated by the Character of Missandei in the TV Series Game of Thrones.- Chapter 12: Westeros versus the West: A Ludic Bridge for Teaching History.
“This is, to our knowledge, the most extraordinary collection of varied and fascinating academic consideration on Game of Thrones ever put to press. By bringing together an international gathering of scholars who come from a wide array of disciplines, Game of Thrones: A View from the Humanities has made a real contribution to the study of popular culture and shown the value of humane inquiry into modern works of fiction.”

—Elio M. García Jr. and Linda Antonsson, co-authors with G.R.R. Martin of The World of Ice & Fire

“A humanistic approach to GOT. Finding bare and reasonable resemblances between Westeros, Essos and the civilizations of the ancient world.”

—Aurora López Güeto, Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain

This book reflects on time, space and culture in the Game of Thrones universe. It analyses both the novels and the TV series from a multidisciplinary perspective ultimately aimed at highlighting the complexity, eclecticism and diversity that characterise Martin’s world. The volume is divided into three thematic sections. The first section focuses on space—both the urban and natural environment—and the interaction between human beings and their surroundings. The second section follows different yet complementary approaches to Game of Thrones from an aesthetic and cultural perspective. The final section addresses the linguistic and translation implications of the Game of Thrones universe, as well as its didactic uses. This book is paired with a second volume that focuses on the characters, violence and warfare in Martin’s universe.

Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. He has co-edited The Present of Antiquity: Reception, Recovery, Reinvention of the Ancient World in Current Popular Culture (2019).

Fernando Lozano is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. His research focuses on the study of Roman religion during the Empire and, specifically, on the imperial cult, as well as Reception studies.

Rosario Moreno Soldevila is Professor of Latin at Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. She has authored or co-authored ten monographs on Latin literature, including A Prosopography to Martial’s Epigrams (2019).

Cristina Rosillo-López is Professor of Ancient History at Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. She has authored and edited several monographs, including Political Conversations in Late Republican Rome (2022).
This book reflects on time, space and culture in the Game of Thrones universe. It analyses both the novels and the TV series from a multidisciplinary perspective ultimately aimed at highlighting the complexity, eclecticism and diversity that characterises Martin’s world. The book is divided into three thematic sections. The first section focuses on space—both the urban and natural environment—and the interaction between human beings and their surroundings. The second section follows different yet complementary approaches to Game of Thrones from an aesthetic and cultural perspective. The final section addresses the linguistic and translation implications of the Game of Thrones universe, as well as its didactic uses. This book is paired with a second volume that focuses on the characters that populate Martin’s universe, as well as on one of the ways in which they often interact—violence and warfare—from the same multidisciplinary perspective.
<p>Analyses the Game of Thrones universe from different academic perspectives </p><p>Broadens the understanding of the Game of Thrones universe, focusing on nature, landscape, and culture</p><p>Brings the humanities to the fore in comprehending Game of Thrones</p>
Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. Both his PhD thesis and most of his research has been devoted to the socioeconomic and cultural study of piracy during the late Roman Republic and the early Empire. He is editor of The Present of Antiquity. Reception, Recovery, Reinvention of the Ancient World in Current Popular Culture (2019).

Fernando Lozano is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. His research focuses on the study of Roman religion during the Empire and, specifically, on the imperial cult, as well as Reception studies. He has authored and edited several monographs on these topics.

Rosario Moreno Soldevila is Professor of Latin Philology at the Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. Her main lines of research include the Epigrams of Martial, the oeuvre of Pliny the Younger and amatory motifs in classical and late Latin literature. She has authored or co-authored 10 monographs, including A Prosopography to Martial’s Epigrams (2019).

Cristina Rosillo-López is Professor of Ancient History at the Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. Her lines of research include the political history and political culture of the late Roman Republic. She has authored and edited several monographs, including Political Conversations in Late Republican Rome (2022).

Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031154881
0Television Studies
Contemporary Literature
History of Medieval Europe
Archaeology
67
978-3-031-15492-8
Humanities & Social Sciences
Álvarez-Ossorio
Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio; Fernando Lozano; Rosario Moreno Soldevila; Cristina Rosillo-Lopez
Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio, University of Seville, Sevilla, Spain; Fernando Lozano, University of Seville, Sevilla, Spain; Rosario Moreno Soldevila, Pablo de Olavide University, Sevilla, Spain; Cristina Rosillo-Lopez, Pablo de Olavide University, Sevilla, Spain
Game of Thrones - A View from the Humanities Vol. 2Heroes, Villains and PulsionsXV, 237 p.12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50169.99Hard cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English237APDSBHPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-292023-01-291
Chapter 1: Heroes, Villains, War and Violence in Game of Thrones.- Part I. “The Things I do for Love”: Heroes, Villains and None of the Above.- Chapter 2: Scheming in the Shadow of Tyrants. The ‘Littlefinger’ Type in Roman Historiography.- Chapter 3: Parallel Lives: Connections between the Lannisters and Historical Dynasties.- Chapter 4: The Tragedy of Eddard Stark: Greek Tragedy in A Song of Ice and Fire.- Chapter 5: “Was it a God, a Demon, a Sorcerous Trick?”. Magic, Performative Rituals and Moral Standards in A Song of Ice and Fire and Game of Thrones.- Part II: “Some Allies are More Dangerous than Enemies”: Warfare and Violence.- Chapter 6: Juggling ‘a Hundred Balls in the Air’: Reflections of the Year of the Four Emperors in the War of the Five Kings.- Chapter 7: The Punic Wars in the World of A Song of Ice and Fire.- Chapter 8: ‘The ‘Battle of the Bastards’: A Tactical Iconic Narrative.- Chapter 9: Some Heads are Gonna Roll: Punishments and Executions in G. R. R. Martin’s A Song of Ice and Fire and in HBO’s TV Series.- Chapter 10: From Greek Tragic Drama to Fantastic Terror: Tragic Echoes in A Storm of Swords’ Red Wedding.
“This is, to our knowledge, the most extraordinary collection of varied and fascinating academic consideration on Game of Thrones ever put to press. By bringing together an international gathering of scholars who come from a wide array of disciplines, Game of Thrones: A View from the Humanities has made a real contribution to the study of popular culture and shown the value of humane inquiry into modern works of fiction.”

—Elio M. García Jr. and Linda Antonsson, co-authors with G.R.R. Martin of The World of Ice & Fire

“A humanistic approach to GOT. Finding bare and reasonable resemblances between Westeros, Essos and the civilizations of the ancient world.”

—Aurora López Güeto, Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain

This volume focuses on the characters that populate the Game of Thrones universe and on one of the most salient features of their interaction: violence and warfare. It analyses these questions from a multidisciplinary perspective that is chiefly based on Classical Studies. The book is divided into two sections. The first section explores Martin’s characters, the mainstay of both the novels and the TV series, since the author has peopled his universe with three-dimensional intriguing characters that resonate with the reader/audience. The second section is devoted to violence and warfare, both pervasive in the Game of Thrones universe.

Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. He has co-edited The Present of Antiquity: Reception, Recovery, Reinvention of the Ancient World in Current Popular Culture (2019).

Fernando Lozano is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. His research focuses on the study of Roman religion during the Empire and, specifically, on the imperial cult, as well as Reception studies.

Rosario Moreno Soldevila is Professor of Latin at Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. She has authored or co-authored ten monographs on Latin literature, including A Prosopography to Martial’s Epigrams (2019).

Cristina Rosillo-López is Professor of Ancient History at Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. She has authored and edited several monographs, including Political Conversations in Late Republican Rome (2022).
This book focuses on the characters that populate the Game of Thrones universe and on one of the most salient features of their interaction: violence and warfare. It analyses these questions from a multidisciplinary perspective that is chiefly based on Classical Studies. The book is divided into two sections. The first section explores Martin’s characters as the mainstay of both the novels and the TV series, since the author has peopled his universe with three-dimensional intriguing characters that resonate with the reader/audience. The second section is devoted to violence and warfare, both pervasive in the Game of Thrones universe. In particular, the TV series’ depiction of violence is explicit, going beyond the limits that have seldom been traversed in primetime television i.e. the execution of Ned Stark, the “Red Wedding” and “Battle of the Bastards”. In the Game of Thrones universe, violence is not only restricted to warfare but is an everyday occurrence, a result of the social and gender inequalities characterising the world created by Martin.
<p>Analyses the Game of Thrones universe from different academic perspectives in the field of the humanities</p><p>Broadens the understanding of the Game of Thrones universe, focusing on characterisation and warfare</p><p>Brings the humanities and the classics to the fore in comprehending Game of Thrones</p>
Alfonso Álvarez-Ossorio is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. Both his PhD thesis and most of his research has been devoted to the socioeconomic and cultural study of piracy during the late Roman Republic and the early Empire. He is editor of The Present of Antiquity. Reception, Recovery, Reinvention of the Ancient World in Current Popular Culture (2019).

Fernando Lozano is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Seville, Spain. His research focuses on the study of Roman religion during the Empire and, specifically, on the imperial cult, as well as Reception studies. He has authored and edited several monographs on these topics.

Rosario Moreno Soldevila is Professor of Latin Philology at the Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. Her main lines of research include the Epigrams of Martial, the oeuvre of Pliny the Younger and amatory motifs in classical and late Latin literature. She has authored or co-authored 10 monographs, including A Prosopography to Martial’s Epigrams (2019).

Cristina Rosillo-López is Professor of Ancient History at the Pablo de Olavide University, Seville, Spain. Her lines of research include the political history and political culture of the late Roman Republic. She has authored and edited several monographs, including Political Conversations in Late Republican Rome (2022).
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031154928
0Television Studies
Contemporary Literature
History of Medieval Europe
Archaeology
68
978-3-030-99657-4
Humanities & Social Sciences
AndellPaul Andell; John Pitts
Paul Andell, University of Suffolk, Ipswich, UK; John Pitts, University of Bedfordshire, LUTON, UK
The Palgrave Handbook of Youth Gangs in the UKXV, 578 p. 1 illus.12023final199.99213.99219.99179.99236.00249.99Hard cover0Law and CriminologyHandbookBook0English578JKVJKVQ2Palgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-302023-01-301
Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part I: The Evolution of the UK Street Gang.- Chapter 2: Theorising Gangs.- Chapter 3: Reluctant Gangsters ’Revisited.- Chapter 4: County Lines; Dealing in Vulnerability.- Part II: International Comparisons.- Chapter 5: US and UK Gangs: Models, Policy and Practice.- Chapter 6: Gangs and a Global Sociological Imagination.- Chapter 7: Why them?’ ‘Why then?’ ‘Why there?’: The Political Economy of Gangland.- Part III: Nations and Regions.- Chapter 8: Gangs, Gang Evolution and Young People’s Involvement in Drug Supply and Distribution in Scotland.- Chapter 9: Gangs Young People and Paramilitaries in Northern Ireland.- Chapter 10: Youth Gangs in Wales.- Chapter 11: Gangs in Liverpool: Scouse Soldiers init? Urban Street Gangs on Merseyside.- Part IV: Race and Gender.- Chapter 12: Supporting young women affected by gang association and county lines.- Chapter 13: The alchemy of race and rights’: The logic of historicizing the contemporary racialized youth and gang phenomenon.- Chapter 14: Race and Gangs: Towards a Black Criminology.- Chapter 15: Black Lives Matter in Gang Research.- Chapter 16: The Boys.- Chapter 17: The Pakistani Muslim Community, Street Gangs & the Heroin Trade.- Part V: Gangs and the Justice System.- Chapter 18: Policing UK Street Gangs.- Chapter 19: Evidence in Gang-related Prosecutions.- Chapter 20: Gangs in Prisons.- Chapter 21: County Lines and Prisons.- Part VI: Policy and Practice.- Chapter 22: The English Street Gang & Government Policy.- Chapter 23: Youth Work & Gang Violence Reduction.- Chapter 24: Safeguarding, Young People & Gangs.- Chapter 25: The Premier League: Breaking the Cycle of Gang Violence.- Chapter 26: Using Ex-Gang Members as Peer Youth Workers.- Chapter 27: Voices from Gang Affected Communities.
<div></div>
This handbook brings together cutting-edge research from key contributors on the rapidly expanding and fast-changing field of UK youth gangs. It examines the contours of the academic debates, describes and explains the origins and evolution of violent street gangs in the UK against a backdrop of globalization, and discusses the factors surrounding the emergence of these gangs in each of the four UK nations and some English regions. It also examines the relationship between gangs and wider issues relating to gender, ethnicity, drug distribution and organised crime. It critically assesses the potential and limitations of ‘Public Health’ approaches to gang violence reduction and the government’s policy responses to violent street gangs in the UK. Providing a broad examination of the latest UK gangs research, with international comparisons, it is essential reading for undergraduate and post-graduate students, in criminology, sociology, social policy and law, policy makers at local and central government level, and practitioners in the fields of law, policing, youth work, social work, housing and workers in dedicated voluntary sector organization.
This handbook brings together cutting-edge research from key contributors on the rapidly expanding and fast-changing field of UK youth gangs. It examines the contours of the academic debates, describes and explains the origins and evolution of violent street gangs in the UK against a backdrop of globalization, and discusses the factors surrounding the emergence of these gangs in each of the four UK nations and some English regions. It also examines the relationship between gangs and wider issues relating to gender, ethnicity, drug distribution and organised crime. It critically assesses the potential and limitations of ‘Public Health’ approaches to gang violence reduction and the government’s policy responses to violent street gangs in the UK. Providing a broad examination of the latest UK gangs research, with international comparisons, it is essential reading for undergraduate and post-graduate students, in criminology, sociology, social policy and law, policy makers at local and central government level, and practitioners in the fields of law, policing, youth work, social work, housing and workers in dedicated voluntary sector organization.
<p>Provides the authoritative research collection on youth gangs across the UK</p><p>Addresses current issues facing the UK: county lines, prison gangs, racial disproportionality, and governmental response</p><p>Covers the debates, theories, policy, prevention and practice</p>
<div><div>Paul Andell is BAIF (British Academy Innovation Fellow) Associate Professor Criminology at the University of Suffolk, UK. He has more than 25 years experience of working in the criminal justice field. </div><div>
</div><div>John Pitts is Vauxhall Professor of Socio-legal Studies at the University of Bedfordshire and Visiting Professor of Criminology at the Universities of Kent and Suffolk, UK.
</div></div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00
9783030996574
0Gangs
Youth Offending and Juvenile Justice
Organized Crime
Crime Control and Security
Criminal Behavior
Children, Youth and Family Policy
69
978-3-030-84542-1
Humanities & Social Sciences
AustinRobert C. Austin
Robert C. Austin, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada
A History of Central EuropeNations and States Since 1848XIII, 181 p.12021final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0059.99Soft cover0HistoryUndergraduate textbookBook0English181HBJDHBJDPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2021-10-012021-10-012023-01-252023-01-251
1. Introduction: Flashpoints on the Road to 1918.- 2. The Interwar Failures, 1918 – 1939<div>3.The Second World War in Central Europe.- 4. Making Most of Central Europe Communist.- 5. Communists in Power, 1948-1988.- 6.1989 – 2004: Roundtables, Streets Protests and the Long Journey Back to Europe.- 7. A New Central Europe or Past as Prologue?.</div><div>
</div>
This textbook offers a survey of the history of Central Europe since 1848, from the ‘Springtime of Nations’, through the world wars and communist period, to NATO and EU membership. With an emphasis on nation-building, it gives the reader a better understanding of not just political history but also of the region’s economic development and of everyday life. The book brings the reader right up to the present, considering contemporary issues such as the impact of the 2015 refugee crisis, migration out of Central Europe, the weakening of democratic institutions and the re-emergence of nationalism. Throughout, it offers fresh perspectives, gives agency to Central Europe, and pays attention to the ethnic, linguistic and religious diversity of the region. This is essential reading for students taking courses on Central/East-Central Europe. It is also suitable for courses on 19th and 20th Century Europe, or for anyone with an interest in the region.
This textbook offers a survey of the history of Central Europe since 1848, from the ‘Springtime of Nations’, through the world wars and communist period, to NATO and EU membership. With an emphasis on nation-building, it gives the reader a better understanding of not just political history but also of the region’s economic development and of everyday life. The book brings the reader right up to the present, considering contemporary issues such as the impact of the 2015 refugee crisis, migration out of Central Europe, the weakening of democratic institutions and the re-emergence of nationalism. Throughout, it offers fresh perspectives, gives agency to Central Europe, and pays attention to the ethnic, linguistic and religious diversity of the region. This is essential reading for students taking courses on Central/East-Central Europe. It is also suitable for courses on 19th and 20th Century Europe, or for anyone with an interest in the region.
<p>Offers a survey of the history of Central Europe since 1848</p><p>Considers contemporary issues such as the impact of the 2015 refugee crisis</p><p>Provides fresh perspectives, gives agency to Central Europe</p>
Robert C Austin is Associate Director and Professor at the Centre for European, Russian, and Eurasian Studies, Munk School of Global Affairs & Public Policy, University of Toronto. His previous books include Making and Remaking the Balkans: Nations and States since 1878 (2019) and Founding a Balkan State – Albania’s Experiment with Democracy, 1920 – 1925 (2012). He lives in Toronto.
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41172History00
9783030845421
0
History of Modern Europe
History of Germany and Central Europe
Modern HistoryCultural HistorySocial History
70
978-981-19-4456-7
Humanities & Social Sciences
BhattacharyyaJishnu Bhattacharyya
Jishnu Bhattacharyya, University of Nottingham Ningbo China, Ningbo, China
Dealing with Socially Responsible ConsumersStudies in MarketingXLII, 564 p. 60 illus., 51 illus. in color.12022final84.9990.9493.4974.99100.50109.99Hard cover0Social SciencesProfessional bookBook0English564KJSKJGPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-01-112023-01-111
Section 1: Introduction.- Section 2: Key Principles and Concepts.- Section 3: Current Developments (Review of extant literature).- Section 4: Case Studies.
This book contains a collection of teaching cases that study and emphasise how twenty-first-century businesses address and satisfy the needs and wants of socially conscious consumers while remaining profitable. This book explores the practise of marketing for societal benefit through real-life case studies. It provides a critical understanding of marketing approaches such as social marketing, sustainability marketing, and other practises of a similar nature. This book is made up of both long and short real-life cases from various industries, with varying degrees of difficulty.<div>
</div><div>Jishnu Bhattacharyya is a Ph.D. candidate in marketing at the University of Nottingham. Prior to joining the University of Nottingham, Jishnu participated in research coursework at IIM Kozhikode, where he was a research scholar in the marketing area. Within academia, he has worked as a Project Scientist for IIT Delhi, where he contributed to the market research of the technical textile industry. He enjoys asking questions that are both practically motivated and theoretically inspired along several interconnected research streams, including but not limited to sustainability marketing, socially responsible consumption, consumer interactions with technology, and services marketing. His work, accordingly, has implications for product manufacturers, service industries, retailers, and public policymakers. His work has appeared in academic journals, and he has also co-edited books, co-authored a book, and written case studies. </div>
This book contains a collection of teaching cases that study and emphasise how twenty-first-century businesses address and satisfy the needs and wants of socially conscious consumers while remaining profitable. This book explores the practise of marketing for societal benefit through real-life case studies. It provides a critical understanding of marketing approaches such as social marketing, sustainability marketing, and other practises of a similar nature. This book is made up of both long and short real-life cases from various industries, with varying degrees of difficulty.<div>
</div><div>
</div>
Explores the practice of marketing for societal benefit through real-life case studiesProvides a critical understanding of marketing approaches such as social marketing, sustainability marketingIs made up of both long and short real-life cases from various industries
Jishnu Bhattacharyya is a Ph.D. candidate in marketing at the University of Nottingham. Prior to joining the University of Nottingham, Jishnu participated in research coursework at IIM Kozhikode, where he was a research scholar in the marketing area. Within academia, he has worked as a Project Scientist for IIT Delhi, where he contributed to the market research of the technical textile industry. He enjoys asking questions that are both practically motivated and theoretically inspired along several interconnected research streams, including but not limited to sustainability marketing, socially responsible consumption, consumer interactions with technology, and services marketing. His work, accordingly, has implications for product manufacturers, service industries, retailers, and public policymakers. His work has appeared in academic journals, and he has also co-edited books, co-authored a book, and written case studies.
Professionals
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9789811944567
0MarketingBusiness Ethics
Corporate Environmental Management
71
978-3-031-11107-5
Humanities & Social Sciences
Bijsterveld
Karin Bijsterveld; Aagje Swinnen
Karin Bijsterveld, Maastricht University, Maastricht, The Netherlands; Aagje Swinnen, Maastricht University, Maastricht, The Netherlands
Interdisciplinarity in the Scholarly Life Cycle
Learning by Example in Humanities and Social Science Research
XVI, 337 p. 9 illus.12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0059.99Hard cover0EducationContributed volumeBook0English337JNJNZPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-062023-01-061
1. Introduction.- 2. Reversing the Gaze on Expectations in Technology: Philosopher Ortega y Gasset in Innovation Studies.- 3. A Modernization Perspective on Dutch Universities in the 19th Century: Theoretical Sociology Challenging Historiography.- 4. Constitutional Reform in the Postwar Netherlands: Law in History.- 5. Rethinking Eastern Europe in European Studies: Creating Symmetry through Interdisciplinarity.- 6. Gift and Reciprocity in the Aftermath of the 2003 Heatwave: Using Social Theory to Understand Public Confusion in Response to Solidarity Day in France.- 7. Freeing the Frog in the Well: Borrowing from History to Understand Contemporary Japanese Development Aid to Ethiopia.- 8. Examining Personal and Cultural Narratives of Aging: Literary Gerontology Revisited.- 9. Museology and Its Others: Analyzing Exhibition Storytelling through Narratology, Space analysis, Discourse analysis, and Ethnographic Research.- 10. Spatial Rituals and Ritualized Space in Dutch Postwar Homes for the Elderly: Anthropology in History.- 11. The Mysterious User of Research Data: Knitting Together Science and Technology Studies with Information and Computer Science.- 12. Interdisciplinary Anticipations: Art-Science Collaboration at the Maastricht Brain Stimulation and Cognition Laboratory.- 13. Doing Collaborative Research on Symphonic Orchestra Audiences: Interventionist Ethnography of Music Practices.- 14. Alignment and Alienation: Emergency Staff and Midwifery Scholars as Co-Researchers.- 15. ‘Doing’ Teamwork as ‘Doing’ Family: Researching Transnational Migrant Families through Interdisciplinary Collaboration.
This open access book illustrates how interdisciplinary research develops over the lifetime of a scholar: not in a single project, but as an attitude that trickles down, or spirals up, into research. This book presents how interdisciplinary work has inspired shifts in how the contributors read, value concepts, critically combine methods, cope with knowledge hierarchies, write in style, and collaborate. Drawing on extensive examples from the humanities and social sciences, the editors and chapter authors show how they started, tried to open up, dealt with inconsistencies, had to adapt, and ultimately learned and grew as researchers. The book offers valuable insights into the conditions and complexities present for interdisciplinary research to be successful in an academic setting.




Karin Bijsterveld is Full Professor of Science, Technology and Modern Culture at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. Her work focuses on themes at the intersection of science and technology studies and sound studies. She has taught extensively on how to do interdisciplinary research.

​Aagje Swinnen is Professor in Aging Studies at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. She has published on representations of aging in literature, photography, and film; meanings of literary approaches in dementia care; and ways in which professional artists understand and give meaning to creativity in the later stages of their career.
This open access book illustrates how interdisciplinary research develops over the lifetime of a scholar: not in a single project, but as an attitude that trickles down, or spirals up, into research. This book presents how interdisciplinary work has inspired shifts in how the contributors read, value concepts, critically combine methods, cope with knowledge hierarchies, write in style, and collaborate. Drawing on extensive examples from the humanities and social sciences, the editors and chapter authors show how they started, tried to open up, dealt with inconsistencies, had to adapt, and ultimately learned and grew as researchers. The book offers valuable insights into the conditions and complexities present for interdisciplinary research to be successful in an academic setting.

This is an open access book.
<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access</p><p>Shows how interdisciplinary work has driven change in how contributors read, value concepts, critically combine methods</p><p>Shows how interdisciplinarity changed how contributors cope with knowledge hierarchies, write in style & collaborate </p><p>Offers valuable insights into the conditions and complexities present for interdisciplinary research to be successful</p>
<div><div>Karin Bijsterveld is Full Professor of Science, Technology and Modern Culture at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. Her work focuses on themes at the intersection of science and technology studies and sound studies. She has taught extensively on how to do interdisciplinary research.

​Aagje Swinnen is Professor in Aging Studies at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. She has published on representations of aging in literature, photography, and film; meanings of literary approaches in dementia care; and ways in which professional artists understand and give meaning to creativity in the later stages of their career.</div></div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41171Education01
9783031111075
0
Research Methods in Education
Research SkillsPedagogy
72
978-3-031-11110-5
Humanities & Social Sciences
Bijsterveld
Karin Bijsterveld; Aagje Swinnen
Karin Bijsterveld, Maastricht University, Maastricht, The Netherlands; Aagje Swinnen, Maastricht University, Maastricht, The Netherlands
Interdisciplinarity in the Scholarly Life Cycle
Learning by Example in Humanities and Social Science Research
XVI, 337 p. 9 illus.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5049.99Soft cover1EducationContributed volumeBook0English337JNJNZPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2022-12-202022-12-192023-01-062023-01-061
1. Introduction.- 2. Reversing the Gaze on Expectations in Technology: Philosopher Ortega y Gasset in Innovation Studies.- 3. A Modernization Perspective on Dutch Universities in the 19th Century: Theoretical Sociology Challenging Historiography.- 4. Constitutional Reform in the Postwar Netherlands: Law in History.- 5. Rethinking Eastern Europe in European Studies: Creating Symmetry through Interdisciplinarity.- 6. Gift and Reciprocity in the Aftermath of the 2003 Heatwave: Using Social Theory to Understand Public Confusion in Response to Solidarity Day in France.- 7. Freeing the Frog in the Well: Borrowing from History to Understand Contemporary Japanese Development Aid to Ethiopia.- 8. Examining Personal and Cultural Narratives of Aging: Literary Gerontology Revisited.- 9. Museology and Its Others: Analyzing Exhibition Storytelling through Narratology, Space analysis, Discourse analysis, and Ethnographic Research.- 10. Spatial Rituals and Ritualized Space in Dutch Postwar Homes for the Elderly: Anthropology in History.- 11. The Mysterious User of Research Data: Knitting Together Science and Technology Studies with Information and Computer Science.- 12. Interdisciplinary Anticipations: Art-Science Collaboration at the Maastricht Brain Stimulation and Cognition Laboratory.- 13. Doing Collaborative Research on Symphonic Orchestra Audiences: Interventionist Ethnography of Music Practices.- 14. Alignment and Alienation: Emergency Staff and Midwifery Scholars as Co-Researchers.- 15. ‘Doing’ Teamwork as ‘Doing’ Family: Researching Transnational Migrant Families through Interdisciplinary Collaboration.
This open access book illustrates how interdisciplinary research develops over the lifetime of a scholar: not in a single project, but as an attitude that trickles down, or spirals up, into research. This book presents how interdisciplinary work has inspired shifts in how the contributors read, value concepts, critically combine methods, cope with knowledge hierarchies, write in style, and collaborate. Drawing on extensive examples from the humanities and social sciences, the editors and chapter authors show how they started, tried to open up, dealt with inconsistencies, had to adapt, and ultimately learned and grew as researchers. The book offers valuable insights into the conditions and complexities present for interdisciplinary research to be successful in an academic setting.




Karin Bijsterveld is Full Professor of Science, Technology and Modern Culture at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. Her work focuses on themes at the intersection of science and technology studies and sound studies. She has taught extensively on how to do interdisciplinary research.

​Aagje Swinnen is Professor in Aging Studies at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. She has published on representations of aging in literature, photography, and film; meanings of literary approaches in dementia care; and ways in which professional artists understand and give meaning to creativity in the later stages of their career.
This open access book illustrates how interdisciplinary research develops over the lifetime of a scholar: not in a single project, but as an attitude that trickles down, or spirals up, into research. This book presents how interdisciplinary work has inspired shifts in how the contributors read, value concepts, critically combine methods, cope with knowledge hierarchies, write in style, and collaborate. Drawing on extensive examples from the humanities and social sciences, the editors and chapter authors show how they started, tried to open up, dealt with inconsistencies, had to adapt, and ultimately learned and grew as researchers. The book offers valuable insights into the conditions and complexities present for interdisciplinary research to be successful in an academic setting.

This is an open access book.
<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access</p><p>Shows how interdisciplinary work has driven change in how contributors read, value concepts, critically combine methods</p><p>Shows how interdisciplinarity changed how contributors cope with knowledge hierarchies, write in style & collaborate </p><p>Offers valuable insights into the conditions and complexities present for interdisciplinary research to be successful</p>
<div><div>Karin Bijsterveld is Full Professor of Science, Technology and Modern Culture at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. Her work focuses on themes at the intersection of science and technology studies and sound studies. She has taught extensively on how to do interdisciplinary research.

​Aagje Swinnen is Professor in Aging Studies at Maastricht University, the Netherlands. She has published on representations of aging in literature, photography, and film; meanings of literary approaches in dementia care; and ways in which professional artists understand and give meaning to creativity in the later stages of their career.</div></div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41171Education01
9783031111105
0
Research Methods in Education
Research SkillsPedagogy
73
978-3-031-08302-0
Humanities & Social Sciences
BleekerMaaike Bleeker
Maaike Bleeker, AMSTERDAM, The Netherlands
Doing DramaturgyThinking Through PracticeXIV, 294 p. 30 illus., 28 illus. in color.12023final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0074.99Soft cover0
New Dramaturgies
Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesUndergraduate textbookBook0English294ASANPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-232023-02-231
1. Introduction.- 2. Thinking Through Practice.- 3. A Dramaturgical Mode of Looking.- 4. Doing Dramaturgy.- 5. The Ghent Altarpiece - Milo Rau.- 6. Chekhov’s First Play – Dead Center.- 7. Dear Winnie - Jr.cE.sA.r.- 8. Complexity of Belonging – Anouk van Dijk and Falk Richter.- 9. Lazarus – Ivo van Hove.- 10. Le Corps du Ballet – EG|PC.- 11. Estado Vegetal – Manuela Infante.- 12. Conversations (at the end of the world) – Kris Verdonck.- 13. Phobiarama – Dries Verhoeven.- 14. All Inclusive – Julian Hetzel.- 15. WAR (Ein Kriegstanz) – Amanda Pina.- 16. Kamp – Hotel Modern.- 17. SPEAK! – Sanja Mitrovic.- 18. I am LGB – The LGB Society of Mind.- 19. Epilogue.
This book explores how doing dramaturgy is informed by today’s highly diverse field of theatre, dance and performance. It does so in dialogue with fourteen performances and their makers, tracing the thinking-through-practice that underlies these creations. The first part of the book looks at how dramaturgs participate in practices of thinking-making and introduces a dramaturgical mode of looking at performances and the processes in which they are created. The second part of the book discusses the performances and creative processes of Manuela Infante, Julian Hetzel, Ivo van Hove, Anouk van Dijk, Falk Richter, Milo Rau, Kris Verdonck, Death Centre, Hotel Modern, Jr.cE.sA.r , Emio Greco and Pieter C. Scholten, Dries Verhoeven, the LGB Society of Mind, Sanja Mitrović, and Amanda Piña. Showing how ways of making and ways of doing dramaturgy mutually inform each other, this book is an essential resource for students and others aspiring to develop their own dramaturgical practice.
Maaike Bleeker is Professor of Theatre, Dance and Performance Studies at Utrecht University, Netherlands. As a dramaturg, she worked with theatre directors and choreographers on a wide variety of projects. Moving back and forth between theory and practice, she investigates thinking as material and embodied practice, and making theatre as an expression of such thinking.

This book explores how doing dramaturgy is informed by today’s highly diverse field of theatre, dance and performance. It does so in dialogue with fourteen performances and their makers, tracing the thinking-through-practice that underlies these creations. The first part of the book looks at how dramaturgs participate in practices of thinking-making and introduces a dramaturgical mode of looking at performances and the processes in which they are created. The second part of the book discusses the performances and creative processes of Manuela Infante, Julian Hetzel, Ivo van Hove, Anouk van Dijk, Falk Richter, Milo Rau, Kris Verdonck, Death Centre, Hotel Modern, Jr.cE.sA.r , Emio Greco and Pieter C. Scholten, Dries Verhoeven, the LGB Society of Mind, Sanja Mitrović, and Amanda Piña. Showing how ways of making and ways of doing dramaturgy mutually inform each other, this book is an essential resource for students and others aspiring to develop their own dramaturgical practice.
<p>Promotes a dramaturgical mode of looking at performances and the processes in which they are created</p><p>Examines fourteen performances and their makers</p><p> Explores how doing dramaturgy is informed by today’s highly diverse field of theatre, dance and performance</p>
Maaike Bleeker is Professor of Theatre, Dance and Performance Studies at Utrecht University, Netherlands. As a dramaturg, she worked with theatre directors and choreographers on a wide variety of projects. Moving back and forth between theory and practice, she investigates thinking as material and embodied practice, and making theatre as an expression of such thinking.
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031083020
0
Theatre and Performance Arts
Theatre Industry
Contemporary Theatre and Performance
Applied TheatrePractice-as-Research
74
978-3-031-01948-7
Humanities & Social Sciences
BrinkmannRobert Brinkmann
Robert Brinkmann, Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, IL, USA
The Palgrave Handbook of Global Sustainability
XXX, 2535 p. 267 illus., 215 illus. in color.
12023final1099.991176.991209.99949.991297.001399.99Hard cover0Social SciencesHandbookBook1English2535JRGBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-03-012023-03-011,978-3-030-38948-2
<div>Defining Sustainability.- Organization of the Knowledge of Sustainability.- Defining Environmental Sustainability and Major Earth Cycles.- Global Energy Use.- Oil and Natural Gas and Sustainability.- Coal and Sustainability.- Nuclear Power and Sustainability.- Solar Energy.- Wind Energy.- Hydroelectric Power and Sustainability.- Geothermal Energy.
</div>
<div>The field of sustainability continues to evolve as a discipline. The world is facing multiple sustainability challenges such as climate change, water depletion, ecosystem loss, and environmental racism. The Handbook of Sustainability will provide a comprehensive reference for the field that examines in depth the major themes within what are known as the three E’s of sustainability: environment, equity, and economics. These three themes will serve as the main organizing body of the work. In addition, the work will include sections on history and sustainability, major figures in the development of sustainability as a discipline, and important organizations that contributed or that continue to contribute to sustainability as a field. The work is explicitly global in scope as it considers the very different issues associated with sustainability in the global north and south</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
<p>Clearly structured around the three “E’s” of sustainability: environment, equity and economics</p><p>Interdisciplinary approach that captures the experiences and practices required to understand sustainability.</p><p>A timely reference for those seeking up-to-date research in the field</p>
Robert Brinkmann is the Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Northern Illinois University. He is also a Professor of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment. He was born in 1961 in rural Wisconsin and was greatly influenced by his experiences growing up in a quaint, small-town environment. As a child he spent many hours in nature hiking, fishing, and canoeing, especially in the wilderness of northern Wisconsin. In 1979, he entered the Geology program at the University of Wisconsin at Oshkosh. There, he earned a Bachelor of Science with a focus on lithology, mineralogy, and field geology. During this period, he travelled throughout North America and participated in a geology field school in the Yukon. His first publication, on the formation of the Berlin Rhyolite, was published in 1982.

After graduation, Brinkmann attended the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee where he earned an MS in Geology in 1986 and a Ph.D. in Geography in 1989. During this period, he worked in diamond exploration, ice crystallography, and soil chemistry. It was while conducting fieldwork in diamond exploration that Brinkmann began to be influenced by sustainability issues. He found the surface of the world so altered, that it was difficult to obtain undisturbed samples for detailed analysis. He started to take courses with the late Forest Stearns, one of the first ecologists to call for research on urban ecosystems, and the late Robert Eidt, a soil scientist noted for his definition and interpretation of anthrosols, or humanly modified soils. Brinkmann began to study a number of topics including heavy metal geochemistry of garden soils in cities, pre-Islamic agricultural soils in the Arabian Peninsula, and soil and sediment erosion in mountainous regions. Brinkmann also took courses with cave and karst expert, Michael J. Day and noted archaeologist, Lynne Goldstein.

In 1990, Brinkmann became an Assistant Professor at the University of South Florida where he continued his research on urban sustainability, particularly as associated with soil and sediment pollution in urban and suburban areas. He became a Full Professor in 2000 and the first Chair of USF’s Department of Environmental Science and Policy. He also served as Chair of the Department of Geography and as Interim Associate Dean for Faculty Development in the 2000’s. He arrived at Hofstra University in 2011 to start a new Sustainability Studies Program and eventually became Vice Provost for Research and Dean of Graduate Studies.

Over the years, he designed a number of courses, including classes on sustainability management, wetlands, and community-based sustainability. He has been involved in a number of projects over the last several years including analysis of sustainability efforts in post-hurricane Long Island, evaluation of international sustainability planning with the United Nations, and research on sustainability in sports.

He also served two terms as Chair of the Board of the National Cave and Karst Research Institute and has served as the Co-Editor of the Southeastern Geographer and Associate Editor for the Journal of Cave and Karst Studies. He has served as an elected officer with a number of national, regional, and local organizations. Brinkmann is also active with human rights issues and sat on the Tampa/Hillsborough Human Rights Task Force that seeks to protect the human rights of all citizens in the Tampa region.

Bri
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031019487
0
Environmental Sciences
Environmental Studies
Environmental Social Sciences
Development StudiesManagement
75
978-3-030-44919-3
Humanities & Social Sciences
CarrChristopher Carr
Christopher Carr, School of Human Evolution and Social Change Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA
Being Scioto Hopewell: Ritual Drama and Personhood in Cross-Cultural Perspective
XXIX, 1560 p. 150 illus., 132 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.
12021final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50159.99Soft cover1HistoryMonographBook0English1560HBHDSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-062023-01-061
Part I. Rationale.- Chapter 1. Introduction; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 2. Understanding Past Peoples by Listening; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 3. Religion, Sacred, and Other Quandaries: Writing in Culture-Relevant Categories Carr, Christopher and Weeks, Rex.- Part II. Global Perspectives.- Chapter 4. The Notion of the “Ritual Drama” in Cross-Cultural and Historical Perspective; Carr, Christopher.- Part III. Ethnohistorical and Bioarchaeological Foundations for Reconstructing Hopewell Ritual Dramas.- Chapter 5. The Method of L’Anthropologie de Terrain and Its Potential for Investigating Ohio Hopewell Mortuary Records; Novotny, Anna C..- Chapter 6. Journeys to Afterlives in the Cosmologies of Postcontact, Eastern Woodland and Plains Indians: Inventory, Frequencies, and Geographic Distributions of Elements in Oral Narratives; Caseldine, Christopher, Carr, Christopher, and Feinberg, Samantha.- Chapter 7. Journeys to Afterlives in the Cosmologies of Postcontact, Eastern Woodland and Plains Indians: Interwoven Elements, Their Regional Distinctions, and Meta-Narratives; Carr, Christopher and Caseldine, Christopher.- Chapter 8. Underwater-Underground-Creatures in the Cosmologies of Historic Woodland and Plains Indians as Told in Oral Narratives; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 9. The Ferocious Dog, Brain-Taker, the Keen-Eyed Owl, and Other Characters in Scioto Hopewell Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys; Carr, Christopher.- Part IV. Ritual Dramas of Scioto Hopewell Peoples.- Chapter 10. Souls in Flight: Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys through the Above Realm(s) of Scioto Hopewell Societies; Carr, Christopher and Novotny, Anna C..- Chapter 11. More Souls in Flight: Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys through the Above Realm(s) of Hopewellian and Adena Societies Beyond the Scioto; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 12. Mississippian, Effigy Mound Complex, and Georgia Woodland Bird-Persons and Bird Effigies: A Comparison to Adena and Hopewellian Cases; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 13. The Family and Community in Three Scioto Hopewell Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 14. Little Miami Hopewell Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys through the Lower Realm(s); Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 15. The Genre of the Ritual Drama in Ohio Hopewellian Ceremonilaism: A Comparative Summary; Carr, Christopher.- Part V. Personhood: Global Perspectives.- Chapter 16. Notions of Personhood and Being across Cultures: Models in the Social Sciences; Carr, Christopher.- Part VI. Ethnohistorical Foundations for Reconstructing Hopewell Notions of Human Personhood.- Chapter 17. The Human Person as Multiple Soul-like Essences in the Ontologies of Historic Woodland and Plains Indians: Inventory, Frequencies, and Geographic Distributions of Concepts in Oral Narratives; Rafidi, Brianna, Carr, Christopher, and Kupsch, Mary.- Chapter 18. The Human Person as Multiple Soul-like Essences in the Ontologies of Historic Woodland and Plains Indians: Interwoven Elements, Their Regional Distinctions, and Meta-Themes across Oral Narratives; Rafidi, Brianna and Carr, Christopher.- Part VII. Human Personhood among Scioto Hopewell Peoples.- Chapter 19. Scioto Hopewell Relational Personhood and Social Cooperation: Unmasking the Projection of Western Competition onto Ritual Flamboyance and Paths to Social Complexity; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 20. The Scioto Hopewell Human Person as Multiple Soul-like Essences: Society-Wide Commonalities and Age and Gender Distinctions; Carr, Christopher and Smyth, Heather.- Chapter 21. Ohio Hopewell Human Persons as Multiple Soul-like Essences: Intercommunity and Regional Distinctions; Carr, Christopher and Symth, Heather.- Chapter 22. Nested Personhood, Masking, and the Question of Personnages in Scioto Hopewell, Adena, and Glacial Kame Societies; Carr, Christopher.- List of Tables.-
This book, in two volumes, breathes fresh air empirically, methodologically, and theoretically into understanding the rich ceremonial lives, the philosophical-religious knowledge, and the impressive material feats and labor organization that distinguish Hopewell Indians of central Ohio and neighboring regions during the first centuries CE. The first volume defines cross-culturally, for the first time, the “ritual drama” as a genre of social performance. It reconstructs and compares parts of 14 such dramas that Hopewellian and other Woodland-period peoples performed in their ceremonial centers to help the soul-like essences of their deceased make the journey to an afterlife. The second volume builds and critiques ten formal cross-cultural models of “personhood” and the “self” and infers the nature of Scioto Hopewell people’s ontology. Two facets of their ontology are found to have been instrumental in their creating the intercommunity alliances and cooperation and gathering the labor required to construct their huge, multicommunity ceremonial centers: a relational, collective concept of the self defined by the ethical quality of the relationships one has with other beings, and a concept of multiple soul-like essences that compose a human being and can be harnessed strategically to create familial-like ethical bonds of cooperation among individuals and communities. The archaeological reconstructions of Hopewellian ritual dramas and concepts of personhood and the self, and of Hopewell people’s strategic uses of these, are informed by three large surveys of historic Woodland and Plains Indians’ narratives, ideas, and rites about journeys to afterlives, the creatures who inhabit the cosmos, and the nature and functions of soul-like essences, coupled with rich contextual archaeological and bioarchaeological-taphonomic analyses. The bioarchaeological-taphonomic method of l’anthropologie de terrain, new to North American archaeology, is introduced and applied. In all, the research in this book vitalizes a vision of an anthropology committed to native logic and motivation and skeptical of the imposition of Western world views and categories onto native peoples.<div>
</div>
This book, in two volumes, breathes fresh air empirically, methodologically, and theoretically into understanding the rich ceremonial lives, the philosophical-religious knowledge, and the impressive material feats and labor organization that distinguish Hopewell Indians of central Ohio and neighboring regions during the first centuries CE. The first volume defines cross-culturally, for the first time, the “ritual drama” as a genre of social performance. It reconstructs and compares parts of 14 such dramas that Hopewellian and other Woodland-period peoples performed in their ceremonial centers to help the soul-like essences of their deceased make the journey to an afterlife. The second volume builds and critiques ten formal cross-cultural models of “personhood” and the “self” and infers the nature of Scioto Hopewell people’s ontology. Two facets of their ontology are found to have been instrumental in their creating the intercommunity alliances and cooperation and gathering the labor required to construct their huge, multicommunity ceremonial centers: a relational, collective concept of the self defined by the ethical quality of the relationships one has with other beings, and a concept of multiple soul-like essences that compose a human being and can be harnessed strategically to create familial-like ethical bonds of cooperation among individuals and communities. The archaeological reconstructions of Hopewellian ritual dramas and concepts of personhood and the self, and of Hopewell people’s strategic uses of these, are informed by three large surveys of historic Woodland and Plains Indians’ narratives, ideas, and rites about journeys to afterlives, the creatures who inhabit the cosmos, and the nature and functions of soul-like essences, coupled with rich contextual archaeological and bioarchaeological-taphonomic analyses. The bioarchaeological-taphonomic method of l’anthropologie de terrain, new to North American archaeology, is introduced and applied. In all, the research in this book vitalizes a vision of an anthropology committed to native logic and motivation and skeptical of the imposition of Western world views and categories onto native peoples.
<p>Is the first study to reconstruct and compare the ritual dramas of ancient Native North American societies</p><p>Is the first exploration of concepts of personhood held by ancient Hopewell Indians</p><p>Introduces the bioarchaeological-taphonomic, skeletal-analytical method of anthropologie de terrain to North American archaeology</p>
Christopher Carr, Ph.D., is an anthropological archaeologist whose 40 years of research have focused on the social and religious lives of Native American peoples of Eastern North America from 1000 B.C. through Contact, especially Hopewell mound-earthwork building societies of the Midwest U.S. Mortuary practices and artworks of these peoples and strong use of Indian ethno-historic records, anthropological theories, and material science are foundational to his studies.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41172History00
9783030449193
0HistoryArchaeologyEthnologyComparative ReligionSociology of Religion
76
978-3-030-44916-2
Humanities & Social Sciences
CarrChristopher Carr
Christopher Carr, School of Human Evolution and Social Change Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA
Being Scioto Hopewell: Ritual Drama and Personhood in Cross-Cultural Perspective
XXIX, 1560 p. 150 illus., 132 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.
12021final179.99192.59197.99159.99212.50219.99Hard cover0HistoryMonographBook0English1560HBHDSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideAvailable2022-01-062022-01-062023-02-072023-02-071
Part I. Rationale.- Chapter 1. Introduction; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 2. Understanding Past Peoples by Listening; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 3. Religion, Sacred, and Other Quandaries: Writing in Culture-Relevant Categories Carr, Christopher and Weeks, Rex.- Part II. Global Perspectives.- Chapter 4. The Notion of the “Ritual Drama” in Cross-Cultural and Historical Perspective; Carr, Christopher.- Part III. Ethnohistorical and Bioarchaeological Foundations for Reconstructing Hopewell Ritual Dramas.- Chapter 5. The Method of L’Anthropologie de Terrain and Its Potential for Investigating Ohio Hopewell Mortuary Records; Novotny, Anna C..- Chapter 6. Journeys to Afterlives in the Cosmologies of Postcontact, Eastern Woodland and Plains Indians: Inventory, Frequencies, and Geographic Distributions of Elements in Oral Narratives; Caseldine, Christopher, Carr, Christopher, and Feinberg, Samantha.- Chapter 7. Journeys to Afterlives in the Cosmologies of Postcontact, Eastern Woodland and Plains Indians: Interwoven Elements, Their Regional Distinctions, and Meta-Narratives; Carr, Christopher and Caseldine, Christopher.- Chapter 8. Underwater-Underground-Creatures in the Cosmologies of Historic Woodland and Plains Indians as Told in Oral Narratives; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 9. The Ferocious Dog, Brain-Taker, the Keen-Eyed Owl, and Other Characters in Scioto Hopewell Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys; Carr, Christopher.- Part IV. Ritual Dramas of Scioto Hopewell Peoples.- Chapter 10. Souls in Flight: Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys through the Above Realm(s) of Scioto Hopewell Societies; Carr, Christopher and Novotny, Anna C..- Chapter 11. More Souls in Flight: Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys through the Above Realm(s) of Hopewellian and Adena Societies Beyond the Scioto; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 12. Mississippian, Effigy Mound Complex, and Georgia Woodland Bird-Persons and Bird Effigies: A Comparison to Adena and Hopewellian Cases; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 13. The Family and Community in Three Scioto Hopewell Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 14. Little Miami Hopewell Ritual Dramas of Death Journeys through the Lower Realm(s); Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 15. The Genre of the Ritual Drama in Ohio Hopewellian Ceremonilaism: A Comparative Summary; Carr, Christopher.- Part V. Personhood: Global Perspectives.- Chapter 16. Notions of Personhood and Being across Cultures: Models in the Social Sciences; Carr, Christopher.- Part VI. Ethnohistorical Foundations for Reconstructing Hopewell Notions of Human Personhood.- Chapter 17. The Human Person as Multiple Soul-like Essences in the Ontologies of Historic Woodland and Plains Indians: Inventory, Frequencies, and Geographic Distributions of Concepts in Oral Narratives; Rafidi, Brianna, Carr, Christopher, and Kupsch, Mary.- Chapter 18. The Human Person as Multiple Soul-like Essences in the Ontologies of Historic Woodland and Plains Indians: Interwoven Elements, Their Regional Distinctions, and Meta-Themes across Oral Narratives; Rafidi, Brianna and Carr, Christopher.- Part VII. Human Personhood among Scioto Hopewell Peoples.- Chapter 19. Scioto Hopewell Relational Personhood and Social Cooperation: Unmasking the Projection of Western Competition onto Ritual Flamboyance and Paths to Social Complexity; Carr, Christopher.- Chapter 20. The Scioto Hopewell Human Person as Multiple Soul-like Essences: Society-Wide Commonalities and Age and Gender Distinctions; Carr, Christopher and Smyth, Heather.- Chapter 21. Ohio Hopewell Human Persons as Multiple Soul-like Essences: Intercommunity and Regional Distinctions; Carr, Christopher and Symth, Heather.- Chapter 22. Nested Personhood, Masking, and the Question of Personnages in Scioto Hopewell, Adena, and Glacial Kame Societies; Carr, Christopher.- List of Tables.-
This book, in two volumes, breathes fresh air empirically, methodologically, and theoretically into understanding the rich ceremonial lives, the philosophical-religious knowledge, and the impressive material feats and labor organization that distinguish Hopewell Indians of central Ohio and neighboring regions during the first centuries CE. The first volume defines cross-culturally, for the first time, the “ritual drama” as a genre of social performance. It reconstructs and compares parts of 14 such dramas that Hopewellian and other Woodland-period peoples performed in their ceremonial centers to help the soul-like essences of their deceased make the journey to an afterlife. The second volume builds and critiques ten formal cross-cultural models of “personhood” and the “self” and infers the nature of Scioto Hopewell people’s ontology. Two facets of their ontology are found to have been instrumental in their creating the intercommunity alliances and cooperation and gathering the labor required to construct their huge, multicommunity ceremonial centers: a relational, collective concept of the self defined by the ethical quality of the relationships one has with other beings, and a concept of multiple soul-like essences that compose a human being and can be harnessed strategically to create familial-like ethical bonds of cooperation among individuals and communities. The archaeological reconstructions of Hopewellian ritual dramas and concepts of personhood and the self, and of Hopewell people’s strategic uses of these, are informed by three large surveys of historic Woodland and Plains Indians’ narratives, ideas, and rites about journeys to afterlives, the creatures who inhabit the cosmos, and the nature and functions of soul-like essences, coupled with rich contextual archaeological and bioarchaeological-taphonomic analyses. The bioarchaeological-taphonomic method of l’anthropologie de terrain, new to North American archaeology, is introduced and applied. In all, the research in this book vitalizes a vision of an anthropology committed to native logic and motivation and skeptical of the imposition of Western world views and categories onto native peoples.<div>
</div>
This book, in two volumes, breathes fresh air empirically, methodologically, and theoretically into understanding the rich ceremonial lives, the philosophical-religious knowledge, and the impressive material feats and labor organization that distinguish Hopewell Indians of central Ohio and neighboring regions during the first centuries CE. The first volume defines cross-culturally, for the first time, the “ritual drama” as a genre of social performance. It reconstructs and compares parts of 14 such dramas that Hopewellian and other Woodland-period peoples performed in their ceremonial centers to help the soul-like essences of their deceased make the journey to an afterlife. The second volume builds and critiques ten formal cross-cultural models of “personhood” and the “self” and infers the nature of Scioto Hopewell people’s ontology. Two facets of their ontology are found to have been instrumental in their creating the intercommunity alliances and cooperation and gathering the labor required to construct their huge, multicommunity ceremonial centers: a relational, collective concept of the self defined by the ethical quality of the relationships one has with other beings, and a concept of multiple soul-like essences that compose a human being and can be harnessed strategically to create familial-like ethical bonds of cooperation among individuals and communities. The archaeological reconstructions of Hopewellian ritual dramas and concepts of personhood and the self, and of Hopewell people’s strategic uses of these, are informed by three large surveys of historic Woodland and Plains Indians’ narratives, ideas, and rites about journeys to afterlives, the creatures who inhabit the cosmos, and the nature and functions of soul-like essences, coupled with rich contextual archaeological and bioarchaeological-taphonomic analyses. The bioarchaeological-taphonomic method of l’anthropologie de terrain, new to North American archaeology, is introduced and applied. In all, the research in this book vitalizes a vision of an anthropology committed to native logic and motivation and skeptical of the imposition of Western world views and categories onto native peoples.
<p>Is the first study to reconstruct and compare the ritual dramas of ancient Native North American societies</p><p>Is the first exploration of concepts of personhood held by ancient Hopewell Indians</p><p>Introduces the bioarchaeological-taphonomic, skeletal-analytical method of anthropologie de terrain to North American archaeology</p>
Christopher Carr, Ph.D., is an anthropological archaeologist whose 40 years of research have focused on the social and religious lives of Native American peoples of Eastern North America from 1000 B.C. through Contact, especially Hopewell mound-earthwork building societies of the Midwest U.S. Mortuary practices and artworks of these peoples and strong use of Indian ethno-historic records, anthropological theories, and material science are foundational to his studies.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41172History00
9783030449162
0HistoryArchaeologyEthnologyComparative ReligionSociology of Religion
77
978-3-031-19271-5
Humanities & Social Sciences
Case
Stephen Case; Neal Hazel
Stephen Case, Loughborough University, LOUGHBOROUGH, UK; Neal Hazel, University of Salford, Salford, UK
Child First
Developing a New Youth Justice System
XV, 239 p. 1 illus. in color.12023final44.9948.1449.4939.9953.5054.99Soft cover0Law and CriminologyUndergraduate textbookBook0English239JKVQ2JPQBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-052023-02-051
Forewords from the First Minister of Wales, the Chief Inspector of Prisons & the Chair of the Youth Justice Board.- 1. Introduction.- Part one. Child First: Challenging youth justice systems.- 2. Challenging punitive youth justice.- 3. Challenging the risk paradigm: Children First, Positive Youth Justice.- 4. Challenging historical populism. Children First, Offenders Second: From Concept to Policy.- 5. Child First and Children’s Rights: An opportunity to advance rights-based youth justice.- Part two. Child First: Developing youth justice policy.- 6. Developing Child First youth justice policy in England and Wales: A view from inside the YJB and Westminster.- 7. Developing principled youth justice standards.- 8. Child First in the criminal courts.- Part three. Child First: Developing youth justice practice.- 9. Child First: Thinking through the implications for policy and practice.- 10. The place of risk within Child First Justice: An exploration of the perspectives of youth justice practitioners.- 11. Cementing Child First in practice.- 12. Embracing children’s voices: Transforming Youth Justice practice through co-production and Child First participation.- 13. Discussion and Conclusion: Future challenges and opportunities for Child First justice<div>
</div>
<div>This book explores the development and implementation of Child First as an innovative guiding principle for improving youth justice systems. Applying contemporary research understandings of what leads to positive child outcomes and safer communities, Child First challenges traditional risk-led and stigmatising approaches to working with children in trouble. It has now been adopted as the four-point guiding principle for all policy and practice across the youth justice system in England and Wales, it is becoming a key reform principle for youth justice in Northern Ireland, and it is increasingly influential across several western jurisdictions. With contributions from academics, policymakers and practitioners, this book critically charts the progress and challenges in establishing a progressive evidence-led youth justice system. Its dynamic and accessible integration of theory, research, policy and practice, alongside discussion of critical themes, makes it a key read for students on youth crime/justice modules and for a wider market.</div><div>
</div><div>Stephen Case is Professor of Youth Justice in the Criminology, Sociology and Social Policy division at Loughborough University, UK. </div><div>
</div><div>Neal Hazel is Professor of Criminology and Criminal Justice in the School of Health and Society at the University of Salford, UK. </div>
<div>This book explores the development and implementation of Child First as an innovative guiding principle for improving youth justice systems. Applying contemporary research understandings of what leads to positive child outcomes and safer communities, Child First challenges traditional risk-led and stigmatising approaches to working with children in trouble. It has now been adopted as the four-point guiding principle for all policy and practice across the youth justice system in England and Wales, it is becoming a key reform principle for youth justice in Northern Ireland, and it is increasingly influential across several western jurisdictions. With contributions from academics, policymakers and practitioners, this book critically charts the progress and challenges in establishing a progressive evidence-led youth justice system. Its dynamic and accessible integration of theory, research, policy and practice, alongside discussion of critical themes, makes it a key read for students on youth crime/justice modules and for a wider market.</div>
<div>Stephen Case is Professor of Youth Justice in the Criminology, Sociology and Social Policy division at Loughborough University, UK. </div><div>
</div><div>Neal Hazel is Professor of Criminology and Criminal Justice in the School of Health and Society at the University of Salford, UK. </div><div>
</div>
<p>With forewords from the First Minister of Wales, the Chief Inspector of Prisons & the Chair of the Youth Justice Board</p><p>Examines Child First as an increasingly influential shaper of policy and practice in a host of western justice systems</p><p>Discusses youth justice in relation to diversity i.e. gender, ethnicity, sexuality, disability</p>
Stephen Case is Professor of Youth Justice in the Criminology, Sociology and Social Policy division at Loughborough University, UK. <div>Neal Hazel is Professor of Criminology and Criminal Justice in the School of Health and Society at the University of Salford, UK. </div>
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00
9783031192715
0
Youth Offending and Juvenile Justice
Children, Youth and Family Policy
Prison and PunishmentSocial Justice
Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging
Crime and Society
78
978-981-16-8320-6
Humanities & Social Sciences
Chao
Hing Chao; Lianzhen Ma; Loretta Kim
Hing Chao, International Guoshu Association Ltd, Wanchai, Hong Kong; Lianzhen Ma, South China Normal University, Guangzhou, China; Loretta Kim, University of Hong Kong, Pokfulam, Hong Kong
Chinese Archery Studies
Theoretic and Historic Approaches to a Martial Discipline
XVIII, 363 p. 144 illus., 106 illus. in color.
12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0Martial Studies1Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesContributed volumeBook0English363JFCJFCSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0WorldwideIn production2023-01-232023-01-231
<div><div>Chapter 1. Introduction.- Background: Theory, Material Culture & Literature.- Chapter 2. Towards a Framework for Understanding Traditional Chinese Archery Culture, Ma Lianzhen.- Chapter 3. Archery Books in China, Ma Mingda.- Chapter 4. The Bows of China, Stephen Selby.- Rituals and Transmission: Archery in Ancient China.- Chapter 5. A Socio-Political Study of the Chinese Archery Rituals of the Zhou Period, Stephen Selby.- Chapter 6. Archery Masters in Ancient China, Ma Mingda.- Diplomacy & Exchange: China’s Foreign Relations Through the Lens of Archery.- Chapter 7. Banquet Archery at Yujinyuan Garden in the Song Dynasty, Ma Mingda.- Chapter 8. Chinese Archery’s Historic Influence on Japan, Ma Mingda.- Archery in Manchu China: Diversity and Unity.- Chapter 9.- Manchu Archery, Peter Dekker.- Chapter 10. Imperial Hunt in the Qing Dynasty, Geng Zhichu.- Chapter 11.- The Institution and Administration of Imperial Bowyers and Fletchers during the Qing Dynasty, Geng Zhichu.- Chapter 12.- Manchu Arrowheads, Kay Koppedrayer.- Chapter 13. Solon Archery Tradition: Forgotten Martial Arts of an Elite Qing Force, Hing Chao in collaboration with Peter Dekker.- Contemporary Revival & Development of Traditional Asian Archery.- Chapter 14. Archery Rites: Remaking Confucian Rites, Sarah Kenderdine et el.- Chapter 15. Korean Archery: Modern Transition and Development, Kim Ki-hoon.- Chapter 16. Three Fundamental Conditions for the Revival of Traditional Chinese Archery.</div></div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
<div>This book, the first research publication on China’s archery culture to appear in the English language, introduces the historic development, key concepts, and research methodologies for archery studies. Archery was the most important weapon of war in pre-modern China; at the same time, archery practice was intimately tied to Confucius’ cultural and pedagogic ideals. Chinese archery was divided into the domains of military archery (wushe) and ritual archery (lishe), and may be further distinguished into han (Chinese) and hu (barbarian) archery traditions. Bringing together the leading scholars in this field, including Ma Mingda, Stephen Selby, Ma Lianzhen, Peter Dekker, and others, this book presents the most comprehensive statement on archery studies to date. In particular, it provides an in-depth survey of archery development during the Qing period and offers a unique cultural perspective to understanding China’s last imperial dynasty—through the lens of Manchu archery.
</div>
This book, the first research publication on China’s archery culture to appear in the English language, introduces the historic development, key concepts, and research methodologies for archery studies. Archery was the most important weapon of war in pre-modern China; at the same time, archery practice was intimately tied to Confucius’ cultural and pedagogic ideals. Chinese archery was divided into the domains of military archery (wushe) and ritual archery (lishe), and may be further distinguished into han (Chinese) and hu (barbarian) archery traditions. Bringing together the leading scholars in this field, including Ma Mingda, Stephen Selby, Ma Lianzhen, Peter Dekker, and others, this book presents the most comprehensive statement on archery studies to date. In particular, it provides an in-depth survey of archery development during the Qing period and offers a unique cultural perspective to understanding China’s last imperial dynasty—through the lens of Manchu archery.
<p>Is the first scholarly work to present the theories and history of Chinese archery in a comprehensive manner</p><p>Provides a unique perspective on Chinese history, culture, and society through the lens of archery</p><p>Sheds light on important aspects of Chinese culture including the Zhou rites, Manchu martial culture, etc.</p>
​Hing Chao is the founder and Executive Director of Institute of Martial Studies, Executive Director of International Guoshu Association, and Trustee of Hong Kong Maritime Museum. He is also the founder of Hong Kong Martial Arts Living Archive, the largest 3D martial arts archive in the world, and has curated and produced several pioneering exhibitions including “300 Years of Hakka Kung Fu: Digital Vision of Its Legacy and Future” (Hong Kong: 2016, Melbourne: 2017), and “Kung Fu Motion” (Lausanne: 2018).<div>
<div>Lianzhen Ma is a professor at the Sports Science School of South China Normal University, and is the deputy director for Postgraduate Education in Traditional Physical Activities and Culture Major, and for the Exercise & Training Department. He is a well-known martial artist and the 3rd generation inheritor of Ma’s Tongbei Martial Studies. At the same time, he is the deputy director of Shaolin Changong Committee of Mt. Song Shaolin Temple, president of International Guoshu Association, president of Gansu Province Ma’s Tongbei Wuxue Association, chief editor of Wuxue, and the headmaster of Jiangong Academy.</div><div>
</div><div>Loretta Kim is assistant professor and director of the China Studies programme at the School of Modern Languages and Cultures, University of Hong Kong. She is a historian of late imperial and modern China. Her primary research areas include the comparative history of borderlands and frontiers, Sino-Russian cultural relations, and Chinese ethnic minority languages and literatures. She is the author of Ethnic Chrysalis: China’s Orochen People and the Legacy of Qing Borderland Administration (Harvard Asia Center, 2019).</div></div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9789811683206
0Cultural HeritageCultural TheoryDigital Humanities
79
978-3-031-10720-7
Humanities & Social Sciences
Chaurasia
Anurag Chaurasia; Chittaranjan Kole
Anurag Chaurasia, ICAR - Indian Institute of Vegetable Research, Varanasi, India; Chittaranjan Kole, Raja Ramanna Fellow, DAE, Govt. of India, New Delhi, India
Cisgenic Crops: Safety, Legal and Social IssuesXIII, 288 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color.12023final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00179.99Hard cover0
Concepts and Strategies in Plant Sciences
Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English288TCBPSTLSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-242023-01-241
Cisgenic crops: Biodiversity, ecosystems, and environment.- Cisgenesis: A promising alternative crop improvement technology for biodiversity, environment and ecosystem risks associated with transgenics.- Social acceptability of cisgenic plants: public perception, consumer preferences, and legal regulation (5).- Elucidation and acceptance –scientific, legal and ethical aspects of cisgenesis in times of an alleged dwindling faith in science.- Consumer Evaluation of Novel Plant-Breeding Technologies: A Decision-Focused Research Agenda.- Economic considerations of cisgenics as a sub-set of genetically modified organisms.- Cisgenesis: an European Union (EU) perspective.- Social Concerns and Regulation of Cisgenic Crops in North America.- Cisgenics & Genome Editing or Second Generation Biotechnologies: A Latin America and Caribbean Perspective.- Cisgenic crops in Ecuador: research and perspectives.- CISGENESIS AND CISGENIC CROPS: Need for a Paradigm Shift in Harnessing and Governance.- Is it only the regulatory status? Broadening the debate on cisgenic plants.<div>
</div>
This book is the first comprehensive compilation of existing knowledge on the impact of cisgenic crops on biodiversity, environment, and ecosystem. Strategies to create and access cisgenic crops, potential risks assessment, and legal implications across the globe (European Union, North and South Americas, Africa, and Asia) are enumerated. Ethics, economics, safety, social concerns, and consumer acceptance of cisgenic foods are deliberated. Policy paradigm and ways to overcome GM regulations through cisgenic crops are highlighted. The book has 12 chapters authored by internationally leading experts on the subject. This book will be useful especially for the policy makers and GMO regulators, while the students, teachers, and researchers from across the globe will be equally benefited.
This book is the first comprehensive compilation of existing knowledge on the impact of cisgenic crops on biodiversity, environment, and ecosystem. Strategies to create and access cisgenic crops, potential risks assessment, and legal implications across the globe (European Union, North and South Americas, Africa, and Asia) are enumerated. Ethics, economics, safety, social concerns, and consumer acceptance of cisgenic foods are deliberated. Policy paradigm and ways to overcome GM regulations through cisgenic crops are highlighted. The book has 12 chapters authored by internationally leading experts on the subject. This book will be useful especially for the policy makers and GMO regulators, while the students, teachers, and researchers from across the globe will be equally benefited.











<p>Presents strategies to create and access cisgenic crops, their impacts on biodiversity, environment, and ecosystem</p><p>Addresses cisgenic foods safety, economics, ethical and social concerns, and consumers acceptance</p><p>Proposes the overcoming of the stringent GMOs regulations using cisgenic crops</p>
Prof. Anurag Chaurasia, a biotechnologist working with the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) Government of India, is a pioneer worker on transgenics/GMOs in the country. He has served as faculty 'Molecular biology and biotechnology' at NRC on Plant Biotechnology, IARI, PUSA, New Delhi, and has established the IDA recognized National Bureau on Agriculturally Important Microorganisms (NBAIM) at Mau, Uttar Pradesh, India. His opinion articles in the reputed journal Nature have been accepted by the Government of India in formulating the National Policy Documents for the Genetically Modified Crops, National Education Policy 2020 and Scientific Social Responsibilities. He is a series co-editor for the book series “Topics in Biodiversity and Conservation” Springer Nature and has been serving on the board of many reputed journals being published by the Springer Nature, Elsevier, and Oxford University Press.Prof. Chittaranjan Kole is an internationally reputed scientist with an illustrious professional career spanning over thirty-seven years and original contributions in the fields of plant genomics and biotechnology leading to the publication of more than 150 research articles in globally leading journals. He has edited over 160 books for the leading publishers of the world including Springer Nature, Wiley-Blackwell and Taylor & Francis Group. His works and editing acumen have been appreciated by seven Nobel Laureates including Profs. Norman Borlaug, Arthur Kornberg, Werner Arber, Phillip Sharp, Günter Blobel, Lee Hartwell and Roger Kornberg. Previously he was a Visiting Professor in The Pennsylvania State University and Clemson University. He also served as the Vice-Chancellor of the BC Agricultural University in India. He is also the President of the International Climate-Resilient Crop Genomics Consortium (ICRCGC), International Phytomedomics and Nutriomics Consortium (IPNC) and Genome India International (GII).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031107207
0Plant BiotechnologyAgriculturePlant GeneticsBiological Techniques
80
978-3-031-08041-8
Humanities & Social Sciences
Christiansen
Christian Olaf Christiansen; Mélanie Lindbjerg Guichon; Sofía Mercader; Oliver Bugge Hunt; Priyanka Jha
Christian Olaf Christiansen, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark; Mélanie Lindbjerg Guichon, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark; Sofía Mercader, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark; Oliver Bugge Hunt, University of Copenhagen, Frederiksberg, Denmark; Priyanka Jha, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India
Talking About Global Inequality
Personal Experiences and Historical Perspectives
X, 180 p. 11 illus., 10 illus. in color.12023final27.9929.9530.7922.9933.0034.99Soft cover0Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English180HBGHBTBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-012023-02-011
1. Introduction: Talking about Global Inequality; Christian Olaf Christiansen, Oliver Bugge Hunt, Melanie Lindbjerg Guichon, Sofía Mercader, Priyanka Jha.- Part I. Deep Roots: Legacies of Imperialism and Colonialism.- 2. Notes for a New History; Siep Sturrman.- 3. Poverty and Ideology: Historic Pathways; Julia McClure.- 4. Anti-Imperalism and Digging for the Bases of Power and Privilege; Göran Therborn.- 5. The Colonial Matrix of Power; Walter Mignolo.- 6. Colonial Logics and the Journey from Third World to the First, and Back Again; Tung-Yi Kho.- Part II. Unequal Entanglements: A Capitalist World System.- 7. Self-Interest and Similar Wealth Across Nations Equals World Peace; Branko Milanovic.- 8. An Analysis Built on Global Measurement; James K. Galbraith.- 9. How the Global Movement of Money and People Turns the World Upside Down; Alastair Greig.- 10. The Need to Centre Imperialism; Ingrid Harvold Kvangraven.- 11. The Crisis of Neoliberal Capitalism; Gilbert Achcar.- Part III. The Inertia of Hierarchies: Class, Caste, Race, Gender.- 12. Landscapes of Hierarchy; Dilip Menon.- 13. Experiences of Inequality from India, a Sociobiographical View; Krishnas Swamy Dara.- 14. Writing about Poverty and Caste as a Novelist and Cultural Critic; S. Shankar.- 15. Reflecting on my Experiences of Gender Inequality in Kenya and South Africa; Arabo K. Ewinyu.- 16. Global Resistances and Solidarities: A View from Nepal; Manushi Yami Bhattarai.- Part IV. Thinking Beyond Economics: The Politics of Inequalities.- 17. From Chile to New York: Systemic Corruption and Oligarchic Domination; Camila Vergara.- 18. Making the Familiar Strange: Anthropological Reflections; Tania Murray Li .- 19. From Buenos Aires to Belgrade; Agustín Cosovschi.- 20. Perspectives from The South: an Islander Woman Speaks; Sheila Bunwaree.
'This is an original endeavor. It is rare that we have an emerging scholarly field treated in this way, and the value of this project lies in bringing these authors together and to the attention of a wide academic audience.'

—Pedro Ramos Pinto, Associate Professor, University of Cambridge, UK



'This book provides readers with a valuable overview of the current state of the field of studying global economic inequality. By bringing together various approaches from different theoretical and ideological perspectives, it serves as a crucial guide to understanding the various global facets of economic inequality. This book is essential reading and an enduring reference for future inequality research.'

—Michael J. Thompson, Professor, William Paterson University, USA



Comprising a collection of interview essays with nineteen public intellectuals and scholars from around the world, this book reflects on some of the most pressing questions of our age: what is global inequality; what causes it; and how should we deal with it? Leading figures within the fields of History, Sociology, Economics, Anthropology and Postcolonial Studies, shed light on how their personal backgrounds, places of work, and hometowns have shaped their views on global inequality. We learn about the causes of global inequality, the historical factors that have shaped the world into an unequal place, and the challenges that humanity is confronted with in the face of the widening gap between the poor and the rich. Bringing together voices from the Global North and South, this book helps us to think more broadly about inequality and deepens our understanding of how this long-lasting phenomenon is, and has been, experienced across the globe.


Christian Olaf Christiansen is an Associate Professor at Aarhus University, Denmark.



Sofía Mercader is a Postdoctoral Researcher at Aarhus University, Denmark.




Mélanie Lindbjerg Guichon is a PhD fellow at Aarhus University, Denmark.




Oliver Bugge Hunt is a PhD fellow at the University of Copenhagen, Denmark




Priyanka Jha teaches at Banaras Hindu University, India.
<div><div>Comprising a collection of interview essays with nineteen public intellectuals and scholars from around the world, this book reflects on some of the most pressing questions of our age: what is global inequality; what causes it; and how should we deal with it? Leading figures within the fields of History, Sociology, Economics, Anthropology and Postcolonial Studies, shed light on how their personal backgrounds, places of work, and hometowns have shaped their views on global inequality. We learn about the causes of global inequality, the historical factors that have shaped the world into an unequal place, and the challenges that humanity is confronted with in the face of the widening gap between the poor and the rich. Bringing together voices from the Global North and South, this book helps us to think more broadly about inequality and deepens our understanding of how this long-lasting phenomenon is, and has been, experienced across the globe.</div><div>
</div></div><div><div>
</div></div>
<p>Aims to provide answers to three key questions: what is global inequality, what causes it, and how do we deal with it?</p><p>Combines the academic, personal and political to explore inequality around the world</p><p>Offers insights from experts within the fields of History, Sociology, Economics, Anthropology and Postcolonial Studies</p>
Christian Olaf Christiansen is an Associate Professor at Aarhus University, Denmark.



Sofía Mercader is a Postdoctoral Researcher at Aarhus University, Denmark.




Mélanie Lindbjerg Guichon is a PhD Fellow at Aarhus University, Denmark.




Oliver Bugge Hunt is a PhD Fellow at the University of Copenhagen, Denmark




Priyanka Jha teaches at Banaras Hindu University, India.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031080418
0
World History, Global and Transnational History
Social HistorySociologyEconomic History
Race and Ethnicity Studies
Imperialism and Colonialism
81
978-3-031-10365-0
Humanities & Social Sciences
ConradChristian A. Conrad
Christian A. Conrad, Hochschule für Technik und Wirtschaft, Saarbrücken, Germany
Economic Systems, Markets and Politics
An Ethical, Behavioral and Institutional Approach
XIV, 434 p. 1 illus.12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0Religion and Philosophy
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English434KJGHPQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-162023-01-161
1. Goals of Economic Policy and Weaknesses in the Approach of Economics.- 2. The Image of Man.- 3. Market and Competition.- 4. Economic Systems.- 5. Market Failure and Economic Policy.- 6. Traits of the Political System.- 7. Financial Markets after the Financial Crisis.- 8. Business Cycles Theory and Policy.- 9. Final Conclusion.- 10. Solutions to the Exercises.
This textbook takes a new approach to economics by taking into account behavioral sciences and ethics. The basics of institutional economics are the starting point of the book, which are combined with insights from business ethics and behavioral science. It analyzes human behavior in order to discover incentives for economic agents to behave in a welfare-maximizing way, and analyzes the impact of human behavior and morality on economic systems, markets and politics. This textbook draws from new research results from behavioral economics, as well as from other disciplines, such as psychology and sociology, thus leading to new conclusions for economic science. The book sheds light on how people behave and how such behavior can be guided towards moral welfare for everyone. Furthermore, the reader is introduced to behavioral games, and to how these can be used to study economic behavior. Each chapter contains a summary on behavioral science findings as well as one on ethical findings. This book is a must read for advanced students in economics and political science but can also be of use to researchers of economics, as well as policymakers and business executives due to its focus on applications.
This textbook takes a new approach to economics by taking into account behavioral sciences and ethics. The basics of institutional economics are the starting point of the book, which are combined with insights from business ethics and behavioral science. It analyzes human behavior in order to discover incentives for economic agents to behave in a welfare-maximizing way, and analyzes the impact of human behavior and morality on economic systems, markets and politics. This textbook draws from new research results from behavioral economics, as well as from other disciplines, such as psychology and sociology, thus leading to new conclusions for economic science. The book sheds light on how people behave and how such behavior can be guided towards moral welfare for everyone. Furthermore, the reader is introduced to behavioral games, and to how these can be used to study economic behavior. Each chapter contains a summary on behavioral science findings as well as one on ethical findings. This book is a must read for advanced students in economics and political science but can also be of use to researchers of economics, as well as policymakers and business executives due to its focus on applications.
<p>The first textbook to combine insights from both behavioral science and business ethics </p><p>The only book explaining the whole economy in an applied way with an interdisciplinary approach</p><p>Contains concise chapters with summaries and exercises</p>
Prof. Dr. Christian A. Conrad teaches economics and business ethics at Saarland University of Applied Science HTW. He published several books and papers about ethics, business, economics and financial markets. He was previously Senior Key Account Manager in the national and international corporate department of a major German bank.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00
9783031103650
0Business Ethics
Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics
Social Economy
82
978-3-031-13994-9
Humanities & Social Sciences
CoseruChristian Coseru
Christian Coseru, College of Charleston, Charleston, SC, USA
Reasons and Empty Persons: Mind, Metaphysics, and Morality
Essays in Honor of Mark SideritsX, 497 p. 3 illus., 2 illus. in color.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures
36Religion and PhilosophyContributed volumeBook0English497HPHPJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-312023-01-311
Introduction: In Praise of Fusion Philosophy Mark Siderits––Biography.- Part I – Mind.- 1. But Aren’t We Conscious? A Buddhist Reflection on the Hard Problem Georges Dreyfus.- 2. Reasons and Conscious Persons Christian Coseru.- 3. ‘Real Descartes’ Galen Strawson.- 4. The Imperfect Reality of Persons Jonardon Ganeri.- 5. Eliminating Selves, Reducing Persons Monima Chadha and Shaun Nichols.- 6. The Curious Case of the Conscious Corpse: A Medieval Buddhist Thought Experiment Robert H. Sharf.- 7. How Do Buddhists Account for the Continuity of Mind After Death? Jan Westerhoff.- 8. What’s in a Concept? Conceptualizing the Nonconceptual in Buddhist Philosophy and Cognitive Science Evan Thompson.- 9. On Necessary Connection in Mental Causation – Nāgārjuna’s Master Argument against the Sautrāntika-Vasubandhu: A Mādhyamika Response to Mark Siderits Sonam Thakchoe.- Part II – Metaphysics.- 10. A Post-Reductionist Buddhism? Matthew MacKenzie.- 11. Madhyamaka, Ultimate Reality, and Ineffability Jay Garfield and Graham Priest.- 12. The Real According to Madhyamaka or Thoughts on Whether Mark Siderits and I Really Disagree Dan Arnold.- 13. Anti-Realism and Realism About the Past: A Present for Mark Siderits Arindam Chakrabarti.- 14. Buddhist Shipping Containers Koji.- Tanaka.- 15. Finite and Infinite: On Not Making ‘Them’ Different Enough Rupert Read & Christian Greiffenhagen Part III – Epistemology.- 16. Mark Siderits on Anumāna Shoryu Katsura.- 17. Buddhist Reductionism, Fictionalism, and Expressibility Laura P. Guerrero.- 18. The Presupposition Strategy and the Two Truths John Spackman.- Part IV – Morality.- 19. The Confession: I am a Buddhist Platonist Amber Carpenter.- 20. Self-Cultivation Philosophy as Fusion Philosophy: An Interpretation of Buddhist Moral Thought Christopher W. Gowans.- 21. Can We Know Whether Śāntideva was a Consequentialist? Charles Goodman.- 22. Selfhood and Resentment Rick Repetti Publications of Mark Siderits
Best known for his groundbreaking and influential work in Buddhist philosophy, Mark Siderits is the pioneer of “fusion” or “confluence philosophy', a boldly systematic approach to doing philosophy premised on the idea that rational reconstruction of positions in one tradition in light of another can sometimes help address perennial problems and often lead to new and valuable insights.Exemplifying the many virtues of the confluence approach, this collection of essays covers all core areas of Buddhist philosophy, as well as topics and disputes in contemporary Western philosophy relevant to its study. They consider in particular the ways in which questions concerning personal identity figure in debates about agency, cognition, causality, ontological foundations, foundational truths, and moral cultivation. Most of these essays engage Siderits’ work directly, building on his pathbreaking ideas and interpretations. Many deal with issues that have become a common staple in philosophical engagements with traditions outside the West. Their variety and breadth bear testimony to the legacy of Siderits’ impact in shaping the contemporary conversation in Buddhist philosophy and its reverberations in mainstream philosophy, giving readers a clear sense of the remarkable scope of his work. <div></div>
Best known for his groundbreaking and influential work in Buddhist philosophy, Mark Siderits is the pioneer of “fusion” or “confluence philosophy', a boldly systematic approach to doing philosophy premised on the idea that rational reconstruction of positions in one tradition in light of another can sometimes help address perennial problems and often lead to new and valuable insights.

Exemplifying the many virtues of the confluence approach, this collection of essays covers all core areas of Buddhist philosophy, as well as topics and disputes in contemporary Western philosophy relevant to its study. They consider in particular the ways in which questions concerning personal identity figure in debates about agency, cognition, causality, ontological foundations, foundational truths, and moral cultivation. Most of these essays engage Siderits’ work directly, building on his pathbreaking ideas and interpretations. Many deal with issues that have become a common staple in philosophical engagements with traditions outside the West. Their variety and breadth bear testimony to the legacy of Siderits’ impact in shaping the contemporary conversation in Buddhist philosophy and its reverberations in mainstream philosophy, giving readers a clear sense of the remarkable scope of his work.






<p>Covers all core areas of Buddhist philosophy in-depth</p><p>Presents influential views in the contemporary study of Buddhist philosophy</p><p>Brings together an international team to honor an eminent scholar in the field</p>
Christian Coseru works in the fields of philosophy of mind, phenomenology, and cross-cultural philosophy, especially Indian and Buddhist philosophy in dialogue with Western (classical and contemporary) philosophy and cognitive science. He is also interested in issues in moral psychology concerning empathy and evolution, and agency and responsibility. Author of Perceiving Reality: Consciousness, Intentionality, and Cognition in Buddhist Philosophy (OUP, 2012), his research has been supported by grants from the National Endowment for the Humanities and the Australian Research Council. He is currently Lightsey Humanities Chair and Professor of Philosophy in the Department of Philosophy at the College of Charleston, and Associate Faculty in the Asian Studies and Religious Studies Programs.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41175Religion and Philosophy00
9783031139949
0
Philosophical Traditions
MetaphysicsEpistemologyPhilosophy of MindPhenomenology
Philosophy of Language
83
978-3-030-72278-4
Humanities & Social Sciences
Cullinane
Michael Patrick Cullinane; Martin Farr
Michael Patrick Cullinane, University of Roehampton, London, UK; Martin Farr, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK
The Palgrave Handbook of Presidents and Prime Ministers From Cleveland and Salisbury to Trump and Johnson
XIV, 495 p. 10 illus. in color.12022final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50169.99Soft cover1HistoryHandbookBook0English495HBLJPAPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-142023-01-141
<div>1. Introduction- Michael Patrick Cullinane.- 2. Presidents and Prime Ministers- Kathleen Burk.- 3. Grover Cleveland and Lord Salisbury: A Shared History- Andrew Ehrhardt and Charlie Laderman.- 4. Theodore Roosevelt and Arthur Balfour: Friendship without Familiarity- Michael Patrick Cullinane.- 5. Woodrow Wilson and David Lloyd George: Uncongenial Allies- John A. Thompson.- 6. Herbert Hoover, Franklin Roosevelt, Ramsey MacDonald, Stanley Baldwin and Neville Chamberlain: The Amelioration of Anglo-American Rivalry- B. J. C. McKercher.- 7. Franklin D. Roosevelt and Winston Churchill: Power Relations- Warren Dockter.- 8. Harry S. Truman and Clement Attlee: “Trouble Always Brings Us Together”- Clive Webb.- 9. Dwight D. Eisenhower, Winston Churchill and Anthony Eden: A Common Cause?- Justin Quinn Olmstead.- 10. John F. Kennedy and Harold Macmillan: Dependence and Interdependence- Nigel Ashton.- 11. Lyndon Johnson and Harold Wilson: Pragmatist v. Pragmatist- Sylvia Ellis.- 12. Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter and James Callaghan: Personal Diplomacy and the Special Relationship- Todd Carter.- 13. Ronald Reagan and Margaret Thatcher: A Not So “Special” Relationship?- James Cooper.- 14. John Major, George H. W. Bush, and Bill Clinton: A Tale of Two Relationships- Victoria Honeyman.- 15. Bill Clinton, George W. Bush and Tony Blair: The Search for Order- James Ellison.- 16. Barack Obama and David Cameron: The Ostensible Relationship- Martin Farr.- 17. Donald Trump and Theresa May: the incredible relationship- Martin Farr.- 18. Donald Trump and Boris Johnson: The Unfulfilled Relationship- Martin Farr.- 19. Conclusion- Gill Bennett.</div>
This handbook examines the personal relationships between American presidents and British prime ministers. It aims to determine how personal diplomacy shaped the Anglo-American relationship and whether individual leaders made the relationship “special.” From the great rapprochement of the 1890s to the Cold War and contemporary transatlantic rapport, the Anglo-American relationship has been one of global significance, making presidents and prime ministers central to international security, trade and commerce, culture, and communication. Naturally, it explores the ideas and convictions of presidents and prime ministers, the political parties they lead, as well as the political images constructed in the media and how the aura of the Anglo-American relationship might differ from the reality. With a deeper understanding of the leaders and the relationship they forge with their counterparts we come that much closer to appreciating the dynamics of transatlantic statecraft.
<div>This handbook examines the personal relationships between American presidents and British prime ministers. It aims to determine how personal diplomacy shaped the Anglo-American relationship and whether individual leaders made the relationship “special.” From the great rapprochement of the 1890s to the Cold War and contemporary transatlantic rapport, the Anglo-American relationship has been one of global significance, making presidents and prime ministers central to international security, trade and commerce, culture, and communication. Naturally, it explores the ideas and convictions of presidents and prime ministers, the political parties they led, as well as the political images constructed in the media and how the aura of the Anglo-American relationship might differ from the reality. With a deeper understanding of these political leaders and the relationship they forge with their counterparts, we come that much closer to appreciating the dynamics of transatlantic statecraft. </div>
<p>Offers comprehensive coverage of the personal relationships between presidents and prime ministers from Cleveland and Salisbury to Trump and Johnson</p><p>Explores the importance of personal relations in diplomacy and statecraft</p><p>Provides new insights into twentieth-century transatlantic history and politics, and the emergence of the modern, public leader</p>
<div>Martin Farr is Senior Lecturer in Contemporary British History at Newcastle University. He has published widely on British politics and public life since the First World War, and co-edits the Palgrave series, Britain and the World. </div><div>
</div><div>Michael Patrick Cullinane is Professor of US History at the University of Roehampton, London. He has published several books, including Remembering Theodore Roosevelt (Palgrave, 2021) and The Open Door Era: US Foreign Policy in the Twentieth Century (2017). He edits the book series New Perspectives on the American Presidency.</div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41172History00
9783030722784
0Modern HistoryPolitical History
History of Britain and Ireland
US History
84
978-3-031-13126-4
Humanities & Social Sciences
de HaanFrancisca de Haan
Francisca de Haan, Central European University, Vienna, Austria
The Palgrave Handbook of Communist Women Activists around the World
XXVI, 702 p. 35 illus., 18 illus. in color.
12023final199.99213.99219.99179.99236.00249.99Hard cover0HistoryHandbookBook0English702HBGHBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-02-112023-02-111
<div>1. Introduction: Towards a Global History of Communist Women; Francisca de Haan.- Part I: Global Foremothers.- 2. Clara Zetkin (1857–1933): A Rebel Building the Socialist and Communist International Women's Movements; Florence Hervé .- 3. Alexandra Kollontai (1872–1952): Communism as the Only Way Towards Women’s Liberation; Natalia Novikova and Kristen Ghodsee.- 4. A Right to be Radical: Claudia Jones (1915–1964) and the “Super-Exploitation of the Black Woman'; Carole Boyce Davies.- Part II: Europe.- 5. Helen Crawfurd (1877–1954): Scottish Suffragette and International Communist; Kiera Wilkins.- 6. Ana Pauker (1893–1960): The Infamous Romanian Woman Communist Leader; Stefan Bosomitu and Luciana Jinga.- 7. Dolores Ibárruri, Pasionaria (1895–1989): Communist Woman of Steel, Global Icon; Mercedes Yusta Rodrigo.- 8. Teresa Noce (1900–1980): A Communist “Professional Revolutionary” in Twentieth-Century Italy; Eloisa Betti and Debora Migliucci.- 9. Edwarda Orłowska (1906–1977): A Story of Communist Activism in Poland Told in Words and Silences; Katarzyna Stańczak-Wiślicz.- 10. Nina Vasilievna Popova (1908–1994): “Woman in the Land of Socialism”; Alexandra Talaver.- Part III: Asia.- 11. Deng Yingchao (1904–1992): A Feminist Leader in the Chinese Communist Party; Wang Zheng.- 12. Pak Chŏng-ae: From Red Labor Unions to the Korean Democratic Women’s Union; Suzy Kim.- 13. Iijima Aiko (1932–2005): A Feminist’s Fight Against Discrimination in Japan; Akiko Takenaka.- 14. Nguyễn Thị Bình (b. 1927): “The Flower and Fire of the Revolution”; An Thuy Nguyen.- 15. Umi Sardjono (1923–2011) and the Quest to Build a New Society for Indonesian Women; Katharine McGregor and Ruth Indiah Rahayu.- 16. Behice Boran (1910–1987): A Committed Communist Woman in Cold War Turkey; Sercan Çınar.- Part IV: Africa and the Middle East.- 17. Naziha al-Dulaimi (1923–2007) and the Anticolonial Struggle in Iraq; Noga Efrati.- 18. “Not Only the Country’s Independence, Mine Too!” Arlette Bourgel, an Algerian Jewish Communist (b. 1928); Pierre-Jean Le Foll-Luciani.- 19. Aoua Keita (1912–1980): Anti-Colonial Activist, Nationalist Politician, and Feminist in Mali (West Africa); Pascale Barthélémy and Ophélie Rillon.- Part V: Oceania.- 20. “A Key Person Internationally”: Freda Brown (1919–2009), Australian Activist; Lisa Milner.- 21. Dancing for the Revolution: Rona Bailey, New Zealand Artist Activist (1914–2005); Cybèle Locke.- Part 6: The Americas.- 22. Jeanne Corbin (1906–1944): A Canadian Communist Militant in a Man’s World; Andrée Lévesque.- 23. Elizabeth Gurley Flynn (1890–1964): Mortal Enemy of Capitalism; Lara Vapnek.- 24. Gachita Amador (1891–1961), Between Two Loves: Communist Action and Guignol Theater; Verónica Oikión Solano.- 25. Vilma Espín (1930–2007): Forging a New Woman Within the Cuban Revolution; Ailynn Torres Santana and Michelle Chase.- 26. “When My Life Goes Out ...” Biography of the Argentinian Communist Activist Fanny Edelman (1911–2011); Adriana Valobra and Natalia Casola.
</div>
This Handbook addresses the role of women in communism as a global, social and political movement for the first time, exploring their lives, forms of activism, political strategies and transnational networks. Comprising twenty-five chapters, based on new and primary research, the book presents the lives of self-identified communist women from a truly international perspective and outlines their struggles against fascism and colonialism, and for women’s emancipation and national liberation. By using the lens of transnational political biography, the chapters capture the broader picture of these women’s lives, unpacking the links between the so-called public and private, the power structures and inequalities of their societies, the formal networks and politics in which they were involved, and the informal connections and friendships that supported their activism both at the national and international level. Challenging androcentric and Eurocentric narratives about communism, this Handbook reveals the active and significant roles of women in nineteenth- and twentieth-century communist movements and regimes, and highlights the importance of communist women in shaping the agenda for women’s rights worldwide.<div><div><div> </div> </div> </div>
<p>Addresses for the first time the role of women in communist movements and regimes across the globe</p><p>Provides contextualized biographies of twenty-five leading communist women activists</p><p>Highlights the importance of communist women in shaping the global agenda for women’s rights</p>
<div>Francisca de Haan is Emerita Professor of Gender Studies and History at the Central European University in Vienna, Austria, and Fellow at the International Institute of Social History in Amsterdam. Her research interests center on transnational women’s history and gender history, histories of inter/transnational women’s movements, socialist and communist women’s political activism, women’s work and women’s archives. <div><div><div> </div> </div> </div></div><div><div> </div> </div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41172History00
9783031131264
0
World History, Global and Transnational History
Women's History / History of Gender
Politics and GenderLabor HistorySocial HistoryPolitical Sociology
85
978-3-030-84203-1
Humanities & Social Sciences
Dei
George J. Sefa Dei; Wambui Karanja; Grace Erger
George J. Sefa Dei, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada; Wambui Karanja, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada; Grace Erger, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada
Elders’ Cultural Knowledges and the Question of Black/ African Indigeneity in Education
XI, 226 p.12022final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00139.99Soft cover1
Critical Studies of Education
16EducationMonographBook0English226JNJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-042023-01-041
Chapter 1. Articulating the Epistemic Challenge.- Chapter 2. Colonial Education in the Canadian Context.- Chapter 3. Responding to the Epistemic Challenge – A Decolonial Project.- Chapter 4. Land and Indigenous Epistemology.- Chapter 5. The Role of Elders and their Cultural Knowledges in Schools.- Chapter 6. Making the Case for Incorporating Elders’ Indigenous Knowledges in Schools.- Chapter 7. Challenges of Incorporating Elders in Schools.- Chapter 8. Conclusion: Imagining New Indigenous Educational Futurities.
This book makes a strong case for the inclusion of Indigenous Elders’ cultural knowledge in the delivery of inclusive education for learners who are members of minority communities. It is relevant to curriculum developers, teachers, policy makers and institutions that engage in the education of Black, Indigenous, Latinx and other minority students. This book provides opportunities for exploring the decolonization of educational approaches. It promotes the synthesis of multiple types of knowledge and ways of knowing by making a case for the incorporation of Indigenous knowledges and Indigenous Elders as teachers in learning spaces. The book is of interest to educators, students, and researchers of Indigenous knowledge and decolonizing education. Additionally, it is important for educational policy makers, especially those engaged in looking for strategic solutions to bridging educational disparities and gaps for Indigenous, Black, Latinx and other minority learners.
This book makes a strong case for the inclusion of Indigenous Elders’ cultural knowledge in the delivery of inclusive education for learners who are members of minority communities. It is relevant to curriculum developers, teachers, policy makers and institutions that engage in the education of Black, Indigenous, Latinx and other minority students. This book provides opportunities for exploring the decolonization of educational approaches. It promotes the synthesis of multiple types of knowledge and ways of knowing by making a case for the incorporation of Indigenous knowledges and Indigenous Elders as teachers in learning spaces. The book is of interest to educators, students, and researchers of Indigenous knowledge and decolonizing education. Additionally, it is important for educational policy makers, especially those engaged in looking for strategic solutions to bridging educational disparities and gaps for Indigenous, Black, Latinx and other minority learners.
<p>Challenges epistemic dominance of Eurocentric paradigms in education</p><p>Provides a platform for integration/synthesis of different knowledge</p><p>Promotes the validity of indigenous cultural knowledge</p>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41171Education00
9783030842031
0EducationSociologyAnthropologyHistoryPolitical Science
86
978-3-031-21417-2
Humanities & Social Sciences
DeLisiMatt DeLisi
Matt DeLisi, Iowa State University, Ames, IA, USA
Ted Bundy and The Unsolved Murder EpidemicThe Dark Figure of CrimeIX, 230 p. 1 illus.12023final29.9932.0932.9927.9935.5029.99Soft cover0Law and CriminologyMonographBook0English230JKVJKVPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0WorldwidePlanned2023-01-162023-01-161
Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: The Dark Figure of Crime.- Chapter 3: Asymmetry.- Chapter 4: Clinical.- Chapter 5: The Entity.- Chapter 6: Timeline.- Chapter 7: The Open Road.- Chapter 8: Unsolved.- Chapter 9: No Body, No Crime.- Chapter 10: What Would Have to Be True?.- Chapter 11: Resolution.- Author Biographical Sketch.- References.- Index.- Endnotes.
<div>This book revisits the life and crimes of Ted Bundy. It seeks to reconcile the contradictions and controversies about his life that underscore the broader US unsolved murder problem, one that is estimated at between 250,000 to 350,000 open, unresolved, or cold cases. The incidence of crime is far greater than is captured by official statistics; most offenses are never detected, a concept known as the dark figure of crime which is explored here. Drawing on 25 years of practitioner, research, and consultant experiences with the most violent criminals, this book offers solutions toward clearing the current backlog of unsolved murders in the United States many of which were never reported and disproportionately perpetrated by offenders like Bundy. This compelling book speaks to students, academics and readers interested in true crime, serial murder, homicide and criminal justice. </div><div>

</div>
Brings to life Bundy's criminal career to illustrate how crime can be better understood outside of the numbersOffers fresh perspectives on policy issues based on 25 years of practitioner, research, and consultant experienceProvides suggestions for clearing the backlog of unresolved murders
Matt DeLisi is Distinguished Professor, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Dean’s Professor, Coordinator of Criminal Justice, and Faculty Affiliate of the Center for the Study of Violence at Iowa State University, USA. A renowned scholar, Professor DeLisi is one of the most influential and prolific criminologists in the world with over 460 scholarly publications including 33 books on an array of topics in the social, behavioral, and forensic sciences. He has provided expert services and consultation on capital murder and multiple-homicide offender cases in multiple federal and state jurisdictions. In 2013, Professor DeLisi testified to the United States Senate Judiciary Committee and consulted on criminal justice policy to a variety of federal stakeholders including the United States Attorney General, National Institute of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, and others. For eight years, Dr. DeLisi served as a research specialist with United States Probation and Pretrial Services and engaged with scores of practitioners in the federal judiciary and correctional spheres.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41177Law and Criminology00
9783031214172
0Criminal BehaviorCriminology TheoryCrime and SocietyVictimologyForensic Psychology
Crime Control and Security
87
978-3-031-18500-7
Humanities & Social Sciences
DickensPeter Dickens
Peter Dickens, Cambridge, UK
Capital and the Cosmos
War, Society and the Quest for Profit
XI, 158 p. 8 illus.12022final27.9929.9530.7924.9933.0034.99Soft cover0Social SciencesGeneral interestBook0English158JPQBJHBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-172023-01-171
1. The Cosmos: Capitalism’s Outside?- 2. Libertarianism, Fantasy and Cosmic Capitalism.- 3. Individualism, Narcissism and the Cosmos.- 4. Circuits of Capital, Circuits of Earth.- 5. Producing Spacecraft.- 6. The Body and the Cosmos.- 7. A Cosmic Risk Society?- 8. Satellites, War and Capital Accumulation.- 9. Cosmic Capitalism and Space Law.- 10. Future Work.- 11. Prefigurative Politics: Towards a Cosmic Socialism?
This book offers a new understanding of society’s relations with the cosmos. Entrepreneurs such as Jeff Bezos and Elon Musk receive a great deal of publicity, but offer unlikely and implausible visions of space tourism for the general public. Meanwhile, asteroids are seen as ‘rare materials’ which will be extracted and used to produce untold riches for earthbound citizens.
The reality is rather different. First, there is no evidence that owners of capital are attempting to extract ‘rare’ materials in the cosmos. The costs would be ‘out of this world’. But capital, not governments, is determining how outer space should be used. Capital’s investments in aerospace companies are actively determining forms of military interventions and the equipment used. And satellite television pumps out forms of culture aimed at a global audience. But these are being ignored and subverted by, for example, indigenous peoples.

In short, this book sets out a new understanding of our relations with the cosmos. The forces of capital are certainly powerful but at the same time they are being challenged, subverted and even overturned.

Peter Dickens teaches at the Departments of Sociology at Brighton, Cambridge and Lancaster Universities, UK. He is the co-author of Cosmic Society (2007) and co-editor of The Palgrave Handbook of Society, Culture and Outer Space (Palgrave Macmillan, 2016). His book Society and Nature: Changing Our Environment, Changing Ourselves (2006) was given an Outstanding Publication Award by the American Sociological Association.
This book offers a new understanding of society’s relations with the cosmos. Entrepreneurs such as Jeff Bezos and Elon Musk receive a great deal of publicity, but offer unlikely and implausible visions of space tourism for the general public. Meanwhile, asteroids are seen as ‘rare materials’ which will be extracted and used to produce untold riches for earthbound citizens.

The reality is rather different. First, there is no evidence that owners of capital are attempting to extract ‘rare’ materials in the cosmos. The costs would be ‘out of this world’. But capital, not governments, is determining how outer space should be used. Capital’s investments in aerospace companies are actively determining forms of military interventions and the equipment used. And satellite television pumps out forms of culture aimed at a global audience. But these are being ignored and subverted by, for example, indigenous peoples.

In short, this book sets out a new understanding of our relations with the cosmos. The forces of capital are certainly powerful but at the same time they are being challenged, subverted and even overturned.
<p>Written by the leading voice in the burgeoning field of sociology of space</p><p>Provides a critical, social-science approach to the colonisation of the cosmos</p><p>Written in a clear and accessible manner, which will appeal to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike </p>
Peter Dickens teaches at the Departments of Sociology at Brighton, Cambridge and Lancaster Universities, UK. He is the co-author of Cosmic Society (2007) and co-editor of The Palgrave Handbook of Society, Culture and Outer Space (Palgrave Macmillan, 2016). His book Society and Nature: Changing Our Environment, Changing Ourselves (2006) was given an Outstanding Publication Award by the American Sociological Association.
TradePalgrave Trade US (P1)Palgrave Trade (P1)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031185007
0
Environmental Social Sciences
SociologyHuman GeographyEconomic Sociology
88
978-3-031-16762-1
Humanities & Social Sciences
DixonBarnali Dixon
Barnali Dixon, University of South Florida, St. Petersburg, FL, USA
Interdisciplinary Environmental Solutions
Using Geospatial Technologies For Bridging Disciplines, Scale and Data
Approx. 300 p. 60 illus. in color.12023final69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5084.99Hard cover0Social Sciences
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English0RGUBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-02-092023-02-091
<div><div>Chapter 1: Introduction Interdisciplinary Environmental Solutions.- Chapter 2:Introduction Complexity of environmental systems.- Chapter 3: Illustration of System Complexity and Need for integrative analysis for effective solutions.- Chapter 4: Place, Space, Scale, Geospatial Analysis and GIS.- Chapter 5: Uncertainty Issues with Complex System.- Chapter 6: Role of Place (Space) in Decision Support Systems.- Chapter 7: Place-based approaches to Integrated Environment Solutions.- Chapter 8: Role of place and space in identification of environmental problems and finding solutions.- Chapter 9: Geographic Problem Solving: Summary of key environmental problems that need integrative approaches and the notion of uncertainty associated with ‘ways of knowing’.- Chapter 10: GIS, GeoAI, and Geospatial Framework For Integrated Place-Based Approach.- Chapter 11:Conceptual Framework for Integration of Terrestrial Systems and Aquatic Sinks using Systems Thinking and Place-based Approach.- Chapter 12: Spato-temporal variability of water quality and watershed relationship.- Chapter 13: The Impact of Wildfire on Soil Erosion and Water Quality using a GIS-integrated Framework.- Chapter 14: Geospatially Integrated Drainage Basin Scale Sediment Dynamics Under Projected Future Climate Conditions In South East Georgia, USA.- Chapter 15: Linking Watershed’s Properties to MPAs: Integration of Terrestrial Source, Landuse, and Watershed Hydrogeology in Coastal MPA Management.- Chapter 16: Modeling of Surface and Groundwater Contamination to Assess Human Health Risk: An Integrated Geospatial Approach.- Chapter 17: Application of a geospatially integrated species distribution model for seagrass in an urbanized estuary.- Chapter 18: Role of Place/Space in Conservation and Multi-scale Analysis.- Chapter 19: Analyzing Public Responses from Qualitative Data through Spatial Distribution Analysis Utilizing GIS for Effective Resilience Planning.- Chapter 20: Sensitivity Analysis and the use of Geospatial Framework: a Case Study of Soil Moisture and Soil Water Balance.- Chapter 21: Comparison of RUSLE and MUSLE models to predict and estimate soil erosion : a geospatially integrated sensitivity analysis.- Chapter 22: Comparison of Sensitivity analysis with ANN and SVM for Water Budget Calculations.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div></div>
<div><div><div>This textbook presents a clear and accessible argument for sustainable planning and development. The book discusses multiple environmental issues and examines how potential solutions can and should be addressed in the context of space and place. The book also offers an invaluable discussion on the need for a framework for system-based thinking where various disciplines should work together to find innovative solutions. Students are provided with an appreciation of the need for an interdisciplinary approach to these issues combined with an underlying sense of space, an appreciation of cultural diversity and differences, as well as associated insights into human relationships. These core attributes put space at the heart of environmental and natural resources management, in terms of policy, planning and on-the-ground initiatives.
</div><div>
</div><div>This book will be an invaluable reference for advanced undergraduate, graduate students and researchers working in the field looking for an accessible overview of this interdisciplinary approach to the topic.</div></div><div>
</div></div>
<div><div>This textbook presents a clear and accessible argument for sustainable planning and development. The book discusses multiple environmental issues and examines how potential solutions can and should be addressed in the context of space and place. The book also offers an invaluable discussion on the need for a framework for system-based thinking where various disciplines should work together to find innovative solutions. Students are provided with an appreciation of the need for an interdisciplinary approach to these issues combined with an underlying sense of space, an appreciation of cultural diversity and differences, as well as associated insights into human relationships. These core attributes put space at the heart of environmental and natural resources management, in terms of policy, planning and on-the-ground initiatives.
</div>
</div><div>This book will be an invaluable reference for advanced undergraduate, graduate students and researchers working in the field looking for an accessible overview of this interdisciplinary approach to the topic.</div><div>
</div>
<p>An introduction to theories of ‘spatially integrated decision support systems’ and place-based system thinking</p><p>Case studies provided throughout the text to show how each environmental issue can be addressed in practice</p><p>An invaluable text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students taking interdisciplinary courses in the environment</p>
<div>Dr Barnali Dixon is currently Professor of Geospatial Technologies, in the Program of Environmental Science and Policy, at University of South Florida. She is also the founding director of the Geospatial Analytics lab (G-SAL) and the Executive Director of Initiative on VCoastalResilienbce and Adaptation (iCAR). Dr Dixon's research focuses on the development and application of spatially integrated decision support tools (SDST) using GIS, GPS and remote sensing tools for modeling and managing soil, landuse and land-water interfaces using approximation tools. She is particularly interested in model development that are transdisciplinary in nature.
</div>
Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031167621
0Integrated Geography
Geographical Information System
Environmental Social Sciences
Environmental Studies
Environmental Sciences
89
978-3-031-18632-5
Humanities & Social Sciences
DonnellyK.J. Donnelly
K.J. Donnelly, University of Southampton, Wool, UK
The McGurk Universe
The Physiological and the Psychological in Audiovisual Culture
IX, 221 p. 36 illus., 20 illus. in color.12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Hard cover0
Palgrave Studies in Audio-Visual Culture
Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesMonographBook0English221APJMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-172023-01-171
CHAPTER 1 Introduction.- CHAPTER 2: The McGurk Universe – Neuro and Aesthetic Theory.- CHAPTER 3: Perpetual Realism: Mediating Fantasy and Reality.- CHAPTER 4: Mediating the Psychological and the Physiological.- CHAPTER 5: Spandrels and Synergy.- CHAPTER 6: ‘Gymnasium for the Senses’: the Artificiality of Audiovisual Space.- CHAPTER 7: Conclusion.<div></div>
This book reconsiders audiovisual culture through a focus on human perception, with recourse to ideas derived from recent neuroscience. It proceeds from the assumption that rather than simply working on a straightforward cognitive level audiovisual culture also functions more fundamentally on a physiological level, directly exploiting precise aspects of human perception. Vision and hearing are unified in a merged signal in the brain through being processed in the same areas. This is illustrated by the startling ‘McGurk Effect’, whereby the perception of spoken sound is changed by its accompanying image, and counterpart effects which demonstrate that what we see is affected by different sounds accompanying sounds. This blending of sound and images into a whole has become a universal aspect of culture, not only evident in films and television but also in video games and short Internet clips. Indeed, this aesthetic formation has become the dominant of this period. The McGurk Universe attends to how audiovisual culture engages with and mediates between physiological and psychological levels.<div>
</div><div>K.J. Donnelly is Professor of Film and Film Music at the University of Southampton, UK, and author of The Shining (2017), Magical Musical Tour (2015), Occult Aesthetics (2013), British Film Music and Film Musicals (2007), The Spectre of Sound (2005), and Pop Music in British Cinema (2001).

</div><div>
</div>
This book reconsiders audiovisual culture through a focus on human perception, with recourse to ideas derived from recent neuroscience. It proceeds from the assumption that rather than simply working on a straightforward cognitive level audiovisual culture also functions more fundamentally on a physiological level, directly exploiting precise aspects of human perception. Vision and hearing are unified in a merged signal in the brain through being processed in the same areas. This is illustrated by the startling ‘McGurk Effect’, whereby the perception of spoken sound is changed by its accompanying image, and counterpart effects which demonstrate that what we see is affected by different sounds accompanying sounds. This blending of sound and images into a whole has become a universal aspect of culture, not only evident in films and television but also in video games and short Internet clips. Indeed, this aesthetic formation has become the dominant of this period. The McGurk Universe attends to how audiovisual culture engages with and mediates between physiological and psychological levels.
<p>Proceeds from the insights given on audiovisual culture by perception phenomena such as The McGurk Effect</p><p>Draws upon insights from neuroscience exploiting fact-based psychological approach of Gestalt theory</p><p>Addresses film, television, music video and video games</p>
K.J. Donnelly is Professor of Film and Film Music at the University of Southampton, UK, and author of The Shining (2017), Magical Musical Tour (2015), Occult Aesthetics (2013), British Film Music and Film Musicals (2007), The Spectre of Sound (2005), and Pop Music in British Cinema (2001).
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031186325
0Audio-Visual Culture
Behavioral Sciences and Psychology
Sound StudiesCultural Studies
90
978-3-031-11131-0
Humanities & Social Sciences
Freitag
Florian Freitag; Filippo Carlà-Uhink; Salvador Anton Clavé
Florian Freitag, Universität Duisburg-Essen, Essen, Germany; Filippo Carlà-Uhink, Universität Potsdam, Potsdam, Germany; Salvador Anton Clavé, Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Vila - Seca, Spain
Key Concepts in Theme Park Studies
Understanding Tourism and Leisure Spaces
XVII, 362 p. 20 illus., 19 illus. in color.
12022final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00139.99Hard cover0Social Sciences
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English362JHBRPCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-242023-01-241
Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Attractions.- Chapter 3. Authenticity.- Chapter 4. Economic Strategy.- Chapter 5. History of Theme Parks.- Chapter 6. Immersion.- Chapter 7. Inclusion and Exclusion.- Chapter 8. Industry.- Chapter 9. Labor.- Chapter 10. Media.- Chapter 11. Metatexts and Reception.- Chapter 12. Methods.- Chapter 13. Planning and Layout.- Chapter 14. Space.- Chapter 15. Theming.- Chapter 16. Time.- Chapter 17. Visitors and Customers.- Chapter 18. Worldviews.- Bibliography.- Index.
This book offers a comprehensive, multidisciplinary introduction to theme parks and the field of theme park studies. It identifies and discusses relevant economic, social, and cultural as well as medial, historical, and geographical aspects of theme parks worldwide, from the big international theme park chains to smaller, regional, family-operated parks. The book also describes the theories and methods that have been used to study theme parks in various academic disciplines and reviews the major contexts in which theme parks have been studied. By providing the necessary backgrounds, theories, and methods to analyze and understand theme parks both as a business field and as a socio-cultural phenomenon, this book will be a great resource to students, academics from all disciplines interested in theme parks, and professionals and policy-makers in the leisure and entertainment as well as the urban planning sector.
This book offers a comprehensive, multidisciplinary introduction to theme parks and the field of theme park studies. It identifies and discusses relevant economic, social, and cultural as well as medial, historical, and geographical aspects of theme parks worldwide, from the big international theme park chains to smaller, regional, family-operated parks. The book also describes the theories and methods that have been used to study theme parks in various academic disciplines and reviews the major contexts in which theme parks have been studied. By providing the necessary backgrounds, theories, and methods to analyze and understand theme parks both as a business field and as a socio-cultural phenomenon, this book will be a great resource to students, academics from all disciplines interested in theme parks, and professionals and policy-makers in the leisure and entertainment as well as the urban planning sector.
<p>Defines the most central concepts in theme park studies</p><p>Analyzes the development, design, and operation of theme parks as well as their visitors and employees</p><p>Discusses theme parks worldwide and from the big international chains to smaller, regional, family-operated parks</p>
Salvador Anton Clavé is Professor of Regional Geographical Analysis at the University Rovira i Virgili (Catalonia, Spain). He has been a senior visiting scholar at the George Washington University (USA) and currently also serves as Director of Tourism Innovation at Eurecat – The Technology Centre of Catalonia. His research concentrates, among other interests, on visitor attractions and theme parks development, performance, and impact; visitors spatial behaviour; and digital technologies and tourism. He is the author of “The Global Theme Park Industry” (2007) and other publications in the field. In 2021 he received the American Association of Geographers Roy Wolfe Award presented by the Recreation, Tourism and Sport Specialty Group.

Filippo Carlà-Uhink is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Potsdam (Germany). He specializes, among other research interests, in the reception of classical antiquity in modern popular culture and in the modern visual and performing arts. Carlà-Uhink is the author of 'Representations of Classical Greece in Theme Parks' (2020) and of numerous other articles and book chapters on the reception of classical antiquity in theme parks. Together with Florian Freitag he directed the research group “‘Here You Leave Today’: Time and Temporality in Theme Parks,” which was funded by the German Research Foundation (DFG) for the period 2014-2017.

Florian Freitag is Professor of American Studies at the University of Duisburg-Essen (Germany). Among other research interests, Freitag concentrates on the mediality and the history of theme parks. Freitag is the author of “Popular New Orleans: The Crescent City in Periodicals, Theme Parks, and Opera” (2021) and of numerous articles and book chapters, among others in “The Journal of Popular Culture” and “Continuum.” Together with Filippo Carlà-Uhink, he directed the research group “‘Here You Leave Today’: Time and Temporality in Theme Parks,” which was funded by the German Research Foundation (DFG) for the period 2014-2017; and together with Salvador Anton Clavé, Freitag is on the Editorial Board of the “Journal of Themed Experience and Attractions Studies.”
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031111310
0Leisure StudiesRegional GeographyHuman Geography
91
978-3-031-06336-7
Humanities & Social Sciences
Gill
Aisha K. Gill; Hannah Begum
Aisha K. Gill, School for Policy Studies, Bristol, UK; Hannah Begum, Barnardo House, London, UK
Child Sexual Abuse in Black and Minoritised Communities
Improving Legal, Policy and Practical Responses
XXIV, 441 p. 3 illus.12022final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5049.99Soft cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyProfessional bookBook0English441JKVQ2JKVPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-042023-01-041
1. Introduction.- 2. Epistemic injustice: Racially marginalised adult survivors of child sexual abuse.- 3. Understanding the experiences of British South Asian male survivors of child sexual abuse.- 4. Maternal Mimesis: The impact of intersectional abuse on African-Caribbean British maternal responses to ‘tellings’ of child sexual abuse by daughters.- 5. ‘Preserving what for whom?’: Female victims’ perspectives on the silence behind sexual abuse in Britain’s South Asian communities.- 6. Survivors speak up: Improving police responses to sexual abuse cases in Black and racially minoritised communities.- 7. Institutional responses to child sexual abuse in ethnic minority communities.- 8. Addressing harmful sexual behaviours among children and young people: Definitional and regulatory tensions.- 9. He didn’t want any of that: Considerations in the study and theorization of Black boys’ sexual victimization in the United States.- 10. Child sexual abuse in Latinx populations in the United States: An examination of cultural influences.- 11. Truth, trauma and healing: Stories of Aboriginal survivors of child sexual abuse in out-of-home care.- 12. The blurred line: Balancing the treatment of personality disorders, personal trauma, and cultural trauma among individuals who have sexually offended.- 13. “Pussy power”? Reflecting on research practice with Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander men who have offended sexually.
Child sexual abuse (CSA) is believed to affect one in eight children worldwide (UNICEF, 2020). This authoritative book challenges widely-held problematic beliefs about CSA and discusses societal responses and attitudes to survivors. It brings together multidisciplinary expertise from key researchers and practitioners around the world to better understand CSA in Black and racially minoritised communities and to provide recommendations for improving legal, policy and practical responses. It provides an international overview, covering theory, practice and policy and action-oriented research to determine how countries can individually and collectively work to prevent CSA with specific, vulnerable groups and in general. It also examines how intersectional marginalisation affects experiences of, and responses to, CSA. <div>
This essential body of work is thoroughly researched and includes first hand testimony which will deepen the understanding of students, academics, policy-makers and professionals including social workers, service staff and activists working at the frontline.
Professor Aisha K. Gill Ph.D. CBE is Professor of Criminology at the University of Bristol, UK. She has been involved in addressing the problem of violence against women and children, 'honour' crimes, forced marriage, sexual abuse and femicidal violence at the grassroots/activist level for 23 years. She is Co-Chair of End Violence Against Women Coalition, a network that campaigns to end all forms of violence against women. She also sat on the 2021 CEDAW People’s Tribunal hearings into women’s rights in the United Kingdom.

Dr Hannah Begum is Research and Evaluation Officer at the Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse, UK. Her current ESRC funded project explores the impact of Covid-19 on minority Muslim communities in Birmingham. Her research interests lie broadly in the fields of victimology, child sexual abuse and the experiences of Black and minoritised communities in the criminal justice system.</div><div>
Chapter 7 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.</div>
Child sexual abuse (CSA) is believed to affect one in eight children worldwide (UNICEF, 2020). This authoritative book challenges widely-held problematic beliefs about CSA and discusses societal responses and attitudes to survivors. It brings together multidisciplinary expertise from key researchers and practitioners around the world to better understand CSA in Black and racially minoritised communities and to provide recommendations for improving legal, policy and practical responses. It provides an international overview, covering theory, practice and policy and action-oriented research to determine how countries can individually and collectively work to prevent CSA with specific, vulnerable groups and in general. It also examines how intersectional marginalisation affects experiences of, and responses to, CSA. This essential body of work is thoroughly researched and includes first hand testimony which will deepen the understanding of students, academics, policy-makers and professionals including social workers, service staff and activists working at the frontline.

Chapter 7 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
<p>Provides a theoretically-informed, practice-oriented approach to improving child sexual abuse responses internationally</p><p>Centres Black and minority ethnic women whose experiences of victimisation are largely overlooked </p><p>Features internationally-recognised feminists, grassroots activists, researchers and academics</p>
Professor Aisha K. Gill Ph.D. CBE is Professor of Criminology at the University of Bristol, UK. She has been involved in addressing the problem of violence against women and children, 'honour' crimes, forced marriage, sexual abuse and femicidal violence at the grassroots/activist level for 23 years. She is Co-Chair of End Violence Against Women Coalition, a network that campaigns to end all forms of violence against women. She also sat on the 2021 CEDAW People’s Tribunal hearings into women’s rights in the United Kingdom.

Dr Hannah Begum is Research and Evaluation Officer at the Centre of expertise on child sexual abuse, UK. Her current ESRC funded project explores the impact of Covid-19 on minority Muslim communities in Birmingham. Her research interests lie broadly in the fields of victimology, child sexual abuse and the experiences of Black and minoritised communities in the criminal justice system.
Professionals
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031063367
0
Youth Offending and Juvenile Justice
Criminal BehaviorForensic PsychologySocial PolicySocial WorkCritical Criminology
92
978-3-031-12443-3
Humanities & Social Sciences
Gkiotsalitis
Konstantinos Gkiotsalitis
Konstantinos Gkiotsalitis, University of Twente, Enschede, The Netherlands
Public Transport Optimization
XX, 626 p. 136 illus., 13 illus. in color.
12022final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50159.99Hard cover0Social Sciences
Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook
Book0English626KJMVTBCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-282023-01-281
Part I Mathematical Programming of Public Transport Problems.- 1 Introduction to Mathematical Programming.- 2 Introduction to Computational Complexity.- 3 Continuous Unconstrained Optimization.- 4 Continuous Constrained Optimization.- 5 Discrete Optimization.- Part II Solution Approximation with Artificial Intelligence: The case of metaheuristics.- 6 Metaheuristics for Discrete Optimization Problems.- 7 Metaheuristics for Continuous Optimization Problems.- 8 Multi-objective Optimization Metaheuristics.- Part III Public Transport Optimization: from Network Design to Operations.- 9 Public Transport Network Design.- 10 Tactical Planning of Public Transport Services.- 11 Multi-modal Synchronization at the Tactical Planning Stage.- 12 Operational Planning and Control.- 13 Planning under Uncertainty.
<div>This textbook provides a comprehensive step-by-step guide for new public transport modelers. It includes an introduction to mathematical modeling, continuous and discrete optimization, numerical optimization, computational complexity analysis, metaheuristics, and multi-objective optimization. These tools help engineers and modelers to use better existing public transport models and also develop new models that can address future challenges. By reading this book, the reader will gain the ability to translate a future problem description into a mathematical model and solve it using an appropriate solution method.</div><div>
</div><div>The textbook provides the knowledge needed to develop highly accurate mathematical models that can serve as decision support tools at the strategic, tactical, and operational planning levels of public transport services. Its detailed description of exact optimization methods, metaheuristics, bi-level, and multi-objective optimization approaches together with the detailed description of implementing these approaches in classic public transport problems with the use of open source tools is unique and will be highly useful to students and transport professionals.</div><div>
</div>
<div>This textbook provides a comprehensive step-by-step guide for new public transport modelers. It includes an introduction to mathematical modeling, continuous and discrete optimization, numerical optimization, computational complexity analysis, metaheuristics, and multi-objective optimization. These tools help engineers and modelers to use better existing public transport models and also develop new models that can address future challenges. By reading this book, the reader will gain the ability to translate a future problem description into a mathematical model and solve it using an appropriate solution method.</div><div>
</div><div>The textbook provides the knowledge needed to develop highly accurate mathematical models that can serve as decision support tools at the strategic, tactical, and operational planning levels of public transport services. Its detailed description of exact optimization methods, metaheuristics, bi-level, and multi-objective optimization approaches together with the detailed description of implementing these approaches in classic public transport problems with the use of open source tools is unique and will be highly useful to students and transport professionals.</div>
<p>Provides comprehensive training for the public transport modelers of future to enabling them to create their own models</p><p>Includes information about optimization approaches, metaheuristics, and analysis of computational complexities</p><p>Contains many examples, problems, and solutions to aid learning</p>
<div>Dr Konstantinos Gkiotsalitis is an Assistant Professor in data science in transportation engineering at the Transport Engineering and Management (TEM) group, Dept. of Civil Engineering, University of Twente. His research focuses on mathematical modeling and optimization in transport, with specific emphasis on public transport planning and operations. From 2012 until 2018, he was conducting industrial research related to public transport optimization at NEC Laboratories Europe (Heidelberg, Germany) with a specific focus on EU and APAC markets. </div><div>
</div><div>He received his PhD from the National Technical University of Athens on unveiling the mobility patterns of individuals and matching the public transportation supply with the travel demand. He also received his bachelor's degree in Civil Engineering from the National Technical University of Athens (2010) and his MSc in Transport and Sustainable Development from Imperial College London and University College London (2012).</div><div>
</div><div>He has been involved in several EU and international projects on smart cities, urban mobility, public transport operations, MaaS, and logistics, and he holds several patents in the aforementioned areas. He is also Review Coordinator of the Transit Management and Performance committee (AP010) at the Transportation Research Board, and he has served as guest editor on public transport-related special issues in scientific journals. He has authored more than 45 peer-reviewed scientific articles in international scientific journals in the area of public transport optimization and he has received the 2022 Best Paper Award in the highly impactful Transport Reviews journal.</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783031124433
0LogisticsIndustrial Management
Supply Chain Management
Artificial Intelligence
Transportation Technology and Traffic Engineering
Operations Research, Management Science
93
978-3-030-90912-3
Humanities & Social Sciences
GlăveanuVlad Petre Glăveanu
Vlad Petre Glăveanu, Dublin City University, Dublin, Ireland
The Palgrave Encyclopedia of the Possible
XXXVIII, 1785 p. 151 illus., 89 illus. in color.
12022final749.99802.49824.99649.99884.50899.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyEncyclop(a)ediaBook1English1785JMJMJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-162023-01-161,978-3-319-98390-5
Abnormal.- Absent.- Actual.- Aesthetics.- Awe.- Anticipation.- Anticipation studies.- Artificial intelligence.- As-if thinking.- Bakhtin, Mikhail.- Bergson, Henri.- Bruner, Jerome.- Creativity.- Counterfactual thinking.- Culture.- Curiosity.- Dewey, John.- Divergent thinking.- Dystopia
Emergence.- Empathy.- Ethics.- Fantasy.- Fiction.- Free will.- Freud, Sigmund.- Future.- Future studies.- Games.- Heidegger, Martin.- Here and now.- History of the possible.- Hope.- Imagination.- Impossible.- Mead, George Herbert.- Nietzsche, Friedrich.- Perspective taking.- Piaget, Jean.- Play / Pretend play.- Poetry.- Polyphony.- Possibility thinking.- Potential.- Probabilistic thinking.- Real.- Reality.- Resistance.- Sartre, Jean Paul.- Science fiction.- Social change.- Symbolic function.- Symbols.- Opportunity.- Technology.- The possible in anthropology.
The Palgrave Encyclopedia of the Possible represents a comprehensive resource for researchers and practitioners interested in an emerging multidisciplinary area within psychology and the social sciences: the study of how we engage with and cultivate the possible within self, society and culture.

Far from being opposed either to the actual or the real, the possible engages with concrete facts and experiences, with the result of transforming them. This encyclopedia examines the notion of the possible and the concepts associated with it from standpoints within psychology, philosophy, sociology, neuroscience and logic, as well as multidisciplinary fields of research including anticipation studies, future studies, complexity theory and creativity research.

Presenting multiple perspectives on the possible, the authors consider the distinct social, cultural and psychological processes - e.g., imagination, counterfactual thinking, wonder, play, inspiration, and many others - that define our engagement with new possibilities in domains as diverse as the arts, design and business.
<p>Offers a timely and systematized summary of the vocabulary of an emerging, multidisciplinary area of research</p><p>Examines the concepts associated with the possible from various disciplinary standpoints </p><p>Considers the social and psychological processes that define our engagement with new possibilities</p>
Vlad P. Glăveanu, PhD, is Full Professor of psychology in the School of Psychology, Dublin City University, and Professor II at the Centre for the Science of Learning and Technology, University of Bergen. He is the founder and president of the Possibility Studies Network (PSN). His work focuses on creativity, imagination, culture, collaboration, wonder, possibility, and societal challenges. He edited the Palgrave Handbook of Creativity and Culture (2016) and the Oxford Creativity Reader (2018), co-edited the Cambridge Handbook of Creativity Across Domains (2017) and the Oxford Handbook of Imagination and Culture (2017), authored The Possible: A Sociocultural Theory (Oxford University Press, 2020), Creativity: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2021), and Wonder: The Extraordinary Power of an Ordinary Experience (Bloomsbury, 2020), and authored or co-authored more than 200 articles and book chapters in these areas. Dr. Glăveanu co-edits the book series Palgrave Studies in Creativity and Culture with Palgrave and the Cambridge Series on Possibility Studies with Cambridge University Press. He is editor of Europe’s Journal of Psychology (EJOP), an open-access peer-reviewed journal published by PsychOpen (Germany) as well as Possibility Studies and Society, launched by Sage in 2022. In 2018, he received the Berlyne Award from the APA Division 10 for outstanding early career contributions to the field of aesthetics, creativity, and the arts.Advisory Board:
Alessandro Antonietti, Catholic University of the Sacred Heart in Milan, Italy
Arjun Appadurai, New York University, USA
Baptiste Barbot, Pace University, USA
Ronald A. Beghetto, University of Connecticut, USA
Kerry Chappell, University of Exeter, UK
Edward Clapp, Harvard University, USAGiovanni Corazza, Bologna University, Italy
Andrea Gaggioli, Catholic University of the Sacred Heart in Milan, Italy
Alex Gillespie, London School of Economics, UKMichael Hanchett Hanson, Columbia University, USA
Pernille Hviid, Copenhagen University, Denmark
Sandra Jovchelovitch, London School of Economics, UK
Maciej Karwowski, University of Wrocław, Poland
James C. Kaufman, University of Connecticut, USA
Todd Lubart, Paris Descartes University, France
Paul March, Oxford University, UK
Luis de Miranda, Uppsala University, Sweden
Alfonso Montuori, California Institute of Integral Studies, USA
Takeshi Okada, University of Tokyo, Japan
Jonathan Plucker, Johns Hopkins University, USA
Roberto Poli, University of Trento, Italy
Roni Reiter-Palmon, University of Nebraska Omaha, USA
Mark Runco, University of Georgia, USA
Joel Schmidt, University of Applied Management, Germany
Zayda Sierra, University of Antioquia, Colombia
Dean Keith Simonton, University of California, Davis, USA
Robert Sternberg, Cornell University, USA
Marie Taillard, ESCP Europe, UK
Min Tang, University of Applied Management, Germany
Frederic Vallee Tourangeau, Kingston University, UK
Jaan Valsiner, Aalborg University, Denmark
Jakob Waag Villadsen, University of Copenhagen
Brady Wagoner, Aalborg University, DenmarkChristian Werner, Privatuniversität Schloss Seeburg, Austria
Tania Zittoun, University of Neuchatel, Switzerland
Science
Palgrave Reference US (P3)
Palgrave Reference (P3)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030909123
0
Behavioral Sciences and Psychology
Work and Organizational Psychology
Philosophy of the Social Sciences
Creativity and Arts Education
Cognitive Psychology
94
978-3-030-84680-0
Humanities & Social Sciences
Gonçalves
Maria do Carmo dos Santos Gonçalves; Rebecca Gutwald; Tanja Kleibl; Ronald Lutz; Ndangwa Noyoo; Janestic Twikirize
Maria do Carmo dos Santos Gonçalves, Centro Scalabriniano de Estudos Migrató, Brasilia, Brazil; Rebecca Gutwald, Munich School of Philosophy, Munich, Germany; Tanja Kleibl, University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt, Würzburg, Germany; Ronald Lutz, University of Applied Sciences, Erfurt, Germany; Ndangwa Noyoo, University of Cape Town, Rondebosch, South Africa; Janestic Twikirize, Makerere University, Kampala, Uganda
The Coronavirus Crisis and Challenges to Social Development
Global PerspectivesXXIV, 461 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color.12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50149.99Soft cover1Social SciencesContributed volumeBook0English461JKSNJKSNSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-01-042023-01-041
Part I. Analysis: Social Issues and the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 1. Mehta et al: COVID and Social Work Voices from India and Australia: Strategic and Meaningful Solidarities for Global Justice.- 2. Wadhwaniya et al: Examining Decent Work During COVID-19: With Reference to Female Workers in South Asia.- 3. Koehler: The Impact of COVID-19 on the ‘Culture of Deportation’ for Refugees from African Countries in Germany.- 4. Jung et al: Corona Challenging Social Work in Korea and Vietnam.- 5. Jaji: COVID-19 Safety Measures and Socioeconomic Status in Urban Zimbabwe.- 6. Bukuluki et al: Face Mask Wearing in Kampala, Uganda.- 7. Mfoafo-M'Carthy et al: Implications of the COVID-19 Pandemic and Responses on Persons with Disabilities Including Psychosocial Disabilities in the Global South: The Case of Ghana.- 8. Minenhle et al: Lockdown in a Dual Society: Exploring the Human Capability Implications of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) in South Africa.- 9. Nemutandani et al: The Exposition of the Stark Realities of an Unequal Society Based on the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 10. Serupia et al: The COVID-19 Crisis: Impact of Social Attitudes and Representations on Social Development in Sub-Saharan Africa.- 11. Seruwagi et al: Knowledge, Adherence and the Lived Experiences of Refugees During COVID-19.- 12. Sehlabane et al: The Impact of COVID-19 Among the Vulnerable Population of Children and Youth in Lesotho: The Circle of Courage Perspective.- 13. Dlamini et al: Analysing the Situation of Migrants and Social Work Interventions in South Africa During the Coronavirus (COVID-19) Pandemic.- 14. Brigido et al: Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on International Migration in Brazil: Normative, Economic, and Social Issues.- 15. Redin et al: From the Absence of Public Policies to a State of Emergency: The COVID-19 Pandemic and the Migrant Subject Condition.- 16. Curzio: Social Justice in the Time of COVID-19: Transcend Borders – From the Micro to the Macro, from Patagonia Argentina to the World.- 17. Mauersberger: Colombian Women Between the Pandemic and Armed Conflict and Poverty.- II. Strategies and Responses in Social Work: Globally and Locally.- 18. Castilla et al: Ecuador’s and Iran’s Response to protect refugees and migrants in vulnerable situations during the COVID-19 pandemic.- 19. Kashaija et al: “Am I an Essential Worker?” COVID-19 and (Re)shaping of the Social Work Profession in Uganda.- 20. Singh et al: Responses of Social Work Students and Teachers to COVID-19: Experiences from Crisis Relief in Urban Slum and Rural Communities of Maharashtra, India.- 21. Hamisultane et al: COVID-19, Hyper Vulnerabilities, Silenced Traumas and Colonial Scars: Social Work Scholars Engaging in Critical Dialogue with Racialized Communities.- 22. George: The Kerala, India Experience of Facing the COVID-19 Pandemic .- 23. Dudgeon et al: Responding to COVID-19 and Beyond: Key Recommendations for the Effective Public and Mental Health Response to Support the Wellbeing of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples in Australia.- 24. Okoye et al: COVID-19 Pandemic in Nigeria: A Story Worth Telling from the Eyes of Social Workers.- 25. Atwine et al.: COVID-19 Pandemic and the Urban Poor: The Relevancy of Uganda’s Social Protection Measures.- 26. Chikadzi et al: Social Work as an Unwitting Enabler of Oppression and Disenfranchisement of the Masses: A Freirean Analysis of Social Workers’ Perspectives on the Government of Zimbabwe’s COVID-19 Response.- 27. Lanza et al: The Professional Practice of the Brazilian Social Worker: Problems About the Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic.- 28. Reininger et al: Front-line Social Workers’ Practices Under the Political and Sanitary Cr
This book is a novel contribution to academic discourses on the coronavirus (COVID-19) crisis and how it has impacted societies globally. It proffers an overview on the social development and political measures, from both the Global North and Global South, to prevent COVID-19's spread. It illuminates major social, political and economic challenges that already existed in different contexts and which are also currently being amplified by COVID-19. Curiously, this global pandemic has opened spaces for different actors, across the globe, to begin to fundamentally question and challenge the hegemony of the Global North, which sometimes is evident in social work. Linked to the foregoing and while reflecting beyond the pandemic and into the future, the book proposes that social work must become more political at all levels, and strive to transform societies, global social development efforts, and economic and health systems. This contributed volume of 38 chapters discusses and analyses ethical, social, sociological, social work and social development issues that complement and enrich available literature in the socio-political, economics, public health, medical ethics and political science. It provides various case studies which should enable readers to gain insights into how countries have responded to the pandemic and learn how COVID-19 negatively impacted countries in different parts of the world. This book also provides a platform for the articulation of neglected and marginalized voices, such as those of indigenous populations, the poor, or oppressed. The chapters are grouped according to three main themes as they relate to research on the COVID-19 pandemic and social work in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America and North America:Analysis: Social Issues and the COVID-19 Pandemic Strategies and Responses in Social Work: Globally and LocallyOutlook: Looking Ahead Beyond the PandemicIntended to engage a global, diverse and interdisciplinary audience, The Coronavirus Crisis and Challenges to Social Development is a timely and relevant resource for academics, students and researchers in inter alia Social Work, Philosophy, Sociology, Economics, and Development Studies.
This book is a novel contribution to academic discourses on the coronavirus (COVID-19) crisis and how it has impacted societies globally. It proffers an overview on the social development and political measures, from both the Global North and Global South, to prevent COVID-19's spread. It illuminates major social, political and economic challenges that already existed in different contexts and which are also currently being amplified by COVID-19. Curiously, this global pandemic has opened spaces for different actors, across the globe, to begin to fundamentally question and challenge the hegemony of the Global North, which sometimes is evident in social work. Linked to the foregoing and while reflecting beyond the pandemic and into the future, the book proposes that social work must become more political at all levels, and strive to transform societies, global social development efforts, and economic and health systems. This contributed volume of 38 chapters discusses and analyses ethical, social, sociological, social work and social development issues that complement and enrich available literature in the socio-political, economics, public health, medical ethics and political science. It provides various case studies which should enable readers to gain insights into how countries have responded to the pandemic and learn how COVID-19 negatively impacted countries in different parts of the world. This book also provides a platform for the articulation of neglected and marginalized voices, such as those of indigenous populations, the poor, or oppressed. The chapters are grouped according to three main themes as they relate to research on the COVID-19 pandemic and social work in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America and North America:Analysis: Social Issues and the COVID-19 Pandemic Strategies and Responses in Social Work: Globally and LocallyOutlook: Looking Ahead Beyond the PandemicIntended to engage a global, diverse and interdisciplinary audience, The Coronavirus Crisis and Challenges to Social Development is a timely and relevant resource for academics, students and researchers in inter alia Social Work, Philosophy, Sociology, Economics, and Development Studies.
<p>Discusses how nations are meeting the needs of poor and marginalized communities in the Global South and Global North</p><p>Examines coping mechanisms and strategies of poor and marginalized populations in the Global South and Global North</p><p>Draws attention to global COVID-19 impact and highlights national responses in southern & northern countries/regions</p>
Maria do Carmo dos Santos Gonçalves is director and researcher at the Scalabrinian Center for Migratory Studies in Brazil. She has a long experience in the field of social work in Brazil, working in the care of migrants and refugees. Her research interests include biographical and ethnographic narrative research, studies on contemporary diasporas, migration and refugees, the Middle East and Islam.

Rebecca Gutwald is a senior researcher at the Munich School of Philosophy, Germany, in a collaborative research project on the ethical use of algorithms in social work and child protection services. Previously, she was academic director of the graduate school on Ethics, Culture and Education at the Munich School of Philosophy, as well as associate professor of philosophy at the University of Munich, Germany. Her main areas of research are political philosophy, the capability approach and the normative foundations of social justice. Her current focus lies on the topic of disadvantage, resilience and global social justice.

Tanja Kleibl is currently Professor for Social Work, Migration and Diversity at the University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt (FHWS), Germany, and Research Associate at the University of Johannesburg, South Africa. She is also Director of the Master’s Programme “International Social Work with Refugees and Migrants”. Previously, she was Professor for Scientific Foundations of Social Work at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg and Associate Professor for Social Work at the Catholic University of Applied Sciences Munich. Her main research and teaching promotes knowledge and debate about discourses and concepts of development, migration and mobility, civil society as well as governance from postcolonial perspectives. Her emphasis is on social development and social work in the Global South whilst applying a political economy lens to enquiring about differences and contestations in the Global North. She brings together 15 years of extensive practice and research experience in development cooperation and migration.

Ronald Lutz, Dr. phil. Sociologist and Anthropologist, is Lecturer at University of Applied Sciences of Würzburg-Schweinfurt, Germany; Lecturer at University of Applied Sciences of Erfurt, Germany; and Research Associate at the School of Social Work, University of Johannesburg, South Africa. From 1993 to March 2019, he was Professor at the Faculty of Applied Social Sciences at the Erfurt University of Applied Sciences, Germany. His fields of interest include poverty, social politics, social development, and international relations.Ndangwa Noyoo is a Professor and former Head of the Department of Social Development at the University of Cape Town (UCT), South Africa. He is also Director of the Zola Skweyiya African Social Policy Innovation (ZSASPI) at UCT. Previously, he worked at the University of Johannesburg in the Department of Social Work as an Associate Professor. He was also employed by the South African Government in the Department of Social Development as a Chief Director / Social Policy Specialist, and the University of the Witwatersrand’s Department of Social Work as a Senior Lecturer and Deputy Head of Department.
Janestic Twikirize is Senior Lecturer in the Department of Social Work and Social Administration, Makerere University, Uganda. She holds a PhD in Social Work and Social Development and an MA in Social Sector Planning and Management. She has also served as a visiting Lecturer at Gothenburg University in Sweden, University of Stavanger in Norway and Lincoln University in the UK. She has published over 20 scientific papers including four books, and has made over 30 presentations in International conferences in the past 5 years. She was previously Vice President of the Association of Sc
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41176Social Sciences00
9783030846800
0
Social Work and Community Development
Social WorkDiseasesSocial Work PolicyClinical Social WorkWelfare
95
978-3-658-39778-4
Humanities & Social Sciences
Hartmann-Piraudeau
Andrea Hartmann-Piraudeau
Andrea Hartmann-Piraudeau, Stuttgart, Germany
Out of the spiral of conflict
Our conflicts - And how we solve them
V, 88 p. 12 illus.12022final24.9926.7427.4922.9929.5029.99Soft cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyGeneral interestBook0English88MMJTKJMBSpringerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0WorldwideIn production2023-01-202023-01-201
1. introduction.- 2. the nature of conflict.- 3. types of conflict.- 4. the conflict spiral.- 5. conflict resolution.
The topic of spiraling conflict and what happens to us when we are in conflict fascinates everyone equally. Everyone has their own conflicts and therefore the topic is close to us. Conflicts are usually stressful and therefore we wish for explanations and ways out. What dynamics do conflicts take on and how do they develop? What happens to us when we enter the spiral of conflict. How does our thinking, our view of things and our interests change? What does the conflict do to us and how do we get out of the vortex? That is what this book is about. It is based on scientific findings from psychology and conflict research.The authorAndrea Hartmann-Piraudeau is a conflict expert and managing director of Consensus GmbH. She is a widely respected conflict mediator in companies and organizations and an expert in intercultural and international conflict resolution, dialogue processes and negotiations. She designs and conducts mediation trainings at the Consensus Campus. Andrea Hartmann-Piraudeau studied communication sciences, sociology and linguistics and holds a Master's degree in mediation and a PhD in social sciences. Her research focuses on emotions and cultural differences in (highly escalated) conflicts.<br/><br/>This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation.
The topic of spiraling conflict and what happens to us when we are in conflict fascinates everyone equally. The reaction is then thoughtfulness and self-reflection. Everyone has their own conflicts and therefore the topic is close to us. Conflicts are usually stressful and therefore we wish for explanations and ways out.· What dynamics do conflicts take on and how do they develop?· What happens to us when we enter the spiral of conflict.· How does our thinking, our view of things and our interests change?· What does the conflict do to us and how do we get out of the vortex?That is what this book is about. It is based on scientific findings from psychology and conflict research.
<p>Concrete action to end your own conflicts</p><p>Understanding what happens to us when we face conflict</p><p>Methods to counteract an escalation of conflicts</p>
Andrea Hartmann-Piraudeau is the managing director of Consensus GmbH. She is a widely respected conflict mediator in companies and organizations and an expert in intercultural and international conflict resolution, dialogue processes and negotiations. She designs and conducts mediation trainings at the Consensus Campus. Andrea Hartmann-Piraudeau studied communication sciences, sociology and linguistics and holds a Master's degree in mediation and a PhD in social sciences. Her research focuses on emotions and cultural differences in (highly escalated) conflicts.
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783658397784
0
Mediation and Conflict Management
CoachingSupervisionCounseling Psychology
96
978-3-030-80909-6
Humanities & Social Sciences
Houehounha
Dodé Houehounha; Edmond Moukala
Dodé Houehounha, UNESCO World Heritage Centre, Paris, France; Edmond Moukala, UNESCO Office in Bamako, Bamako, Mali
Managing Transnational UNESCO World Heritage sites in Africa
XXII, 202 p. 1 illus.12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0HistoryContributed volumeBook0English202HDSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-302023-01-301
Part 1: Eastern Africa.- Chapter 1. Defending Peace between Ethiopia and Eritrea through Shared Cultural Heritage: Opportunities from Aksum, Sacred Landscapes of Tigray and Qoahito Cultural Landscape (Alula Tesfay Asfha).- Chapter 2. Managing the migration - Masai Mara National Reserve and Serengeti WHS connectivity (Jacinta Nzioka).- Chapter 3. Challenges in Preparing a Serial Transnational Nomination for Geometric Rock Art sites in Lake Victoria region of Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda (Jackline Nyiracyiza Besigye).- Part 2: Southern Africa. Chapter 4. Transboundary Cooperation for effective management of the Okavango Delta World Heritage site - the case of the Cubango-Okavango River Basin (Gertrude Matswiri).- Chapter 5. Management and Conservation of the Mosi-Oa-Tunya/Victoria Falls World Heritage Property (John Zulu).- Chapter 6. Engaging local communities in conservation and governance of the World Heritage in a transboundary context: an example from the Maloti Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site (Lesotho/South Africa) (Joyce Loza).- Part 3: Central Africa. Chapter 7. The Transboundary Management Regime of the Virunga Conservation Area across the Congolese, Rwandese and Ugandan Borders: Challenges and Opportunities (Birabi Allan Kenneth).- Chapter 8. Lake Chad Cultural Landscape: An Uncommon Transboundary potential in the midst of multiple challenges (Houehounha Dodé).- Chapter 9. The Sangha Tri-National : An Example of Cross-Border Biodiversity Management in Central Africa (Achile Mengamenya Goué.- Chapter 10. Developing a Sustainable Transboundary Collaboration in Post-Armed Conflict Areas of DRC, Rwanda and Uganda (Musoke Deogratias).- Chapter 11. Regional cooperation for the conservation of biodiversity in the Congo Basin forests: feedback on actions carried out in the TRIDOM-TNS landscapes (Tales Carvalho Resende).- Part 4: Western Africa. Chapter 12. From the inscription to the extension of Koutammakou, the Land of the Batammariba, World Heritage site - an example of successful transboundary cooperation between Benin and Togo for the preservation of the site (Barry Alyssa).- Chapter 13. Extension of Sukur Cultural Landscape in Nigeria to Incorporate the 16 DGB sites on the Wandala Cultural Landscape in Cameroon as a Serial-Transboundary World Heritage site (Anthony Sham).- Part 5: General. Chapter 14. Trans-Boundary Cooperation for Effective Management of World Heritage Sites in Africa (Arinze Madeleine Ogechukwu).
This open access book focuses on the management of transboundary UNESCO World Heritage sites in the Africa region. It highlights the region as a model of best practices on cross-border collaboration in view of enforcing the conservation of the site, engaging with local communities, and fighting against (in some cases) extremist groups inhabiting these sites. It also addresses the role of the World Heritage Convention in promoting transboundary cooperation and offers both an analysis and a list of priorities for improving the effective management of transboundary properties in sub-Saharan Africa defined.This book presents chapters from experts, site managers, technical and financial partners, academics, and representatives of the private sector from 20 African countries and 15 institutions involved in African heritage management. It provides an opportunity to share current and planned initiatives at the transboundary sites inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List, including the Maloti-Drakensberg Park (South Africa, Lesotho), W-Arly-Pendjari Complex (Benin, Burkina Faso, Niger), Sangha Trinational (Cameroon, Congo, Central African Republic), and Mosi-oa-Tunya / Victoria Falls (Zambia, Zimbabwe). The publication further discusses African sites that could eventually be proposed for extension or nomination to the UNESCO World Heritage List in collaboration with the local and indigenous communities. This book is suitable for heritage specialists and readers interested in cross-border collaborations.<div>
</div>
This open access book focuses on the management of transboundary UNESCO World Heritage sites in the Africa region. It highlights the region as a model of best practices on cross-border collaboration in view of enforcing the conservation of the site, engaging with local communities, and fighting against (in some cases) extremist groups inhabiting these sites. It also addresses the role of the World Heritage Convention in promoting transboundary cooperation and offers both an analysis and a list of priorities for improving the effective management of transboundary properties in sub-Saharan Africa defined.

This book presents chapters from experts, site managers, technical and financial partners, academics, and representatives of the private sector from 20 African countries and 15 institutions involved in African heritage management. It provides an opportunity to share current and planned initiatives at the transboundary sites inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List, including the Maloti-Drakensberg Park (South Africa, Lesotho), W-Arly-Pendjari Complex (Benin, Burkina Faso, Niger), Sangha Trinational (Cameroon, Congo, Central African Republic), and Mosi-oa-Tunya / Victoria Falls (Zambia, Zimbabwe). The publication further discusses African sites that could eventually be proposed for extension or nomination to the UNESCO World Heritage List in collaboration with the local and indigenous communities. This book is suitable for heritage specialists and readers interested in cross-border collaborations.
<p>Highlights the achievements of Africa as a model region for transnational cooperation of heritage sites</p><p>Addresses the role of the World Heritage Convention in promoting cross-border collaboration</p><p>Presents chapters from a wide variety of leading experts, site managers, technical and financial partners among others to offer a comprehensive view on the topic</p>
Dodé Houehounha is a Protected Areas specialist with almost 10 years of experience in governance and management of protected and conserved areas in Africa. He currently works at the Africa Unit of the World Heritage Centre as Associate Programme Officer. He has managed several projects and programmes, which promote the safeguarding of natural World Heritage sites as a driver for sustainable development. He holds a MBA in Leadership and International Business, a Forestry Engineer Diploma in Natural Resources Management and a Master degree in Protected Areas Management. He has authored and co-authored several scientific publications on conservation of natural resources.

Edmond Moukala is the Head of Office and Representative of UNESCO in Mali. He has a master's degree in law and a degree in civil engineering. He has worked for UNESCO for more than 25 years, 16 of which in Asia. He specialises in the fields of heritage preservation, sustainable tourism, capacity building of local populations and dialogue of civilisations. He undertakes research in the areas of diplomatic relations between Africa and China, Africa and its development potential, comparative study of the case for Chinese economic development and its added value for African development. He is the editor and co-editor of several publications, including one on heritage conservation and sustainable development.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41172History01
9783030809096
0Heritage Management
Cultural Resource Management
Conservation and Preservation
97
978-3-030-80912-6
Humanities & Social Sciences
Houehounha
Dodé Houehounha; Edmond Moukala
Dodé Houehounha, UNESCO World Heritage Centre, Paris, France; Edmond Moukala, UNESCO Office in Bamako, Bamako, Mali
Managing Transnational UNESCO World Heritage sites in Africa
XXII, 202 p. 1 illus.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover1HistoryContributed volumeBook0English202HDSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-01-302023-01-301
Part 1: Eastern Africa.- Chapter 1. Defending Peace between Ethiopia and Eritrea through Shared Cultural Heritage: Opportunities from Aksum, Sacred Landscapes of Tigray and Qoahito Cultural Landscape (Alula Tesfay Asfha).- Chapter 2. Managing the migration - Masai Mara National Reserve and Serengeti WHS connectivity (Jacinta Nzioka).- Chapter 3. Challenges in Preparing a Serial Transnational Nomination for Geometric Rock Art sites in Lake Victoria region of Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda (Jackline Nyiracyiza Besigye).- Part 2: Southern Africa. Chapter 4. Transboundary Cooperation for effective management of the Okavango Delta World Heritage site - the case of the Cubango-Okavango River Basin (Gertrude Matswiri).- Chapter 5. Management and Conservation of the Mosi-Oa-Tunya/Victoria Falls World Heritage Property (John Zulu).- Chapter 6. Engaging local communities in conservation and governance of the World Heritage in a transboundary context: an example from the Maloti Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site (Lesotho/South Africa) (Joyce Loza).- Part 3: Central Africa. Chapter 7. The Transboundary Management Regime of the Virunga Conservation Area across the Congolese, Rwandese and Ugandan Borders: Challenges and Opportunities (Birabi Allan Kenneth).- Chapter 8. Lake Chad Cultural Landscape: An Uncommon Transboundary potential in the midst of multiple challenges (Houehounha Dodé).- Chapter 9. The Sangha Tri-National : An Example of Cross-Border Biodiversity Management in Central Africa (Achile Mengamenya Goué.- Chapter 10. Developing a Sustainable Transboundary Collaboration in Post-Armed Conflict Areas of DRC, Rwanda and Uganda (Musoke Deogratias).- Chapter 11. Regional cooperation for the conservation of biodiversity in the Congo Basin forests: feedback on actions carried out in the TRIDOM-TNS landscapes (Tales Carvalho Resende).- Part 4: Western Africa. Chapter 12. From the inscription to the extension of Koutammakou, the Land of the Batammariba, World Heritage site - an example of successful transboundary cooperation between Benin and Togo for the preservation of the site (Barry Alyssa).- Chapter 13. Extension of Sukur Cultural Landscape in Nigeria to Incorporate the 16 DGB sites on the Wandala Cultural Landscape in Cameroon as a Serial-Transboundary World Heritage site (Anthony Sham).- Part 5: General. Chapter 14. Trans-Boundary Cooperation for Effective Management of World Heritage Sites in Africa (Arinze Madeleine Ogechukwu).
This open access book focuses on the management of transboundary UNESCO World Heritage sites in the Africa region. It highlights the region as a model of best practices on cross-border collaboration in view of enforcing the conservation of the site, engaging with local communities, and fighting against (in some cases) extremist groups inhabiting these sites. It also addresses the role of the World Heritage Convention in promoting transboundary cooperation and offers both an analysis and a list of priorities for improving the effective management of transboundary properties in sub-Saharan Africa defined.This book presents chapters from experts, site managers, technical and financial partners, academics, and representatives of the private sector from 20 African countries and 15 institutions involved in African heritage management. It provides an opportunity to share current and planned initiatives at the transboundary sites inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List, including the Maloti-Drakensberg Park (South Africa, Lesotho), W-Arly-Pendjari Complex (Benin, Burkina Faso, Niger), Sangha Trinational (Cameroon, Congo, Central African Republic), and Mosi-oa-Tunya / Victoria Falls (Zambia, Zimbabwe). The publication further discusses African sites that could eventually be proposed for extension or nomination to the UNESCO World Heritage List in collaboration with the local and indigenous communities. This book is suitable for heritage specialists and readers interested in cross-border collaborations.<div>
</div>
This open access book focuses on the management of transboundary UNESCO World Heritage sites in the Africa region. It highlights the region as a model of best practices on cross-border collaboration in view of enforcing the conservation of the site, engaging with local communities, and fighting against (in some cases) extremist groups inhabiting these sites. It also addresses the role of the World Heritage Convention in promoting transboundary cooperation and offers both an analysis and a list of priorities for improving the effective management of transboundary properties in sub-Saharan Africa defined.

This book presents chapters from experts, site managers, technical and financial partners, academics, and representatives of the private sector from 20 African countries and 15 institutions involved in African heritage management. It provides an opportunity to share current and planned initiatives at the transboundary sites inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List, including the Maloti-Drakensberg Park (South Africa, Lesotho), W-Arly-Pendjari Complex (Benin, Burkina Faso, Niger), Sangha Trinational (Cameroon, Congo, Central African Republic), and Mosi-oa-Tunya / Victoria Falls (Zambia, Zimbabwe). The publication further discusses African sites that could eventually be proposed for extension or nomination to the UNESCO World Heritage List in collaboration with the local and indigenous communities. This book is suitable for heritage specialists and readers interested in cross-border collaborations.
<p>Highlights the achievements of Africa as a model region for transnational cooperation of heritage sites</p><p>Addresses the role of the World Heritage Convention in promoting cross-border collaboration</p><p>Presents chapters from a wide variety of leading experts, site managers, technical and financial partners among others to offer a comprehensive view on the topic</p>
Dodé Houehounha is a Protected Areas specialist with almost 10 years of experience in governance and management of protected and conserved areas in Africa. He currently works at the Africa Unit of the World Heritage Centre as Associate Programme Officer. He has managed several projects and programmes, which promote the safeguarding of natural World Heritage sites as a driver for sustainable development. He holds a MBA in Leadership and International Business, a Forestry Engineer Diploma in Natural Resources Management and a Master degree in Protected Areas Management. He has authored and co-authored several scientific publications on conservation of natural resources.

Edmond Moukala is the Head of Office and Representative of UNESCO in Mali. He has a master's degree in law and a degree in civil engineering. He has worked for UNESCO for more than 25 years, 16 of which in Asia. He specialises in the fields of heritage preservation, sustainable tourism, capacity building of local populations and dialogue of civilisations. He undertakes research in the areas of diplomatic relations between Africa and China, Africa and its development potential, comparative study of the case for Chinese economic development and its added value for African development. He is the editor and co-editor of several publications, including one on heritage conservation and sustainable development.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41172History01
9783030809126
0Heritage Management
Cultural Resource Management
Conservation and Preservation
98
978-3-031-14446-2
Humanities & Social Sciences
Jeffress
Michael S. Jeffress; Joy M. Cypher; Jim Ferris; Julie-Ann Scott-Pollock
Michael S. Jeffress, Medical University of the Americas, Nevis; Joy M. Cypher, Rowan University, Glassboro, NJ, USA; Jim Ferris, University of Toledo, Toledo, OH, USA; Julie-Ann Scott-Pollock, University of North Carolina Wilmington, Wilmington, NC, USA
The Palgrave Handbook of Disability and Communication
IV, 436 p. 4 illus.12023final199.99213.99219.99179.99236.00249.99Hard cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesHandbookBook0English436JFDJFCPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-02-042023-02-041
1. Introduction by Michael S. Jeffress, Joy M. Cypher, Jim Ferris and Julie-Ann Scott-Pollock.- SECTION I: LANGUAGE AND DISABILITY.- 2. Language Matters: Disability and the Power of Taboo Words by Joanne Arciuli, and Tom Shakespeare.- 3. Communicating by Accident: Dysfluency, the Non-Essential, and the Catastrophe by Joshua St. Pierre.- 4. A Framework for Cross-Neurotype Communication Competence by Emily Stones.- 5. Microaggressions Toward People with Disabilities by Danielle Sparrow, Erin Sahlstein Parcell, Emily R. Gerlikovski, and Dathan N. Simpson.- 6. “When We Say That It’s Private, a Lot of People Assume It Just Doesn’t Exist”: Communication, Disability, and Sexuality by Ameera Ali.- SECTION II: IDENTITY AND INTERSECTIONALITIES.- 7. Ableism and Intersectionality: A Rhetorical Perspective by James L. Cherney.- 8. Performing FitCrip in Daily Life: A Critical Autoethnographic Reflection on Embodied Vulnerability by Julie-Ann Scott-Pollock.- 9. On a Scale of Zero to Ten: A Lyric Autoethnography of Chronic Pain and Illness by Shelby Swafford.- 10. On Being a Diabetic Black Male: An Autoethnography of Race, Gender, and Invisible Disability by Antonio L. Spikes.- 11. Physical Disability in Romantic Relationships: Exploring How Women with Visible Physical Disabilities Navigate Conversations about Their Identity with Male Romantic Partners by Lisa J. DeWeert and Aimee E. Miller-Ott.- 12. Disposable Masks, Disposable Lives: Aggrievement Politics and the Weaponization of Disabled Identity by Brian Grewe and Craig R. Weathers.- SECTION III. CULTURAL ARTIFACTS & DISABILITY.- 13. Disability Talk with Machines: Reflections on Chatbots, AI & Other Machines Whereby “We” Communicate about Disability by Gerard Goggin, Andrew Prahl, and ZHAUNG Kuansong Victor.- 14. Thinking Inclusiveness, Diversity and Cultural Equity Based on Game Mechanics and Accessibility Features in Mainstream Video Games by Alexandra Dumont and Maude Bonenfant.- 15. Posthuman Critical Theory and the Body on Sports Night by Peter J. Gloviczki.- 16. Never Go Full Potato: Discourses of Cognitivism, Ableism and Sexism in “I Can Count to Potato” Memes by Jeff Preston.- 17. #DisabilityTikTok by Jordan Foster, and David Pettinicchio.- SECTION IV: INSTITUTIONAL CONSTRUCTS AND CONSTRAINTS.- 18. Communicating Vulnerability in Disasters: Media Coverage of People with Disabilities in Hurricane Katrina and the Tōhoku Earthquake and Tsunami by Liz Shek-Noble.- 19. “Kept in a Padded Black Cell in Case He Accidently Said ‘Piccaninny’”: Disability as Humor in Brexit Rhetoric by Emmeline Burdett.- 20. 'Oh, We Are Going to Have a Problem!': Service Dog Access Microaggressions, Hyper-Invisibility, and Advocacy Fatigue by Robert L. Ballard, Sarah J. Ballard, and Lauren E. Chu.- 21. “The Fuzzy Mouse”: Unresolved Reflections on Podcasting, Public Pedagogy, and Intellectual Disability by Chelsea Temple Jones, Kimberlee Collins, Anne Zbitnew, and Jennifer Chatsick.- 22. Organizational Communication and Disability: Improvising Sense-Sharing by Amin Makkawy and Shane T. Moreman.- SECTION V: ADVOCACY, POLICY, AND ACTION.- 23. Overlooked and Undercounted: Communication and Police Brutality against People with Disabilities by Deion S. Hawkins.- 24. Critical Disability Studies in Technical Communication: A 20-Year History and the Future of Accessibility by Leah Heilig.- 25. Communication I
The Palgrave Handbook of Disability and Communication covers a broad spectrum of topics related to how we perceive and understand disability and the language, constructs, constraints and communication behavior that shape disability discourse within society. The essays and original research presented in this volume address important matters of disability identity and intersectionality, broader cultural narratives and representation, institutional constructs and constraints, and points related to disability justice, advocacy, and public policy. In doing so, this book brings together a diverse group of over 40 international scholars to address timely problems and to promote disability justice by interrogating the way people communicate not only to people with disabilities, but also how we communicate about disability, and how people express themselves through their disabled identity.<div>Michael S. Jeffress, Ph.D. is a full professor and school counselor at Medical University of the Americas in St. Kitts & Nevis. He is author of Communication, Sport, and Disability: The Case of Power Soccer (2015) and editor of several volumes related to interdisciplinary disability studies, most recently Disability Representation in Film, TV, and Print Media (2021).Joy M. Cypher, Ph.D., is a full Professor of Communication Studies at Rowan University and an Eastern Communication Association Teaching Fellow. She is the Founding Coordinator of the Health and Science Communication interdisciplinary program at Rowan University, where she has won numerous teaching awards, including Rowan University's Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching.Jim Ferris, Ph.D., is a full professor and holds the Ability Center Endowed Chair in Disability Studies at The University of Toledo. He is a poet and performance artist. He is a founding member of the Disability Issues Caucus of the National Communication Association and a past president of Society for Disability Studies. He is the author of numerous books and articles.Julie-Ann Scott-Pollock, Ph.D. is a full professor of communication studies at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. Her research focuses on performance ethnography and disabled embodiment and identity as performance. She is the author of Embodied Performance as Applied Research, Art and Pedagogy (Palgrave, 2017).</div>
The Palgrave Handbook of Disability and Communication covers a broad spectrum of topics related to how we perceive and understand disability and the language, constructs, constraints and communication behavior that shape disability discourse within society. The essays and original research presented in this volume address important matters of disability identity and intersectionality, broader cultural narratives and representation, institutional constructs and constraints, and points related to disability justice, advocacy, and public policy. In doing so, this book brings together a diverse group of over 40 international scholars to address timely problems and to promote disability justice by interrogating the way people communicate not only to people with disabilities, but also how we communicate about disability, and how people express themselves through their disabled identity.
<p>Interdisciplinary work that focuses on communication through the lens of disability studies</p><p>Investigates how we discuss and perceive disability and how we communicate to people who have disabilities</p><p>Emphasises the role that disability plays in social change and cultural narratives</p>
Michael S. Jeffress, Ph.D. is a full professor and school counselor at Medical University of the Americas in St. Kitts & Nevis. He is author of Communication, Sport, and Disability: The Case of Power Soccer (2015) and editor of several volumes related to interdisciplinary disability studies, most recently Disability Representation in Film, TV, and Print Media (2021).Joy M. Cypher, Ph.D., is a full Professor of Communication Studies at Rowan University and an Eastern Communication Association Teaching Fellow. She is the Founding Coordinator of the Health and Science Communication interdisciplinary program at Rowan University, where she has won numerous teaching awards, including Rowan University's Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching.Jim Ferris, Ph.D., is a full professor and holds the Ability Center Endowed Chair in Disability Studies at The University of Toledo. He is a poet and performance artist. He is a founding member of the Disability Issues Caucus of the National Communication Association and a past president of Society for Disability Studies. He is the author of numerous books and articles.

Julie-Ann Scott-Pollock, Ph.D. is a full professor of communication studies at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. Her research focuses on performance ethnography and disabled embodiment and identity as performance. She is the author of Embodied Performance as Applied Research, Art and Pedagogy (Palgrave, 2017).


Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031144462
0
Media and Communication
Health CommunicationMedical Humanities
Education and Disability
Linguistic Anthropology
99
978-3-031-13793-8
Humanities & Social Sciences
Jones
Sara Jones; Roger Woods
Sara Jones, University of Birmingham, Birmingham, UK; Roger Woods, University of Nottingham, Nottingham, UK
The Palgrave Handbook of Testimony and CultureIV, 760 p. 15 illus.12023final199.99213.99219.99179.99236.00249.99Hard cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesHandbookBook0English760HBTBHBWQPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideIn production2023-02-022023-02-021
1. Introduction: Testimony in Culture and Cultures of Testimony; Sara Jones and Roger Woods.- Concepts in Testimony.- 2. Bearing Witness as Truth Practice: The Twofold - Discursive and Existential - Character of Telling Truth in Testimony; Sybille Krämer.- 3. Bearing Witness as a Boundary Case: Survivor Testimony, Legal Testimony and Historical Testimony; Sigrid Weigel.- 4. Testimonies in Historiography and Oral History; Achim Saupe and Helen Roche.- 5. Gendered Testimonies at the Dawn of the Twenty-First Century; Olga Michael.- 6. Queer Dignity: Intersections of Testimonial Queerness in Theatre, Performance, and the Visual Arts; Isaias Fanlo.- 7. The Cultural Contexts of Testimony: The WEIRDness of Global Cosmopolitan Norms; Sara Jones and Mark A. Wolfgram.- Mediations and Methodologies.- 8. Autobiography as Testimony; Katherine Stone and Roger Woods.- 9. Fictionalisation of Testimony; Carmen-Francesca Banciu, Alexandra Effe, and Melissa Schuh.- 10. Testimony and Film; Mónica Jato.- 11. Filming Interviews with Witnesses to Genocide; Rémy Besson.- 12. The Sensual Memory of Shoah. The Meaning of Sound, Touch and Taste in the Culture of Testimonies; Éva Kovács.- 13. Digital Testimony and Social Media; Ana Belén Martínez García and Christian Karner.- 14. Distributed Remembering: Virtual Reality Testimonies and Immersive Witnessing; Silke Arnold-de Simine and Eugene Ch’ng.- 15. Digital Archiving and Teaching with German-language Testimony on the Holocaust in the Twenty-First Century – A German and Transnational Perspective; Christina Brüning, Verena Nägel, Sanna Stegmaier.- The Ethics and Practice of Testimony.- 16. Testimony, Memorialisation, and Museums: A Crisis in Holocaust Education?; Claudia Reese and Louise Stafford.- 17. Testimony in Public Commemoration and Education for the United Kingdom’s Holocaust Memorial Day; Rachel Century, Isabel Wollaston, Alex Blake.- 18. Testifying to Genocide: A Creative and Critical Use of Memory and Testimony in Holocaust Education in the UK and Canada; Fransiska Louwagie, Caroline Sharples, Charlotte Schallié, Andrea Web.- 19. Bearing Witness: Testimony and Transitional Justice in the Aftermath of Mass Violence; Stephen Cody and Eric Stover.- 20. Culture Clash: Doing Justice and Bearing Witness in the Testimonial Process at War Crimes Tribunals; Helena Vranov Schoorl, Sara Rubert, Kimi Lynn King, James David Meernik.- 21. The Rhetoric of Witnessing: Political Address, Historical Justice, and Commemoration of Traumatic Events; Bradford Vivian and Stephanie Arel.- 22. Community Education Projects Giving Voice: The Use of Testimony to Facilitate Understanding in Pursuit of Justice and Sustainable Peace in a Society Emerging from Conflict; Jim Keys, Stephen Gargan, Alan McCully.- 23. Testimony on Whose Terms? The Cultural Politics of Forced Migration Testimony; Hari Reed and Rebecca Hayes Laughton.- 24. Perpetrator Testimony; Ute Hirsekorn and Sue Vice.-25. Testimonies of the Self and Others: Sara Jones and Emilie Pine in Dialogue; Sara Jones and Emilie Pine.
“This is a truly impressive collection. It covers a wide range of forms taken by and questions posed about testimony in a thorough, illuminating and up-to-date way. The different chapters work together to offer readers a vital overview of the intersections of testimony and culture. In addition to the numerous theoretical insights, the handbook offers real practical help on how to engage with testimony in classrooms, museums and other public spaces, and the issues – not least the ethical ones – that need to be thought through in doing so.”

-Dominic Williams, Assistant Professor in Holocaust and Genocide Studies at Northumbria University, UK.

This Palgrave Handbook examines the ways in which researchers and practitioners theorise, analyse, produce and make use of testimony. It explores the full range of testimony in the public sphere, including perpetrator testimony, testimony presented through social media and virtual reality. A growing body of research shows how complex and multi-layered testimony can be, how much this complexity adds to our understanding of our past, and how creators and users of testimony have their own complex purposes. These advances indicate that many of our existing assumptions about testimony and models for working with it need to be revisited. The purpose of this Palgrave Handbook is to do just that by bringing together a wide range of disciplinary, theoretical, methodological, and practice-based perspectives.

Sara Jones is Professor of Modern Languages at the University of Birmingham, UK. Her previous books include Complicity, Censorship and Criticism: Negotiating Space in the GDR Literary Sphere (2011); The Media of Testimony: Remembering the East German Stasi in the Berlin Republic (Palgrave, 2014); and Towards a Collaborative Memory: German Memory Work in a Transnational Context (2022).

Roger Woods is Emeritus Professor of German at the University of Nottingham, UK. He is co-editor of German Life Writing in the Twentieth Century (2010) and author of Germany’s New Right as Culture and Politics (Palgrave, 2007); Nation ohne Selbtbewußtsein (2001); and The Conservative Revolution in the Weimar Republic (Macmillan, 1996).
This Palgrave Handbook examines the ways in which researchers and practitioners theorise, analyse, produce and make use of testimony. It explores the full range of testimony in the public sphere, including perpetrator testimony, testimony presented through social media and virtual reality. A growing body of research shows how complex and multi-layered testimony can be, how much this complexity adds to our understanding of our past, and how creators and users of testimony have their own complex purposes. These advances indicate that many of our existing assumptions about testimony and models for working with it need to be revisited. The purpose of this Palgrave Handbook is to do just that by bringing together a wide range of disciplinary, theoretical, methodological, and practice-based perspectives.
<p>Examines the ways researchers and practitioners work with testimony</p><p>Explores the full range of testimony in the public sphere</p><p>Brings together a wide range of perspectives on testimony</p>
Sara Jones is Professor of Modern Languages at the University of Birmingham, UK. Her previous books include Complicity, Censorship and Criticism: Negotiating Space in the GDR Literary Sphere (2011); The Media of Testimony: Remembering the East German Stasi in the Berlin Republic (Palgrave, 2014); and Towards a Collaborative Memory: German Memory Work in a Transnational Context (2022).



Roger Woods is Emeritus Professor of German at the University of Nottingham, UK. He is co-editor of German Life Writing in the Twentieth Century (2010) and author of Germany’s New Right as Culture and Politics (Palgrave, 2007); Nation ohne Selbtbewußtsein (2001); and The Conservative Revolution in the Weimar Republic (Macmillan, 1996).

<div> <div><div>
</div> </div> </div>
Science
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031137938
0Cultural History
History of World War II and the Holocaust
Memory Studies
Global and International Culture
100
978-3-031-21365-6
Humanities & Social Sciences
KestevenLisa Kesteven
Lisa Kesteven, National Association of Writers in Education, Chilbolton, UK
Publishing Online for WritersApprox. 160 p. 16 illus. in color.12023approx.27.9929.9530.7924.9933.0034.99Soft cover0Literature, Cultural and Media StudiesUndergraduate textbookBook0English0CBVDSBPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwidePlanned2023-03-192023-03-191
<div>PART I: Publishing Online.- 1. Introduction to Publishing Online for Writers.- 2. Publishing Online - Getting Started.- 3. Publishing in Online Magazines.- 4. Publishing with Online Journals.- 5. Publishing via Blogs.- 6. Publishing a Podcast.- PART II: Publishing e-books.- 7. The e-book Publishing Process.- 8. Designing an e-book.- 9. Producing an e-book.- 10. Your e-book marketing strategy.- 11. Promoting your e-book.- PART III: Publishing Online - making it a success.- 12. An online writer's website.- 13. Managing Online Writing Projects.- 14. Long term success for a writer online.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
Publishing online can be a daunting prospect for any writer. This book equips aspiring writers with a range of practical skills and tactics for entering the online publishing world. It will guide readers on where and how to publish online, whether writing for magazines, journals, blogs, or podcasts. The textbook includes practical exercises for developing skills such as producing an e-book, creating an e-book marketing strategy, and building an online writer’s presence.It also features step-by-step guides, examples and checklists that help readers research and find appropriate sites to submit work to, and show how to take a completed manuscript through to publication. This textbook will appeal to students, freelance writers, creative writers, poets, novelists and anyone interested in publishing content online to promote and sell their work more effectively.
Publishing online can be a daunting prospect for any writer. This book equips aspiring writers with a range of practical skills and tactics for entering the online publishing world. It will guide readers on where and how to publish online, whether writing for magazines, journals, blogs, or podcasts. The textbook includes practical exercises for developing skills such as producing an e-book, creating an e-book marketing strategy, and building an online writer’s presence.It also features step-by-step guides, examples and checklists that help readers research and find appropriate sites to submit work to, and show how to take a completed manuscript through to publication. This textbook will appeal to students, freelance writers, creative writers, poets, novelists and anyone interested in publishing content online to promote and sell their work more effectively.
<p>Approachable guide to the process of online publishing and promoting your writing in an online market</p><p>Includes case studies, chapter summaries and teaching guides, as well as design templates and project plans</p><p>Explores the bigger picture: the impact of online publishing both on the industry and on writers</p>
Lisa Kesteven is a lecturer in Creative and Professional Writing and has designed and led modules on Publishing Online and Professional Writing. She is co-author of Professional Writing Creative and Critical Approaches (Palgrave, 2022). As well as being a writer of fiction and non-fiction, Lisa has worked freelance for a number of years and has her own freelancing business.

Students
Palgrave Standard US (P5)
Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41173Literature, Cultural and Media Studies00
9783031213656
0Creative WritingNet LiteratureLiterature BusinessWriting Skills